THE FACTOR APPROACH TO DERIVATIVE PRICING

The BIGPicture in a LITTLE Book
James A. Primbs
September 17, 2010
2
Contents
1 Basic Building Blocks and Stochastic Differential Equation Models 1
1.1 Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1.1 Gaussian Random Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1.2 Brownian Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1.3 Poisson Random Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.4 Poisson Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.5 Increments of Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Stochastic Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.1 Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2.2 The Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.3 Compound Poisson Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.4 Ito Stochastic differential equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.5 Poisson Driven Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.4 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 Ito’s Lemma 11
2.1 Ito’s Lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1.1 The chain rule of ordinary calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1.2 Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.1.3 Replacing dz
2
by dt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1.4 Discussion of Ito’s lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2 Ito’s lemma for Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2.1 Interpretation of Ito’s lemma for Poisson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3 More versions of Ito’s Lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3.1 Ito’s Lemma for Compound Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3.2 Ito’s Lemma for Brownian and Compound Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3.3 Ito’s Lemma for vector processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.4 Ito’s lemma, the product rule, and a rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.5 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.6 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3 Standard Stochastic Differential Equations with Solutions 21
3.1 Geometric Brownian Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.1 Stock Price Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.2 Geometric Poisson Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.2.1 A conditional lognormal version of geometric Poisson Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3 A jump-diffusion model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.4 A more general SDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.4.1 The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck Process and Mean Reversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
i
ii CONTENTS
3.5 Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.6 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.7 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage Pricing 29
4.1 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.2 Returns and Factors Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.2.1 Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.2.2 Stochastic differential equations and factor models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.3 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage using Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.3.1 Arbitrage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.3.2 Null and Range Space Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.3.3 A Useful Absence of Arbitrage Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.3.4 Interpretations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.3.5 A Problem with Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.4 The Factor Approach using Price Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.4.1 Price Changes and Arbitrage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.4.2 Profit/Loss and Arbitrage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.5 Two standard examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.5.1 Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.5.2 Futures contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.6 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.7 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5 Constructing a Factor Pricing Framework 41
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.2 A Classification of Quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.2.1 Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.2.2 Underlying Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.2.3 Tradables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.2.4 A Derivative is a Tradable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.3 Factor Models for Underlying Variables and Tradables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.3.1 Direct Factor Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.3.2 Factor Models via Ito’s Lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.4 Tradables tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5.5 Applying the Price APT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5.5.1 Relative Pricing and Marketed Tradables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5.5.2 Pricing the Derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.5.3 Underdetermined and Overdetermined Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.6 Three Step Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5.7 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.8 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6 Application of the Factor Form: Equity Derivatives 49
6.1 Examples from Equity Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6.1.1 Black-Scholes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6.1.2 Dividend Paying Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6.1.3 Cash Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6.1.4 Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6.1.5 Options on Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
6.1.6 Jump diffusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6.1.7 Exchange one asset for another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CONTENTS iii
6.1.8 Stochastic volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.2 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7 Application of the Factor Form:
Interest Rate and Credit Derivatives 63
7.1 Notation and the Money Market Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7.2 Interest Rate Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.2.1 Single Factor Short Rate Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.2.2 Multi-Factor Short Rate Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.2.3 Heath-Jarrow-Morton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7.2.4 The LIBOR Market Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7.3 Credit Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
7.3.1 Defaultable Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
7.3.2 Defaultable Bonds with Random Intensity of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
7.4 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8 Hedging 77
8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8.2 Hedging from a Factor Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8.2.1 Description Using a Tradables Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.2.2 The Relationship Between Hedging and Arbitrage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.2.3 Hedging Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
8.2.4 Hedging under Incompleteness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8.2.5 A Question of Consistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8.3 Hedging from an Underlying Variable Sensitivity Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.3.1 Black-Scholes Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.3.2 Hedging Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.3.3 Derivatives imply Small Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.4 Higher Order Approximations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.4.1 The Greeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.4.2 A Delta-Gamma Hedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.4.3 Determining what the error looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
8.5 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
8.6 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
9 The Road to Risk Neutrality 89
9.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.2 Do the Factors Matter? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.2.1 Brownian Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
9.2.2 Poisson Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
9.3 Risk Neutral Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
9.3.1 Brownian Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
9.3.2 Poisson Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
9.4 Pricing as an Expectation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
9.5 Applications of Risk Neutral Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.5.1 How to Apply Risk Neutral Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.5.2 Black-Scholes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.5.3 Poisson Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
9.5.4 HJM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
9.5.5 Libor Market Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
9.6 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
9.7 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
iv CONTENTS
Notation
• R - the real line (−∞, ∞).
• R
+
- the nonegative real line [0, ∞).
• S(t)- Stock price at time t.
• S
t
-
∂S
∂t
Partial derivative of S with respect to t.
• S
x
-
∂S
∂x
Partial derivative of S with respect to x.
• S
xx
-

2
S
∂x
2
Second partial derivative of S with respect to t.
• z(t) - Brownian motion.
• π(t; λ) - Poisson Process with intensity λ.
• x
T
- the transpose of a vector x.
• A
T
- the transpose of a matrix A.
• B
0
(t) - the time t value of the money market account.
• B(t|T) - time t price of a zero coupon bond with maturity T and face value $1 at time t
• B(t|T
1
; T
2
) - time t forward price of a zero coupon bond with maturity T
2
and face value $1 when
delivery of the forward contract is at time T
1
.
• r - a vector of returns.
• r
0
- a constant risk free rate of interest (when allowed to be a function of time, see the short rate
process below).
• r
0
(t) - the instantaneous short rate process at time t.
• r(t|s) - the instantaneous forward rate at time t between times s and s +ds.
• R(t|T) - spot rate for time T −t at the current time t.
• R(t|T
1
; T
2
) - forward interest rate between time T
1
and T
2
at time t.
• F(t|T) - time t forward price for contract with delivery at time T.
• f(t|T) - time t futures price for contract with delivery at time T.
• S(t|{T
i
}) - time t swap rate for swap dates {T
i
}.
• x(t−) - limit from the left: x(t−) = lim
h↑t
x(h).
• x

- notation for limit from the left: x(t−).
• λ - market price of risk.
v
vi CONTENTS
Chapter 1
Basic Building Blocks and Stochastic
Differential Equation Models
This chapter contains an introduction to the basic mathematics required for derivative pricing and financial
engineering. We provide building blocks for modeling assets in the form of Brownian motion and Poisson
processes. With these two building blocks we create more complicated models by using Brownian motion and
Poisson processes to drive differential equations (which are then known as stochastic differential equations).
The presentation here is tutorial and heuristic. However, don’t let that fool you. If you gain intuition from
it, then you have received a powerful tool to add to your toolbox for problem solving.
1.1 Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes
Brownian motion and Poisson processes are our fundamental building blocks for creating models of asset
prices. The key features are that Brownian motion has continuous sample paths (with probability 1), and
Poisson processes jump! We begin with Brownian motion which is built on the Gaussian random variable.
1.1.1 Gaussian Random Variables
An n-dimensional Gaussian (Normal) random variable is a random variable with density function:
X ∼ f
X
(x) =
1
(2π)
n/2
|Σ|
1/2
exp


1
2
(x −µ)
T
Σ
−1
(x −µ)

(1.1)
where µ ∈ R
n
is the mean and Σ ∈ R
n×n
is the covariance matrix:
µ = E[X], (1.2)
Σ = E[(X −µ)(X −µ)
T
]. (1.3)
1.1.2 Brownian Motion
Brownian motion (also known as a Wiener Processes) is a stochastic process built upon the Gaussian random
variable as follows. A real-valued stochastic process z(t) : t ∈ R
+
is a Brownian Motion if:
1. z(0) = 0.
2. z(t) −z(s) ∼ N(0, t −s) for t > s.
3. z(t
2
) −z(t
1
), z(t
3
) −z(t
2
), . . . , z(t
n
) −z(t
n−1
) are independent for t
1
≤ t
2
≤ · · · ≤ t
n
.
1
2CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDINGBLOCKS ANDSTOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONMODELS
You should remember the following facts about Brownian motion, as they make Brownian motion an ideal
building block for unpredictable but continuous asset price movements:
• There exists a version of Brownian motion that has continuous sample paths.
• Brownian motion is nowhere differentiable with probability 1.
The first property says that Brownian motion is appropriate for price processes that don’t jump. In many
cases, price processes do jump, hence we will need to introduce the Poisson process next to model jumps.
The second property can be interpreted in the context of predictability. If a curve is differentiable at a
point, then that means that locally it can be approximated by a line, with the slope of the line being the
derivative of the curve at that point. But this means that we can predict (to order dt) the future value of
the curve. In finance, we often want to assume that we cannot predict future prices. Non-differentiability
indicates that in the sense mentioned above, future prices are not predictable.
Therefore, Brownian motion is an ideal building block upon which to build asset price processes. A
sample path of Brownian motion is given in Figure 1.1.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
−1
−0.8
−0.6
−0.4
−0.2
0
0.2
0.4
time
Sample Path of Brownian Motion
z
(
t
)
Figure 1.1: A typical sample path of Brownian motion.
Just as there are vector Gaussian random variables, we can define a vector Brownian motion as follows.
A vector Brownian motion z(t) ∈ R
n
with covariance structure Σ ∈ R
n×n
is a stochastic process satisfying
1. z(0) = 0.
2. z(t) −z(s) ∼ N(0, Σ(t −s)) for t > s.
3. z(t
2
) −z(t
1
), z(t
3
) −z(t
2
), . . . , z(t
n
) −z(t
n−1
) are independent for t
1
≤ t
2
≤ · · · ≤ t
n
.
Thus a vector Brownian motion is build upon the vector Gaussian random variable.
1.1. BROWNIAN MOTION AND POISSON PROCESSES 3
Brownian motion has continuous sample paths. That is too well behaved for some events we would like
to model. For instance, market crashes, bankruptcy, etc. are often discontinuous price movements. Hence,
we need a process that jumps! Poisson processes, which are built on the Poisson random variable, are what
we are looking for.
1.1.3 Poisson Random Variables
A discrete random variable X taking values in the whole numbers is Poisson with parameter λ > 0 if
P(X = k) =
λ
k
k!
exp(−λ) k = 0, 1, ... (1.4)
The mean of a Poisson random variable is E[X] = λ and the variance is V ar(X) = λ.
1.1.4 Poisson Process
A Poisson process is a stochastic process built on Poisson random variables as follows. A Poisson process
with parameter (intensity) λ is a stochastic process π(t; λ) : t ∈ R
+
that satisfies
1. π(0) = 0.
2. π(t) −π(s) is Poisson distributed with parameter λ(t −s) for t > s.
3. π(t
2
) −π(t
1
), π(t
3
) −π(t
2
), . . . , π(t
n
) −π(t
n−1
) are independent for t
1
≤ t
2
≤ · · · ≤ t
n
.
For us, the most important property of Poisson processes is that they jump! Hence, they are good models for
market crashes, jumps, bankruptcy, and other unexpected discontinuous price movements. A typical sample
path from a Poisson process with intensity λ = 1 is given in Figure 1.2.
The parameter λ is often called the intensity (or sometimes the propensity) of the Poisson process. You
can think of it as the expected number of jumps in a single time period. Alternatively, you expect to see a
single jump every
1
λ
time periods. Therefore, the larger the intensity, the more frequent the jumps.
We will assume that a Poisson process is continuous from the right, and not the left. That is, at the
exact time that a Poisson process jumps, it takes on the new value that it jumped to. Functions that are
right-continuous and have left-limits are called rcll functions (or cadlag or R-functions, etc). In a Poisson
process, it is important to remember that at a jump time it takes on the new value, thus making sample
paths of a Poisson process rcll functions.
1.1.5 Increments of Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes
Here are the intuitive pictures that I keep in mind when thinking of Brownian motion and Poisson Processes.
Over a small ∆t Brownian motion and Poisson Processes can be thought of in simple and intuitive ways.
We intuitively think of ∆t as a small increment in t. When dealing with a stochastic process X(t), we will
also think of ∆X(t) as the change the occurs in X over a small time period ∆t. That is
∆X(t) = X(t + ∆t) −X(t). (1.5)
This notion of an increment of a stochastic process will guide our intuition. In this way, we can look at
increments of Brownian motion and Poisson processes.
Brownian Motion
Over a small time ∆t, Brownian motion looks like
∆z(t) = z(t + ∆t) −z(t) ∼ N(0, ∆t) (1.6)
4CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDINGBLOCKS ANDSTOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONMODELS
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
time
π
(
t
)
Sample Path of a Poisson Processes with Intensity 1
Figure 1.2: A typical sample path of a Poisson process.
or, written slightly differently
∆z(t) = ǫ

∆t where ǫ ∼ N(0, 1) (1.7)
where this follows from the second defining property of Brownian motion. That is, a Brownian motion
differential looks like a standard Gaussian multiplied by

∆t. Thus, we will often use E[∆z] = 0 and
E[(∆z)
2
] = ∆t.
An even simpler picture arises from a binary approximation
∆z ≈

∆t w.p. 1/2


∆t w.p. 1/2
(1.8)
where w.p. stands for ”with probability”. This is depicted in figure 1.3.
Figure 1.3: Binary model of an increment in Brownian motion .
1.2. STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 5
Poisson Process
A Poisson Process can also be approximated over a small time period ∆t. Over ∆t it is
∆π(t; λ) = π(t + ∆t; λ) −π(t; λ) = X where X ∼ Poisson(λ∆t). (1.9)
A binary approximation to a Poisson process is
∆π(λ) ≈

1 w.p. λ∆t
0 w.p. 1 −λ∆t
(1.10)
A simple picture of this heuristic increment model is given in Figure 1.4. Note that for a Poisson process,
Figure 1.4: Binary model of an increment of a Poisson process.
∆π is either 0 or 1 to order ∆t.
Thus, note the key difference between a Brownian motion and a Poisson process. From the simple binary
model approximations, we see that in a Brownian motion the size of the move scales with the square root of
∆t. Hence over short periods of time the move in a Brownian motion is also small. This is why Brownian
motion has continuous paths. On the other hand, in a Poisson process, from the binary model we see that
the move size can always be 1, regardless of how small ∆t is. On the other hand, the probability of having
a jump of size 1 scales with ∆t and is small if ∆t is small. Thus, Poisson processes jump when they move.
Over small periods of time the probability of a jump is also small. This is the essential difference between
Brownian motion and the Poisson process.
1.2 Stochastic Differential Equations
A simple way to think of a stochastic differential equation is as a differential equation that is driven by a
stochastic process. We will use this point of view here. Also, to avoid the technicalities of stochastic calculus,
we will present a simple intuitive approach to stochastic differential equations and stochastic differentials.
1.2.1 Differentials
Roughly speaking, the notion of a differential or infinitesimal of a process is the idea that in an increment
∆X(t) = X(t + ∆t) −X(t) (1.11)
we can take ∆t to be infinitesimally small. In such a case we would write
dX(t) = X(t +dt) −X(t) (1.12)
where dt is ”just a little bit of t”, to quote Gillespie [8]. However, (1.12) has a problem when it comes to
processes that jump that are assumed to be right continuous. The Poisson process is a good example.
6CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDINGBLOCKS ANDSTOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONMODELS
The Problem with Jumps
We have to be very careful when a process has jumps and we assume right continuity of paths. Here is the
problem. Assume that a Poisson process is currently at 0. That is π(t) = 0. Now, assume that a jump
occurs at time s. Our convention will be to assume that at the exact time of the jump, the Poisson process
jumps to 1. That is π(s) = 1. This means that for us, Poisson processes, and all other processes with jumps,
will be continuous from the right. Hence,
lim
h↓s
π(h) = π(s) (1.13)
A picture of this situation is shown in Figure 1.5.
Figure 1.5: A jump at time s.
Since this is our convention, now let’s consider defining the differential of a Poisson process as
dπ(t) = π(t +dt) −π(t) (1.14)
where dt > 0.
Now, we know that a jump occurred at time s, so intuitively we should have dπ(s) = 1. However, let us
take the limit of dπ(t) for any t (including s) as dt ↓ 0. We obtain
lim
dt↓0
dπ(t) = lim
dt↓0
π(t +dt) −π(t) = π(t) −π(t) = 0 (1.15)
where this calculation followed by right continuity as defined by equation (1.13). But this indicates that π
never jumps! Something must be wrong!!
What is wrong is that we have assumed that π is right continuous, and then when we add dt to the
current time, we are implicitly taking the limit from the right. Hence, we are guaranteed never to capture
the jump!
This is purely a problem that arises from our convention to assume that Poisson processes are right
continuous. If we had assumed left continuity, then we wouldn’t have any problem. However, it is common
in the literature to assume processes are right continuous, so we have adopted this convention. Therefore,
we need to adjust our notion of a differential of a stochastic process slightly to account for our convention.
1.2.2 The Differential
The solution to the above problem is that for a differential, we should think of the following
dX(t) = X(t +dt) −X(t−) (1.16)
where X(t−) = lim
h↑t
X(h) is the limit from the left of X at time t. By using the limit from the left, we
make sure to capture jumps of the process, no matter how small dt is made.
1.2. STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 7
We will develop this point of view (which unfortunately can’t be made rigorous, but provides the proper
intuition). Hence, reviewing from above, with Brownian motion we would have:
dz(t) = z(t +dt) −z(t) ∼ N(0, dt). (1.17)
Note that since Brownian motion has continuous sample paths, z(t−) = z(t). However, for a Poisson process,
we should think of differentials as
dπ(t; λ) = π(t +dt; λ) −π(t−; λ) ∼ Poisson(λdt) (1.18)
in order to make sure that we capture jumps.
Don’t forget that we also have the binary model approximations of Figures 1.3 and 1.4. Those binary
models provide the proper intuition, and in both cases, sums of them will limit as Brownian motion or a
Poisson process. For the differential, we simply replace ∆t by dt in (1.8) and (1.10), giving
dz ≈

dt w.p. 1/2


dt w.p. 1/2
(1.19)
and
dπ(λ) ≈

1 w.p. λdt
0 w.p. 1 −λdt
. (1.20)
1.2.3 Compound Poisson Process
When Poisson processes jump, they jump up by 1. We can generalize this and allow them to jump randomly.
Let π(t; λ) be a Poisson process with jump times t
1
, t
2
, .... Construct a new process π
Y
(t; λ), by assigning
jump Y
1
at time t
1
, Y
2
at time t
2
, etc. where Y
1
, Y
2
, ... are iid random variables. This process can be
written as
π
Y
(t; λ) =
π(t;λ)
¸
i=0
Y
i
. (1.21)
That is, at time t it is the sum of π(t; λ) iid copies of Y , where π(t; λ) is a standard Poisson process. Processes
of this form can also conveniently be written as integrals,
π
Y
(t, λ) =
π(t;λ)
¸
i=0
Y
i
=

t
0
Y
s
dπ(s; λ). (1.22)
For this reason, we represent the differential form of a compound Poisson process by Y dπ(t, λ). That is, we
may write

Y
= Y dπ. (1.23)
Following along the lines of the binary approximation to a Poisson process as in Figure 1.4, an infinitesimal
model of a compound Poisson process can be thought of as
Y dπ(λ) ≈

Y
i
w.p. λdt
0 w.p. 1 −λdt
(1.24)
and a heuristic infinitesimal picture of this is given in Figure 1.6.
1.2.4 Ito Stochastic differential equations
Stochastic integrals can be defined in different ways. The most useful for us is the Ito stochastic integral. At
this point, I will not delve into the depths of the stochastic integral (because often people are never able to
return!), but merely provide the intuition that you should take away when considering stochastic differential
equations.
8CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDINGBLOCKS ANDSTOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONMODELS
Figure 1.6: Infinitesimal model of a compound Poisson process.
A stochastic differential equation will be written as:
dx(t) = a(x(t), t)dt +b(x(t), t)dz(t) (1.25)
where in this case, it is being driven by Brownian motion z(t). (At this stage, I will ignore the technical
conditions that must be placed on a and b in order to make such an equation well defined.) We will interpret
this equation as follows:
x(t +dt) −x(t) = a(x(t), t)dt +b(x(t), t)(z(t +dt) −z(t)). (1.26)
Since z(t) has independent increments, and a(x(t), t) and b(x(t), t) are evaluated at time t, they are inde-
pendent of dz(t) = z(t + dt) − z(t). This is important! It allows us to do the following simple calculations
of the instantaneous drift and variance.
Instantaneous Drift and Variance
We can interpret a(x(t), t) as related to the instantaneous drift and b(x(t), t) as related to the instantaneous
volatility as follows:
E[dx|x(t)] = E[a(x(t), t)dt +b(x(t), t)dz(t)|x(t)] (1.27)
= a(x(t), t)dt +b(x(t), t)E[dz(t)|x(t)] (1.28)
= a(x(t), t)dt. (1.29)
Therefore, a(x(t), t) determines the instantaneous drift. On the other hand, we can compute the instanta-
neous variance of x as follows
E[(dx −a(x(t), t)dt)
2
|x(t)] = E[b(x(t), t)
2
dz(t)
2
|x(t)] (1.30)
= b
2
(x(t), t)E[dz(t)
2
|x(t)] (1.31)
= b
2
(x(t), t)dt (1.32)
Hence, b
2
(x(t), t) determines the instantaneous variance of x.
1.2.5 Poisson Driven Differential Equations
We can also drive a differential equation by a Poisson process
dx(t) = a(x(t−), t)dt +b(x(t−), t)Y dπ(t; λ) (1.33)
where note that we have written x(t−) in the arguments of a and b. By x(t−) we mean x(t−) = lim
h↓0
x(t−h).
That is, x(t−) is the limit from the left at time t. We will assume that a and b are left continuous in the t
1.3. SUMMARY 9
argument so that we may use t instead of t− in the second argument of a and b. We will also sometimes use
the notation x

when we want to suppress the argument t, or even a

when suppressing the arguments of
a. The reason for using limits from the left is that in a Poisson process, we interpret our differential as
dπ(t) = π(t +dt) −π(t−)
and for the Ito integral, we assume that the coefficients a and b are evaluated at the point in time that the
differential starts from. This is t−.
This limit from the left is also important in a and b because we want a and b to be independent of dπ.
The only way we can do this is to make sure that we use left limits. Note that this means that if π(t) jumps
at time t, which also causes a jump in x at time t, we evaluate x(t−) in a and b which immediately preceeds
the jump.
With that established, once again, we can compute the instantaneous mean and variance:
E[dx(t)|x(t−)] = E[a(x(t−), t)dt +b(x(t−), t)Y dπ(t)|x(t−)] (1.34)
= a(x(t−), t)dt +b(x(t−), t)E[Y dπ(t)|x(t−)] (1.35)
= a(x(t−), t)dt +b(x(t−), t)E[Y ]λdt (1.36)
Hence, in this case, the dπ(t) term can contribute to the instantaneous mean. This can make things messy!
It is often nicer to think of the first term as the ”mean” term, and the second as the ”risk” term. To do
this, we would like the second term to have zero instantaneous mean. Hence, we will often ”compensate” the
Poisson process to give it zero mean. This is done by simply subtracting off the instantaneous mean from
the second term and adding it to the first.
dx(t) = (a(x(t−), t) +b(x(t−), t)E[Y ]λ)dt +b(x(t−), t)(Y dπ(t) −E[Y ]λdt) (1.37)
Then we can also compute the instantaneous variance:
E[(dx(t) −(a(x(t−), t) +b(x(t−), t)E[Y ]λ)dt)
2
|x(t−)]
= E[b
2
(x(t−), t)(Y dπ(t) −E[Y ]λdt)
2
|x(t−)]
= b
2
(x(t−), t)V ar(Y dπ(t))
= b
2
(x(t−), t)(E[Y
2
dπ(t)
2
) −E[Y ]
2
E[dπ(t)]
2
)
= b
2
(x(t−), t)(E[Y
2
]E[dπ(t)
2
] −E[Y ]
2
λ
2
dt
2
)
= b
2
(x(t−), t)(E[Y
2
](λdt +λ
2
dt
2
) −E[Y ]
2
λ
2
dt
2
)
= b
2
(x(t−), t)E[Y
2
]λdt +O(dt
2
)
Hence, to order dt, the instantaneous variance is given by b
2
(x(t−), t)E[Y
2
]λ.
1.3 Summary
Brownian motion (built upon the Gaussian random variable) and the Poisson Process (built upon the Poisson
random variable) are the basic building blocks used to create models of prices. In particular, we use these two
processes to drive differential equations and that will allow us to capture a wide range of price phenomena.
Due to the continuity of Brownian motion, it is good for modeling price paths and variables that do not
jump. On the other hand, Poisson processes are an essential building block for modeling jumps in price
processes or variables.
Much intuition can be gained from simple ”incremental” and ”differential” models of processes and
stochastic differential equations. The simple binary approximations to Brownian motion and Poisson pro-
cesses are enough to correctly guide your intuition in the vast majority of cases. Thus, for modeling purposes,
make sure you have a solid understanding of these two building block processes.
10CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDINGBLOCKS ANDSTOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONMODELS
1.4 Problems
Problem 1.4.1 Verify that our infinitesimal model of a Poisson process over small time dt:
dπ =

1 wp. λdt
0 wp. 1 −λdt
(1.38)
has a mean and variance that agree with a Poisson random variable with parameter λdt to order dt.
Problem 1.4.2 Poisson Processes
Consider the time interval [0, 1]. Chop this time interval into n parts of equal length. Over each interval
define the independent and identically distributed random variables X
i
where
X
i
=

1 w.p. λ/n
0 w.p. 1 −λ/n
(1.39)
Let
Y =
n
¸
i=1
X
i
(1.40)
(a) What is Pr(Y = 0)?
(b) In your answer in (a), take the limit as n → ∞. What do you get?
(b) What is Pr(Y = 1)?
(c) Again take the limit. What is your answer?
(d) Now consider an arbitrary but fixed k with k < n. What is Pr(Y = k).
(e) Again take the limit as n → ∞, and show that this converges to the Poisson random variable. (You
will probably want to use Stirling’s formula n! ∼

2πe
−n
n
n+
1
2
. This calculation is a bit tricky!)
(Note: In this problem we converge to a Poisson random variable with parameter λ since we took the time
interval to be 1. If the time interval is t, we will converge to a Poisson random variable with parameter λt.
As a function of t, we arrive at a Poisson process.)
Problem 1.4.3 Poisson Processes again.
Consider the following Markov chain. Let the state space be the whole numbers x = 0, 1, 2, .... Consider
the following transition probabilities over the time instant dt:
Pr(x(t +dt) = n|x(t) = n) = 1 −λdt (1.41)
Pr(x(t +dt) = n + 1|x(t) = n) = λdt (1.42)
Let p
n
(t) = Pr(x(t) = n).
(a) Write down a differential equation for p
0
(t). (hint: to derive a differential equation, consider the
amount of probability that flows into and out of the state x = 0 over time dt.)
(b) Assume p
0
(0) = 1 (that is, at time zero, x = 0 with probability 1). Solve the differential equation for
p
0
(t).
(c) Derive a differential equation for p
n
(t), n > 0. Given your answer in (a), solve for p
1
(t). Explain how
you could solve for p
n
(t) for any n.
(Note: again we have arrived at a Poisson process, but this time through Markov chain theory. A Poisson
process is an example of a continuous time Markov process, and the set of differential equations you derived
is the ”forward equation” for this process.)
Chapter 2
Ito’s Lemma
2.1 Ito’s Lemma
Ito’s lemma is the chain rule for stochastic calculus. In this chapter we present Ito’s lemma for Brownian
motion and Poisson processes. It has been said that all of math finance can be done with just the knowledge
of Ito’s lemma. To you, this means that you should make sure that you know (and understand) Ito’s lemma.
In what follows, we will present versions of Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion and Poisson processes.
2.1.1 The chain rule of ordinary calculus
In ordinary calculus, here is how the chain rule works in conjunction with a differential equation. Let x(t)
follow the differential equation
dx
dt
= a(x, t). (2.1)
Now consider a function of x(t) and t. Let’s call this function f(x(t), t). Assuming that f is differentiable,
we can ask what the derivative of f is. To calculate it, we simply apply the chain rule
df(x, t)
dt
=
∂f
∂x
dx
dt
+
∂f
∂t
= f
x
dx
dt
+f
t
(2.2)
where we are using the notation f
x
=
∂f
∂x
and f
t
=
∂f
∂t
. Finally, we can substitute in for
dx
dt
from (2.1), giving
df(x, t)
dt
=
∂f
∂x
a(x, t) +
∂f
∂t
= a(x, t)f
x
+f
t
. (2.3)
This is a fairly straightforward calculation. However, when dealing with stochastic differential equations,
the simple chain rule of ordinary calculus does not work. The reason is simple. Brownian motion is not
differentiable so we can’t really take its derivative or the derivative of any function of Brownian motion.
Also, Poisson processes jump, and at these jumps it is not even continuous, let alone differentiable. Thus,
for stochastic differential equations we need to develop the correct mathematics for dealing with a function
of a variable that follows a stochastic differential equation. The guiding result is known as Ito’s lemma.
Multivariables Taylor Series Expansions
Before diving into Ito’s lemma, you should make sure that you recall your multivariables Taylor series
expansions to second order. This is extremely important! Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion is basically just
a modified Taylor expansion to second order. So, let’s recall up to second order, the Taylor series expansion
11
12 CHAPTER 2. ITO’S LEMMA
of a function f(x, t) around a point (x
0
, t
0
),
f(x, t) = f(x
0
, t
0
) +f
t
(x
0
, t
0
)(t −t
0
) +f
x
(x
0
, t
0
)(x −x
0
) (2.4)
+
1
2
f
tt
(x
0
, t
0
)(t −t
0
)
2
+f
xt
(x
0
, t
0
)(x −x
0
)(t −t
0
) +
1
2
f
xx
(x
0
, t
0
)(x −x
0
)
2
+. . . (2.5)
Now, we will typically denote dx = x−x
0
, dt = t −t
0
, and df = f(x, t) −f(x
0
, t
0
), so that a Taylor series
expansion is
df = f
t
dt +f
x
dx +
1
2
f
tt
dt
2
+f
xt
dxdt +
1
2
f
xx
dx
2
+. . . (2.6)
and the arguments of f
t
, f
x
, ... have been supressed.
In the multivariable case when x ∈ R
n
, the Taylor series expansion is
df = f
t
dt +f
x
dx +
1
2
f
tt
dt
2
+dx
T
f
xt
dt +
1
2
dx
T
f
xx
dx +. . . (2.7)
where
f
x
= [f
x1
, . . . , f
xn
], f
xx
=

f
x1x1
. . . f
x1xn
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
f
xnx1
. . . f
xnxn
¸
¸
¸ (2.8)
A useful trick in the multivariable case is to note that
dx
T
f
xx
dx = Tr(dx
T
f
xx
dx) = Tr(f
xx
dxdx
T
) (2.9)
where Tr(·) is the Trace of a matrix (i.e. the sum of the diagonal elements).
Operationally, Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion boils down to nothing more than substituting dx =
adt +bdz in the Taylor expansion of (2.6) (or (2.7) in the multivariable case) for dx, interpreting terms such
as dz
2
, and then throwing away terms of order higher than dt.
If that sounds simple, then you are right. Let’s see how it works in more detail.
2.1.2 Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion
Given the differential of x(t), Ito’s lemma allows us to compute the differential of a function of x(t) and t.
Hence, it is the ”chain rule” for stochastic differential equations. The following result is Ito’s lemma when
x(t) is a process governed by a stochastic differential equation driven by Brownian motion.
(⋆) Ito’s Lemma for Brownian Motion:
Consider the stochastic differential equation (SDE)
dx = a(x, t)dt +b(x, t)dz (2.10)
and let f(x, t) be a twice continuously differentiable function of x and t. Then
df(x, t) = (f
t
+a(x, t)f
x
+
1
2
b
2
(x, t)f
xx
)dt +b(x, t)f
x
dz. (2.11)
”Heuristic Proof”: I will suppress the arguments of a and b for convenience. Consider writing the Taylor
expansion of df.
df = f(x(t +dt), t +dt) −f(x(t), t)
= f
t
dt +f
x
dx +
1
2
f
tt
(dt)
2
+
1
2
f
xx
(dx)
2
+f
xt
dxdt +...
2.1. ITO’S LEMMA 13
Next, we will substitute in for dx using dx = adt +bdz which gives
df = f
t
dt +f
x
(adt +bdz) +
1
2
f
tt
(dt)
2
+
1
2
f
xx
(adt +bdz)
2
+f
xt
(adt +bdz)dt +...
= f
t
dt +f
x
adt +f
x
bdz +
1
2
f
tt
(dt)
2
+
1
2
f
xx
(a
2
dt
2
+ 2abdtdz +b
2
dz
2
) +f
xt
(adt
2
+bdzdt) +...
Now we take a crucial step, and only keep terms up to order dt using the following logic. The standard
deviation of dz is of order

dt. Hence, we think of dz as being of order dt
1/2
and only keep terms up to
order dt yielding
df = f
t
dt +f
x
adt +f
x
bdz +
1
2
f
xx
b
2
dz
2
...
Finally we replace dz
2
by it’s expectation dt which leads to Ito’s lemma
df = (f
t
+af
x
+
1
2
b
2
f
xx
)dt +bf
x
dz. (2.12)
2.
In this ”derivation” there were a couple of dubious steps. The most glaring was replacing dz
2
by its expec-
tation dt. Let’s see why this was a reasonable thing to do ...
2.1.3 Replacing dz
2
by dt
Here is a simple argument as to why it is reasonable to replace dz
2
by dt.
If we can say that dz
2
= dt, then by integrating we would have

T
0
dz
2
=

T
0
dt = T. (2.13)
Hence, let us see if this makes sense. Let’s approximate the integral above by the sum
S(T, ∆t) =
T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
(z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2

T
0
dz
2
. (2.14)
Now, the claim is that as ∆t → 0, then S(T, ∆t) → T. But note that S(T, ∆t) is a random variable since it
involves z(t). Therefore, we are trying to show that the random variable S(T, ∆t) converges to the constant
T. To do this, we will show that the mean of S(T, ∆t) is equal to T, and its variance approaches zero. This
does the trick, since a random variable with zero variance must be a constant equal to it’s mean. (When we
show that the variance approaches zero, we are proving convergence in mean square, or L
2
(P).)
Computing the mean:
Okay, let’s first compute the mean of S(T, ∆t):
E[S(T, ∆t)] = E

T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
(z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2
¸
¸
=
T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
E

(z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2

=
T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
∆t = T.
(2.15)
Hence, the mean is T.
Computing the variance:
Now let’s compute the variance of S(T, ∆t). By independent increments
V ar(S(T), ∆t) = V ar

¸
T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
(z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2
¸

=
T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
V ar((z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2
). (2.16)
14 CHAPTER 2. ITO’S LEMMA
But since z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t) is Gaussian with mean zero and variance ∆t, we have
V ar((z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2
) = E[(z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
4
] −E[(z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2
]
2
= 3(∆t)
2
−(∆t)
2
= 2(∆t)
2
.
Therefore as ∆t → 0, we have
V ar(S(T, ∆t)) =
T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
V ar((z((i + 1)∆t) −z(i∆t))
2
) =
T
∆t
−1
¸
i=0
2(∆t)
2
= 2T∆t → 0. (2.17)
Hence, the limit of the variance of S(T, ∆t) is zero. That means that the limit (in L
2
(P)) is a constant and
equal to the mean T. Note that the above argument has much of the flavor of the weak law of large numbers.
This is the essential argument that allows us to use dz
2
= dt and a simplified version of the argument behind
a real derivation of Ito’s lemma.
Let’s see an example of Ito’s lemma applied to so-called geometric Brownian motion.
Example 2.1.1 Let dx = axdt + bxdz and consider f(x) = ln(x). Then, according to Ito’s lemma, f(x)
satisfies
df = (f
t
+axf
x
+
1
2
b
2
x
2
f
xx
)dt +bxf
x
dz (2.18)
= (a −
1
2
b
2
)dt +bdz (2.19)
where we have used that f
t
= 0, f
x
=
1
x
, and f
xx
= −
1
x
2
.
2.1.4 Discussion of Ito’s lemma
At the risk of overdoing an attempt to provide intuition behind Ito’s lemma, I will leave you with the
following thoughts.
In Ito’s lemma, we kept terms up to order dt in the Taylor expansion. We are used to doing things like
this from ordinary calculus, but now that we are dealing with stochastic processes, we might question this
step. In particular, the standard deviation of dz is dt
1/2
. This means that moves in dz are usually much
larger than dt. Why doesn’t this dz term completely dominate and even allow us to ignore terms of order
dt?
Again, I appeal to the wisdom of Gillespie [8]. He gave the following explanation, which is based on the
story of the tortoise and the hare. As the story goes, the tortoise and the hare race each other. The tortoise
being slow, starts the race and steadily works his way toward the finish line. The hare, on the other hand,
is quick and jumpy. He is much faster than the hare, but runs forward and backwards and easily gets off
track. In the end of the story, the tortoise wins the race.
Now your asking, ”What does this have to do with Ito’s lemma and stochastic differential equations?”
Well, the deterministic dt drift term is like the tortoise. It marches forward at a constant dt rate. On the
other hand, the dz term is like the hare. It is quick, and jumps around like order dt
1/2
. But its direction
is random. Some of the time it jumps forward and other times, backwards. Together, both the dt and dz
terms contribute to the stochastic differential equation and neither term is guaranteed to dominate, just like
we don’t know whether the tortoise or the hare will win the race!
2.2 Ito’s lemma for Poisson Processes
Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion is more subtle that Ito’s lemma for Poisson Processes. (The key difference
is that Poisson processes have sample paths of finite variation, and this allows us to define the stochastic
integral pathwise. Hence, Ito’s lemma in this case is merely an application of the Lebesgue-Stieljies calculus.)
2.2. ITO’S LEMMA FOR POISSON PROCESSES 15
(⋆) Ito’s Lemma for Poisson Processes:
Given a Poisson stochastic differential equation (SDE)
dx = a(x

, t)dt +b(x

, t)dπ (2.20)
let f(x, t) be a continuously differentiable function of x and t. Then
df(x, t) = (f
t
+a(x

, t)f
x
)dt + (f(x

+b(x

, t), t) −f(x

, t))dπ. (2.21)
The real derivation of this is using Lebesgue-Stieljies calculus, but once again I will provide a nice heuristic
argument. This time when we consider the differential df we have to be careful because x
t
jumps! Taylor
expansions work well as an approximation when dx is small, however with jumps dx can be large! Note how
this plays into our derivation.
”Heuristic Proof”: We start by writing out the differential and substituting in for dx.
df = f(x(t +dt), t +dt) −f(x

, t) (2.22)
= f(x(t−) +a

dt +b

dπ, t +dt) −f(x

, t) (2.23)
where a

= a(x(t−), t) and b

= b(x(t−), t). Now, we note that possible jumps come from dπ. I don’t like
this term, so I will add and subtract a term that doesn’t contain the jump
df = f(x

+a

dt +b

dπ, t +dt) −f(x

+a

dt, t +dt) +f(x

+a

dt, t +dt) −f(x

, t) (2.24)
Now the final two terms don’t have a jump in them, so I will approximate them using ordinary calculus.
df = f(x

+a

dt +b

dπ, t +dt) −f(x

+a

dt, t +dt) + (f
t
+a

f
x
)dt +O(dt
2
) (2.25)
Now let’s analyze the first two terms
f(x

+a

dt +b

dπ, t +dt) −f(x

+a

dt, t +dt) (2.26)
When their is no jump in dπ, this term is zero. No jumps occur with probability 1 −λdt. When there is a
jump we have dπ = 1 and
f(x

+a

dt +b

, t +dt) −f(x

+a

dt, t +dt). (2.27)
This occurs with probability λdt. Since the a

dt term in the argument is of order dt, then overall, we can
think of the effect of the a

dt term as overall being of order dt
2
. Therefore, as dt → 0, to order dt overall
this term is replaced by
f(x

+a

dt +b

, t +dt) −f(x

+a

dt, t +dt) → f(x

+b

, t) −f(x

, t). (2.28)
Hence, combining the above arguments gives
f(x

+a

dt +b

dπ, t +dt) −f(x

+a

dt, t +dt) → (f(x

+b

, t) −f(x

, t))dπ (2.29)
which completes the derivation of Ito’s lemma. 2
2.2.1 Interpretation of Ito’s lemma for Poisson
Ito’s lemma for Poisson processes simply says that when the Poisson process doesn’t jump, use ordinary
calculus. When it jumps, the move in f is determined completely by the jump. That is it! Let’s see an
example of this.
16 CHAPTER 2. ITO’S LEMMA
Example 2.2.1 Let dx = axdt + (b − 1)xdπ and consider f(x) = ln(x). By Ito’s lemma for Poisson
processes, f(x) satisfies
df = (f
t
+f
x
ax)dt + (f(x

+ (b −1)x

) −f(x

))dπ (2.30)
= adt + (ln(bx

) −ln(x

))dπ (2.31)
= adt + ln(b)dπ (2.32)
where we have used that f
t
= 0 and f
x
=
1
x
.
2.3 More versions of Ito’s Lemma
In this section I will present other useful versions of Ito’s lemma. Heuristic derivations follow along the lines
of those for Brownian motion and the Poisson process. It is worthwhile working your way through a couple
of them, and through some of the problems at the end.
2.3.1 Ito’s Lemma for Compound Poisson Processes
When we are using a compound Poisson process, Ito’s lemma is modified slightly as follows.
(⋆) Ito’s Lemma for Compound Poisson Processes:
Given an SDE
dx = a(x

, t)dt +b(x

, t)Y dπ (2.33)
Let f(x, t) be a continuously differentiable function of x and t. Then
df(x, t) = (f
t
+a

f
x
)dt + (f(x

+Y b

, t) −f(x

, t))dπ (2.34)
This version of Ito’s lemma can be derived in a manner similar to Ito’s lemma for Poisson processes.
2.3.2 Ito’s Lemma for Brownian and Compound Poisson Processes
If we combine Brownian motion and compound Poisson processes, then we have the following result.
(⋆) Ito’s for Brownian and Poisson
Given a Poisson stochastic differential equation (SDE)
dx = a(x

, t)dt +b(x

, t)dz +Y dπ (2.35)
let f(x, t) be a twice continuously differentiable function of x and t. Then
df(x, t) = (f
t
+a(x

, t)f
x
+
1
2
b(x

, t)
2
f
xx
)dt +b(x

, t)f
x
dz + (f(x

+Y, t) −f(x

, t))dπ (2.36)
Again, this can be shown with arguments similar to those given above.
2.3.3 Ito’s Lemma for vector processes
If we have multiple Brownian motions, then we have the following results
(⋆) Ito’s for two correlated Brownians
Given the stochastic differential equations
dx
1
= a
1
dt +b
1
dz
1
(2.37)
dx
2
= a
2
dt +b
2
dz
2
(2.38)
2.4. ITO’S LEMMA, THE PRODUCT RULE, AND A RECTANGLE 17
with a
1
= a
1
(x
1
, x
2
, t), a
2
= a
2
(x
1
, x
2
, t), b
1
= b
1
(x
1
, x
2
, t), b
2
= b
2
(x
1
, x
2
, t) where z
1
and z
2
are two corre-
lated Brownian motions with instantaneous correlation coefficient ρ (i.e. E[dz
1
dz
2
] = ρdt). Let f(x
1
, x
2
, t)
be twice continuously differentiable function of x
1
, x
2
and t. Then
df(x
1
, x
2
, t) =

f
t
+a
1
f
x1
+a
2
f
x2
+
1
2
b
2
1
f
x1x1
+
1
2
b
2
2
f
x2x2
+ρb
1
b
2
f
x1x2

dt +b
1
f
x1
dz
1
+b
2
f
x2
dz
2
(2.39)
Using vector notation we can generalize the above result
(⋆) Ito’s for vectors
Given a vector stochastic differential equation
dx = adt +Bdz (2.40)
(2.41)
where x ∈ R
n
, a = a(x, t) ∈ R
n
, B = B(x, t) ∈ R
n×m
and z ∈ R
m
a vector Brownian motion with
instantaneous covariance matrix E[dzdz
T
] = Σdt. Let f(x, t) be twice continuously differentiable function of
x and t. Then
df =

f
t
+f
x
a +
1
2
Tr(f
xx
BΣB
T
)

dt +f
x
Bdz (2.42)
where
f
x
= [f
x1
, f
x2
, ..., f
xn
] and f
xx
=

f
x1x1
· · · f
x1xn
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
f
xnx1
· · · f
xnxn
¸
¸
¸.
2.4 Ito’s lemma, the product rule, and a rectangle
In Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion, the mysterious term is
1
2
b
2
f
xx
dt, which enters because we are forced
to keep the dz
2
term which is of order dt. Without this term, Ito’s lemma would follow from the intuition
of ordinary calculus.
Let me give a little argument (which appears in Rogers and Williams [12]) to try to convince you that
Ito’s lemma is actually more intuitive than ordinary calculus. The example I will use is the product rule. In
ordinary calculus, we have the familiar formula
d(uv) = udv +vdu. (2.43)
In fact, this is the beginnings of the integration by parts formula. Let’s try to ”derive” this formula by a
simple ”rectangle” argument. Here it is.
Consider the quantity d(uv). This is a change in the product uv, that is
d(uv) = (u +du)(v +dv) −uv (2.44)
We can think of this as the area of a rectangle with sides of length u + du and v + dv minus the area of a
rectangle with sides of u and v. The rectangle in Figure 2.1 shows a picture of this. Now, it is obvious the
area of d(uv) is equal to the sum of the three colored rectangles in the figure. That is
d(uv) = udv +vdu +dudv. (2.45)
Hence, it is natural to expect to see a term related to dudv! In fact, it is more mysterious that in ordinary
calculus we are able to ignore this term. Of course, that is because in ordinary calculus, roughly speaking,
the terms du and dv are of order dt and hence dudv is a higher order term.
18 CHAPTER 2. ITO’S LEMMA
Figure 2.1: Ito’s Rectangle
Let us see how far we can get from this simple rectangle. Let us take u = v = z(t). Then our rectangle
formula (product rule) says that
d(z
2
) = d(z · z) = zdz +zdz +dz
2
. (2.46)
Note that the formula above is exact! Now, recalling that dz
2
should be replaced by dt as in the argument
of Section 2.1.3, we have
d(z
2
) = 2zdz +dt (2.47)
which is Ito’s lemma for f(z) = z
2
. This gives us a formula for d(z
2
). Now we can proceed and choose u = z
and v = z
2
. From our rectangle and the formula for d(z
2
) we have
d(z
3
) = d(z · z
2
) = zd(z
2
) +z
2
dz +dzd(z
2
) (2.48)
= z(2zdz +dt) +z
2
dz +dz(2zdz +dt) (2.49)
= 3z
2
dz + 3zdt +o(t) (2.50)
where in the last step we have placed higher order terms in o(t) and replaced dz
2
by dt. This is Ito’s lemma
for f(z) = z
3
.
Continuing on in this manner, we can easily derive Ito’s lemma for any polynomial of any order in z(t)!
At that point, we are not a far cry from Ito’s lemma for C
2
functions, as they can be approximated by limits
of polynomials. Hence, you see that Ito’s lemma is actually quite natural if you just remember the rectangle.
Furthermore, now you should have an easy time remembering Ito’s product rule d(uv) = udv +vdu +dudv.
2.5 Summary
Ito’s lemma is the most important result in stochastic calculus for derivative pricing. There are different
versions for Brownian motion and for Poisson processes. You should be familiar with both. Roughly speaking,
for Brownian motion, since the standard deviation of dz is of order

dt, second order terms in dz are of
order dt and cannot be ignored. This gives an extra term in Ito’s lemma compared to the ordinary chain
rule of calculus. For Poisson processes, most of the time no jumps are occurring and ordinary calculus is
fine. However, when a jump occurs, it causes a corresponding jump in any function of the Poisson process.
Thus Ito’s lemma for Poisson processes is simply a combination of the ordinary chain rule plus noting that
when the Poisson process jumps, any function of it has a corresponding jump.
2.6. PROBLEMS 19
2.6 Problems
Problem 2.6.1 Consider the Stochastic Differential Equation:
dx = a(x, t)dt +b(x, t)dz +Y dπ (2.51)
where z is Brownian motion and π is a generalized Poisson process with intensity λ and random jumps of
size Y . Let f(x, t) be a twice continuously differentiable function of x and t. Find a stochastic differential
equation for df. (i.e. what is Ito’s lemma in this case).
Problem 2.6.2 Multidimensional Ito Formula for Brownian Motion:
Consider the following vector Ito process:
dx = µdt +Kdz (2.52)
where x ∈ R
n
, µ ∈ R
n
, K ∈ R
n×m
and z ∈ R
m
where z is a vector Brownian motion of m uncorrelated
one-dimensional Brownian motions. Let f(x, t) : R
n
×R → R be a twice continuously differentiable function
of x and t. What is df? (Hint: Use the same Taylor series argument used in class, but this time you can
use E[dzdz
T
] = Idt where I ∈ R
m×m
is the identity matrix.)
Problem 2.6.3 Let
dx = adt +bdz
1
(2.53)
and
dy = fdt +gdz
2
(2.54)
where z
1
and z
2
are correlated Brownian motions with correlation coefficient ρ. (i.e. E(dz
1
dz
2
) = ρdt)
(a) Use Ito’s lemma to find d(xy).
(b) Use Ito’s lemma to find d(x/y).
Problem 2.6.4 Ito’s Lemma Practice
(a) Given dx = xdt +

xdz, use Ito’s lemma to derive df where f(x, t) = x
2
+t.
(b) Given dx = −xdt +dπ
α
, use Ito’s lemma to derive df for f(x, t) = t
2

x.
(c) Given
dx = (x +y)dt +xdz
1
(2.55)
dy = ydt +xdz
2
(2.56)
where E[dz
1
dz
2
] = ρdt. Use Ito’s lemma to derive df for a generic twice continuously differentiable
f(x, y, t).
Problem 2.6.5 Compute

T
0
z
t
dz
t
(2.57)
where z
t
is Brownian motion. (Hint: consider Ito’s lemma for z
2
.)
Problem 2.6.6 (Counter-intuition) Let
dx = axdt +bxdz (2.58)
Assume that a > 0. That is, the growth rate of E[x
t
] is positive. Now consider 1/x
t
. Is it possible for
E[1/x
t
] to also have a positive growth rate? Give conditions on a and b for when this is possible. Intuitively,
provide an explanation for this.
20 CHAPTER 2. ITO’S LEMMA
Problem 2.6.7 Intuition behind Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion. (This intuitive look at Ito’s lemma was
communicated to me by Muruhan Rathinam.)
Let
dx = adt +bdz (2.59)
then from Ito’s lemma f(x, t) satisfies
df = (f
t
+af
x
+
1
2
b
2
f
xx
)dt +bf
x
dz. (2.60)
Recall our heuristic derivation based on a Taylor expansion:
df = f
t
dt +f
x
dx +
1
2
f
xx
(dx)
2
+... (2.61)
or
df = f
t
dt +f
x
(adt +bdz) +
1
2
f
xx
(a
2
(dt)
2
+b
2
(dz)
2
+ 2abdtdz) +... (2.62)
(a) Compute the mean of df to lowest order in dt using the terms of the Taylor expansion shown above.
(b) Compute the standard deviation of the terms that contain randomness in the above expansion. That
is, compute the standard deviation of the dz, dtdz, (dz)
2
terms separately. Which term has standard
deviation of lowest order in dt? (Hint: The fourth moment of a N(0, σ
2
) is 3σ
4
.)
(c) Use this analysis to argue for the plausibility of Ito’s lemma, (2.60).
Problem 2.6.8 Show that (2.39) follows from (2.42).
Chapter 3
Standard Stochastic Differential
Equations with Solutions
In this chapter we review some stochastic differential equations that have closed form solutions. These are
also some of the stochastic differential equation models used for modeling asset prices and other relevant
financial variables. In these solutions, note the important role that Ito’s lemma plays. Most importantly,
not many stochastic differential equations have closed form solutions. Thus, these are stochastic differential
equations that everyone should know!
3.1 Geometric Brownian Motion
Geometric Brownian motion is the following stochastic differential equation where a and b are constants.
dx = axdt +bxdz. (3.1)
A closed form solution to geometric Brownian motion can be found as follows. By Ito’s lemma with f(x) =
ln(x) we have
d ln(x) = (a −
1
2
b
2
)dt +bdz. (3.2)
Since a and b are constants, integrating gives
ln(x
t
) −ln(x
0
) = (a −
1
2
b
2
)t +bz
t
(3.3)
which implies that
x(t) = e
(a−
1
2
b
2
)t+bzt
x(0). (3.4)
Note that geometric Brownian motion is a log-normal process. That is, from (3.3) in log-coordinates x(t) is
a Gaussian process with drift a −
1
2
b
2
and volatility b. Figure 3.1 shows a typical sample path of geometric
Brownian motion.
3.1.1 Stock Price Interpretation
Geometric Brownian motion is the standard model for continuous asset price movements. It comes from the
following. Let x(t) be the price of a stock. Then over the time period dt, the return r on the stock x(t) is
given by
r =
x(t +dt) −x(t)
x(t)
=
dx
x
. (3.5)
21
22 CHAPTER 3. STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS
Figure 3.1: Typical Sample path of geometric Brownian motion.
Geometric Brownian motion models this instantaneous return as
dx
x
= adt +bdz (3.6)
where a and b are constants. Thus, the instantaneous return r over the next dt is Gaussian with
E[r] = adt, V ar(r) = b
2
dt. (3.7)
Thus, this is a very natural model of asset prices.
3.2 Geometric Poisson Motion
Geometric Poisson motion is the equivalent of geometric Brownian motion, but being driven by a Poisson
process,
dx = ax

dt + (b −1)x

dπ. (3.8)
The reason for the term b −1 is as follows. If the current value is x(t) and a jump occurs, then we will jump
by an amount (b − 1)x(t). Thus, we will jump to x(t) + (b − 1)x(t) = bx(t). Hence, by writing (b − 1) we
think of b as indicating the multiple of the current state that we will jump to if a jump occurs. That is,
a jump leads to the transition x(t) → bx(t). Note that if we didn’t use this convention, it would be a bit
messier.
Again, there exists a closed form solution that is obtained by changing to log coordinates. By Ito’s lemma
with f(x) = ln(x)
d ln(x) = adt + ln(b)dπ. (3.9)
Integrating leads to
ln(x(t)) −ln(x(0)) = at +ln(b)π(t) (3.10)
or
x(t) = e
at+ln(b)π(t)
x(0) = e
at
b
π(t)
x(0). (3.11)
Thus, this process is a Poisson process plus drift in log-coordinates.
3.3. A JUMP-DIFFUSION MODEL 23
3.2.1 A conditional lognormal version of geometric Poisson Motion
The following stochastic differential equation uses a compound Poisson process with a log normal jump size.
This results in a conditional log-normal process that is different from geometric Brownian motion. It is
modeled as
dx = ax

dt + (Y −1)x

dπ (3.12)
where Y = e
Z
is a lognormal random variable.
Once again, a change to log coordinates facilitates finding a closed form solution. Using Ito’s lemma with
f(x) = ln(x) gives
x(t) =

¸
e
at
π(t)
¸
i=1
Y
i
¸

x(0). (3.13)
But since Y is lognormal, we can write it as
¸
πt
i=1
Y
i
= e

π(t)
i=1
Zi
where Z
i
is normal. Hence we have
x(t) =

e
at+

π(t)
i=1
Zi

x(0) (3.14)
which, conditional on π(t), is a lognormal process.
3.3 A jump-diffusion model
The following stochastic differential equation uses a generalized Poisson process with a log normal jump size
and a Brownian motion. This results in a process that involves jumps and a diffusion term. It is known as
a jump-diffusion model.
dx = ax

dt +bx

dz + (Y −1)x

dπ (3.15)
where Y is a lognormal random variable. Again, using Ito’s lemma with f(x) = ln(x) gives the solution,
which is
x(t) = e
(a−
1
2
b
2
)t+bz(t)
π(t)
¸
i=1
Y
i
x(0). (3.16)
But since Y is lognormal, we can write it as
¸
π(t)
i=1
Y
i
= e

π(t)
i=1
Zi
where Z
i
is normal. Hence we have
x(t) =

e
(a−
1
2
b
2
)t+bz(t)+

π(t)
i=1
Zi

x(0) (3.17)
which, conditioned on π(t), follows the lognormal distribution.
This model is nice because it can produce distributions that have heavier tails (i.e. more extreme price
movements) than the log-normal distribution. In this way, it can be used to create implied volatility smiles
and smirks.
3.4 A more general SDE
The following SDE contains a slightly more general description of an SDE driven only by Brownian motion.
The intuition behind our route to the solution comes from the use of integrating factors in basic ODEs.
dx = (a +bx)dt + (c +fx)dz. (3.18)
To solve this, first write the SDE as follows:
dx −bxdt −fxdz = adt +cdz. (3.19)
24 CHAPTER 3. STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS
In standard ordinary differential equations, we would try to make the left hand side an exact differential
by using an integrating factor. The integrating factor is usually related to the solution to the differential
equation if the right hand side of (3.19) is set to zero. That is,
dx −bxdt −fxdz = 0. (3.20)
The solution to this is
x(t) = x(0)e
(b−
1
2
f
2
)t+fz(t)
. (3.21)
Hence, we will try an integrating factor of the form
e
−(b−
1
2
f
2
)t−fz(t)
. (3.22)
Therefore, let us compute
d(e
−(b−
1
2
f
2
)t−fz(t)
x) = e
−(b−
1
2
f
2
)t−fz(t)

−(b −
1
2
f
2
)xdt −fxdz +
1
2
f
2
xdt
+(a +bx)dt + (c +fx)dz −f(c +fx) dt

= e
−(b−
1
2
f
2
)t−fz(t)
((a −fc)dt +cdz) . (3.23)
Integrating both sides leads to
e
(−(b−
1
2
f
2
)t−fz(t))
x(t) −x(0) =

t
0
e
(−(b−
1
2
f
2
)s−fz(s))
((a −fc)ds +cdz(s)) (3.24)
and rearrangement gives the final form
x(t) = e
((b−
1
2
f
2
)t+fz(t))
x(0) +

t
0
e
((b−
1
2
f
2
)(t−s)+f(z(t)−z(s))
((a −fc)ds +cdz(s)). (3.25)
3.4.1 The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck Process and Mean Reversion
A very useful model is one in which a price or financial variable is mean reverting. That is, the process is
pulled toward some value (in this case, its long term mean level). A standard model for this is a Gaussian
model called the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process [14],
dx = −b(x −a)dt +cdz (3.26)
where a is the level that x(t) reverts to, and b is the mean reversion rate. Thus, x(t) is drawn toward a at a
rate of b. The Brownian driven term cdz just adds noise.
A sample path of a mean reverting process is depicted in Figure 3.2. Mean reverting processes of this
specific form are sometimes also called a Vasicek model. Vasicek used a process of this form to model the
short rate process in term structure modeling [15].
Since a mean reverting process is of the form of (3.18), it has a closed form solution. The solution is
given by
x(t) = e
−bt
x(0) +

t
0
e
−b(t−s)
(abds +cdz(s)). (3.27)
Thus, observe that x(t) is a Gaussian process as well. One disadvantage of this process is that values of x(t)
can become negative because the Gaussian distribution always has some probability of being negative. This
is undesirable because prices and quantities such as interest rates should not be negative.
3.5. COX-INGERSOLL-ROSS PROCESS 25
0 1 2 3 4 5
1.6
1.8
2
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3
t
x
Simulation of Mean−Reversion Dynamics
Figure 3.2: Simulation of Mean-Reverting Dynamics, a = 2, b = 5, c = 0.5, x(0) = 3.
3.5 Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Process
Another version of a mean reverting process is the Cox-Ingersoll-Ross (CIR) process [4]. It is given by
dx = −b(x −a)dt +c

xdz (3.28)
and used often in short rate models or stochastic volatility type models. Note that it is very similar to the
Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process, except that the driving Brownin motion is multiplied by

x. This makes the
noise dependent on the size of x. Furthermore, with correct parameter values, this process will always be
positive.
This process is related to the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process as follows. Consider n Ornstein Uhlenbeck
Processes
dy
1
= −
1
2
αy
1
dt +
1
2
βdz
1
(3.29)
.
.
. (3.30)
dy
n
= −
1
2
αy
n
dt +
1
2
βdz
n
(3.31)
where the Brownian motions z
1
, . . . , z
n
are uncorrelated. Now, consider the process
x(t) = y
2
1
(t) +. . . +y
2
n
(t) (3.32)
By Ito’s lemma, x(t) follows
dx =
n
¸
i=1
2y
i
(t)


1
2
αy
i
dt +
1
2
βdz
i

+
n
¸
i=1

β
2
4

dt (3.33)
=
n
¸
i=1

−αy
2
i
+
β
2
4

dt +
n
¸
i=1
(βy
i
dz
i
) (3.34)
=

−αx(t) +n
β
2
4

dt +β
n
¸
i=1
(y
i
dz
i
) (3.35)
26 CHAPTER 3. STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS
Now, we perform a little trick by writing the last term as
β

x(t)
n
¸
i=1

y
i

x(t)
dz
i

. (3.36)
Now, it turns out that
n
¸
i=1

y
i

x(t)
dz
i

(3.37)
is actually a Brownian motion!
How can we see this? Well, note that if we interpret each Brownian increment as being normally dis-
tributed with mean zero and variance dt, i.e. dz
i
∼ N(0, dt), then (3.37) is just the sum of Gaussians. But,
it is a well known property that the sum of Gaussians is Gaussian. Thus, (3.37) is normally distributed. For
it to be the increment of Brownian motion, heuristically, we only need to show that the mean is zero and
the variance is dt. To compute the mean we have
E
¸
n
¸
i=1

y
i

x(t)
dz
i
¸
=
n
¸
i=1

y
i

x(t)
E[dz
i
]

= 0 (3.38)
and the variance is computed as
V ar
¸
n
¸
i=1

y
i

x(t)
dz
i
¸
=
n
¸
i=1

y
2
i
x(t)
V ar(dz
i
)

=
n
¸
i=1

y
2
i
x(t)
dt

=
dt
x(t)
n
¸
i=1
y
2
i
= dt (3.39)
where we used that the dz
i
’s are independent and equation (3.32). Thus we can actually use the replacement
dz =
n
¸
i=1

y
i

x(t)
dz
i

(3.40)
to convert (3.35) to
dx =

−αx(t) +n
β
2
4

dt +β

x(t)dz (3.41)
Now, it turns out that for n ≥ 2, we are guaranteed to have a positive process (otherwise the process can
and will reach zero at times!). Hence, we should always make sure that our parameter choices correspond
to selecting n ≥ 2.
This is easily done since we can match coefficients in (3.28) and (3.41). This gives
ab =

2
4
, b = α, c = β (3.42)
From these relationships, we get that n =
4ab
c
2
.
For n corresponding to an integer, we have the solution as the sum of Ornstein-Uhlenbeck processes.
Thus, overall, the process x(t) will be Chi-Squared distributed. A sample path of a CIR process is depicted
in Figure 3.3.
3.6 Summary
In this chapter we have explored some of the standard stochastic differential equation models used in finance.
It is important to have a feel for these processes what their parameters correspond to. Note that most of them
correspond to some transformation of simple Gaussian processes such as the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process or
the Poisson process. You can think of these models as building more and more complicated models from our
basic building blocks of Brownian motion and the Poisson process.
3.7. PROBLEMS 27
0 1 2 3 4 5
1.5
2
2.5
3
t
x
Simulation of CIR Dynamics
Figure 3.3: Simulation of a sample path of a CIR process, a = 2, b = 5, c = 0.5, x(0) = 3.
3.7 Problems
Problem 3.7.1 Solve the following stochastic differential equations:
(a) dx = µdt +σxdz
(b) dx = µxdt + σxdz + x(Y − 1)dπ where π is a Poisson process with intensity λ and Y is a random
variable.
(c) What does your answer in (b) look like if Y is log-normally distributed.
Problem 3.7.2 Consider the process
dx = −b(x −a)dt +cdz (3.43)
Using Ito’s lemma, derive a stochastic differential equation for y = e
x
in terms of only y. This model is
log-normal due to the fact that x is normal, but has a mean reverting property in log coordinates.
Problem 3.7.3 Verify equation (3.23). (Hint: Let f(x, z, t) = e
−(b−
1
2
f
2
)t−fz
x where z has the trivial sde
dz = dz and use the multidimensional Ito’s lemma.)
28 CHAPTER 3. STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS
Chapter 4
The Factor Approach to Arbitrage
Pricing
4.1 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage Pricing
In this chapter we present absence of arbitrage conditions when returns are described by linear factor models.
In doing so, we rely heavily on Ross’ Arbitrage Pricing Theory [13]. However, we do so in light of the
application to derivative pricing. We will find in the following chapters that when coupled with Ito’s lemma,
a simple absence of arbitrage equation results in perhaps the simplest way to obtain the vast majority of
Black-Scholes type pdes that appear in derivative pricing. To back up this claim we will derive pdes in a
great number of situations. But first we must understand the underlying principle, which is in fact quite
simple. Let’s begin...
4.2 Returns and Factors Models
Most of the modeling in asset pricing theory is done using linear factor models. Hence, we adopt that
paradigm here. That is, a return is assumed to be of the form
r = α +βf (4.1)
where a and b are constants and f is a random variable called a factor. This is a one factor model. We will
also consider multifactor models of the form
r = α +
n
¸
i=1
β
i
f
i
(4.2)
where each f
i
, i = 1, ..., n is a random factor.
4.2.1 Returns
Above I said we would model returns as factor models. However, returns are also related to price changes.
Hence, factor models should arise from price changes as well.
Given a period of time ∆t, the return on an asset is defined as
r =
P(t + ∆t) −P(t)
P(t)
(4.3)
where P(t) is the amount invested at time t and P(t + ∆t) is the amount received at time t + ∆t. Figure
4.1 shows the cash flow diagram corresponding to this where the time increment it denoted as dt.
29
30 CHAPTER 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING
Figure 4.1: Cash Flow Diagram
4.2.2 Stochastic differential equations and factor models
In finance, we like to model asset prices as stochastic differential equations. For instance, a stock price could
be
dS = µSdt +σSdz. (4.4)
This is a model of a price change over time dt. Hence, I should be able to use it to compute the return of
an asset over time dt. In fact, it is given by:
r =
S(t +dt) −S(t)
S(t)
=
dS(t)
S(t)
= µdt +σdz. (4.5)
This is also an example of a factor model. In the above formula, if we associate α = µdt, β = σ, and f = dz
then it is a standard linear factor model.
In general, if I am given a stochastic differential equation
dx(t) = a(x(t), t)dt +b(x(t), t)dz (4.6)
then it is describing price changes over time period dt, and I can use it to determine a model of returns:
r =
dx(t)
x(t)
=
a(x(t), t)
x(t)
dt +
b(x(t), t)
x(t)
dz (4.7)
This also looks like a factor model with the factor being dz. In fact, I like to write it in the form:
r = αdt +βdz (4.8)
where α =
a(x(t),t)
x(t)
and β =
b(x(t),t)
x(t)
(and arguments are being suppressed). This is slightly different from
the standard factor model in that I explicitly write out dt in the first term. I like to go even a little further
and interpret dt as a special factor which is non-random. This is purely for convenience, but I will use this
convention throughout.
Another note is that α and β don’t seem to be constant! However, we should view a factor model from
an SDE as being valid only over dt and conditioned upon information at time t, including x(t) (or t− and
x(t−) if appropriate). Therefore, conditioned upon information at time t, x(t) is known and α and β are
then known constants over time t to t +dt.
Therefore, SDEs lead to instantaneous factor models that apply over time increments of dt. In what
follows, I will use notation that is indicative of SDEs in that factors will be denoted by dz and I will include
a special factor dt when I describe returns. However, for the sections that follow, you may think of the factor
dz as being any random variable, not just Brownian motion, and dt can be any time increment, not just an
instantaneous change in time.
4.3. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE USING RETURNS 31
4.3 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage using Returns
We consider the returns of tradable assets. By a tradable asset, I mean an asset that you can actually buy.
For instance, you can purchase a share of stock. If this stock pays a dividend, then when you purchase the
share of stock, you have purchased the dividend stream as well. Note that you cannot just purchase the
”price” of the stock, only a share, and hence you are stuck with everything that comes along with purchasing
a share (such as dividends). So, let’s consider the returns of tradable assets.
Let’s list the returns of tradable assets that are driven by the factor dz
r = αdt +βdz (4.9)
where r ∈ R
n
, α ∈ R
n
are vectors and β ∈ R
n×m
is a matrix. The factors are contained in the vector
dz ∈ R
m
. That is, I have stacked up all the returns in a vector.
Now consider a portfolio of these assets. We will represent the portfolio by a vector x ∈ R
n
which denotes
the dollar amount invested in each tradable asset. Hence, the total cost of our portfolio is
cost =
n
¸
i=1
x
i
= x
T
1 (4.10)
where 1 is a vector of ones.
Over the time period dt, the returns in (4.9) indicate the change in value of each tradable asset. Hence,
the total change in our portfolio is given by:
profit/loss =
n
¸
i=1
x
i
r
i
= x
T
r. (4.11)
We can analyze this return in a little more detail by writing out what each r
i
is
x
T
r = x
T
(αdt +βdz) = (x
T
α)dt + (x
T
β)dz. (4.12)
We can now see that this return will be riskless as long as
x
T
β = 0 (4.13)
since that is the coefficient of the dz term which is providing the randomness. If x
T
β = 0 then the return
on this portfolio is deterministic and given by x
T
αdt.
4.3.1 Arbitrage
Let us consider a simple portfolio. I will choose this portfolio so that it costs nothing and has no risk. That
is
x
T
1 = 0 No cost (4.14)
x
T
β = 0 No risk (4.15)
But, if something costs nothing and has no risk, then it better have no return! If it had a positive return, this
would be an arbitrage, since I would be guaranteed to make money (no risk), and I didn’t use any money to
do it (no cost). If it had a negative return, then the portfolio −x would be an arbitrage. Therefore, to have
no arbitrage, I must have no return as well. This leads us to a key condition which I state as the following
implication
(⋆) A (not very useful) Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition
x
T
1 = 0 No cost
x
T
β = 0 No risk

⇒ x
T
α = 0 No return (4.16)
32 CHAPTER 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING
which can be written in matrix form as
¸
1
T
β
T

x = 0 ⇒ α
T
x = 0. (4.17)
As the name indicates, the above condition for absence of arbitrage is not terribly useful. However, an equiv-
alent condition is extremely useful and will provide the foundation for our derivations of partial differential
equations. In fact, the condition which is stated next is astonishingly useful! But to derive it, we need to
first recall some linear algebra relationships.
4.3.2 Null and Range Space Relationship
Note that the condition (4.17) can be written as
Ax = 0 ⇒ α
T
x = 0 where A =
¸
1
T
β
T

. (4.18)
Now, the set of all vectors x such that Ax = 0 is known as the null space of the matrix N(A). That is
N(A) = {x|Ax = 0} . (4.19)
On the other hand, the set of all vectors y such that there exists an x with y = Ax is known as the range
space of the matrix A. That is
R(A) = {y | ∃x such that Ax = y } . (4.20)
Finally, we recall the notion of the perpendicular set of a given set of vectors. Let M be a set of vectors,
then M

is a set of all vectors z such that z is orthogonal to all vectors in M. That is
M

=
¸
z | z
T
x = 0, ∀x ∈ M
¸
(4.21)
In order to derive a useful condition from (4.17), we will use the following relationship between the null
and range space of a matrix.
(⋆) Null and Range Space Relationship: N(A)

= R(A
T
).
Proof: The proof of this is rather simple.
x ∈ N(A) ⇒ Ax = 0 ⇒ y
T
Ax = 0 for all y. (4.22)
Then
y
T
Ax = (A
T
y)
T
x = 0 (4.23)
which means that A
T
y is orthogonal to the null space of A for all y. That is exactly saying that
N(A)

= R(A
T
). (4.24)
2.
4.3.3 A Useful Absence of Arbitrage Condition
Using the null and range space relationship, we can convert (4.17) into a very useful condition. It’s importance
cannot be overstated. Hence it receives two stars!!
(⋆⋆ Return APT) A Useful Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition
4.3. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE USING RETURNS 33
A necessary and sufficient condition for the implication (4.16) to be true is for there to exist a vector
ˆ
λ ∈ R
m+1
such that

1 β

ˆ
λ = λ
0
+βλ = α (4.25)
where
ˆ
λ =
¸
λ
0
λ

(4.26)
with λ
0
∈ R and λ ∈ R
m
.
Many of you will hopefully recognize this as nothing more than the simple version of Ross’ 1976 arbitrage
pricing theory [13]. Its derivation is given below.
Proof: Note that the condition in (4.17) indicates that if a portfolio x is in the null space of the matrix
¸
1
T
β
T

then it also must be orthogonal to α. Another way to put this is that
α ∈

N
¸
1
T
β
T


(4.27)
where N(·) is the null space. But, using the null and range space relationship, this means that
α ∈ R

¸
1
T
β
T

T

(4.28)
Thus, there exists a vector
ˆ
λ ∈ R
m+1
such that [ 1 β ]
ˆ
λ = α. 2
4.3.4 Interpretations
Let’s try to get a bit of intuition into the mystical λ’s.
Market Price of Risk
The APT equation for a single factor model r = µdt +σdz is
µ = [ 1 σ ]
ˆ
λ = λ
0
+σλ
1
. (4.29)
Let’s look at this equation. On the left side is the expected return (µ), and on the right side is the volatility
(σ). Hence, this equation relates volatility to expected return.
A better way to think of σ is not as volatility, but as the amount of the risk factor dz that you have. If
σ is zero, then you are not exposed to the risk dz at all. If it is large, then you have purchased a lot of that
risk. Therefore, λ
1
tells you how much your expected return is increased (assuming λ
1
is positive) for each
unit of the risk dz that you take on. For this reason, λ
1
is called the ”market price of risk”. In this case, λ
1
is the market price of the risk factor dz. This is a nice interpretation for λ
1
.
The Market Price of Time
But, we also have this pesky λ
0
to deal with. It is not tied to any risk. In fact, if we don’t take on any risk
(i.e. σ = 0), then µ = λ
0
. Intuitively, if we don’t have any risk, then we should be earning the risk free rate.
Hence, we might guess that λ
0
= r
0
, where r
0
denotes the risk free rate of interest. This is in fact correct.
But, let’s justify this through a slightly different argument that will also get us a nice interpretation for λ
0
.
34 CHAPTER 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING
Let us consider a risk free asset. Its factor model is given by:
dB
0
B
0
= r
0
dt (4.30)
where r
0
is a constant risk free rate of interest. Since it must satisfy our return relationship, we have:
r
0
= λ
0
+ 0(λ
1
) = λ
0
(4.31)
which tells us that λ
0
= r
0
. If the λ’s are the market prices of factors, then we may interpret λ
0
as the
reward for the time factor dt or the ”market price of time”. Intuitively, this makes perfect sense, since the
risk free rate is the amount we are rewarded for taking on time and nothing else.
Now all the λ’s should make sense. They relate the different factors dt, dz, etc. to how much we are
rewarded for taking on those factors. In a market with no arbitrage, every factor has a market price. Your
return is just given by looking at how much of each factor you have taken on, and multiplying them by their
market price and adding them up. Quite simple, right?
This is the basic interpretation of the concept of ”market price of risk”. Don’t forget it. It is very useful
to have this intuition.
4.3.5 A Problem with Returns
Using returns to model assets has a disadvantage. There are contracts that involve no up-front cost or price.
Hence, they don’t have a well defined return, since by definition a return involves dividing by the price,
which can be zero. A futures contract is an example of this, since the mark-to-market mechanism resets the
value of a contract to zero every day. Therefore, in the above framework, a futures contract must be dealt
with as a special case. I don’t like special cases, so below we will reformulate absence of arbitrage conditions
but in terms of price changes rather than returns. This eliminates the need for special cases.
4.4 The Factor Approach using Price Changes
I just mentioned that there can be some problems in dealing with returns. Hence, in this section we will
reformulate the factor approach to arbitrage pricing by working with prices rather than returns. In this case,
it will be okay to have an asset with a zero price.
4.4.1 Price Changes and Arbitrage
Let’s return to our arbitrage portfolio and reformulate it in terms of price changes. In our original argument,
we let r ∈ R
n
be the returns of assets and specified the dollar amount invested in each asset by a vector
x ∈ R
n
. This time we will specify a vector of prices per unit of tradables P ∈ R
n
, cash flows resulting from
the changes in value of the tradables per unit dV ∈ R
n
, and shares or units of each asset purchased y ∈ R
n
.
The cash flow from changes in value over the period will satisfy the factor model
dV = Adt +Bdz (4.32)
where A ∈ R
n
, B ∈ R
n×m
, and dz ∈ R
m
. The simple cash flow diagram is given in figure 4.2.
4.4.2 Profit/Loss and Arbitrage
In this case, the profit/loss on the portfolio is given by:
y
T
(dV) = y
T
(Adt +Bdz) = (y
T
A)dt + (y
T
B)dz (4.33)
Therefore, an arbitrage portfolio is one that has:
4.4. THE FACTOR APPROACH USING PRICE CHANGES 35
Figure 4.2: Cash Flow Diagram with Prices P and Value Changes dV
• No Cost: y
T
P = 0,
• No Risk: y
T
B = 0,
but has a profit
• Profit: y
T
A = 0.
Of course, we want to eliminate arbitrages, so we would like the following implication to hold.
(⋆) A (not very useful) Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition
y
T
P = 0 No cost
y
T
B = 0 No risk

⇒ y
T
A = 0 No return (4.34)
which can be written in matrix form as
¸
P
T
B
T

y = 0 ⇒ A
T
y = 0. (4.35)
Once again, we can convert this to a dual condition that is useful:
(⋆⋆Price APT) A Useful Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition
A necessary condition for no arbitrage is for there to exist a vector
ˆ
λ ∈ R
m+1
such that

P B

λ = Pλ
0
+Bλ = A (4.36)
where
ˆ
λ =
¸
λ
0
λ

(4.37)
with λ
0
∈ R and λ ∈ R
m
.
What is the relationship between the return approach and the price change approach. Well, of course
they are highly related. The λ’s in both cases are the same, and have the same interpretation. They are
market prices of risk. The main difference is that the price approach uses shares or units of the asset to
describe the portfolio, not dollar amount. Furthermore, it describes profit/loss in terms of the cash flow, not
returns. These are really superficial differences, but it is easier to understand some pricing situations, such
as futures contracts, in the price approach rather than in terms of returns.
36 CHAPTER 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING
4.5 Two standard examples
In this section we will give some little examples to help us gain some intuition into the approach. Let’s start
with a stock and a bond.
4.5.1 Stocks
Assume that a stock follows a geometric Brownian motion (GBM) and there is a bond that earns the risk
free rate, r
0
. Their dynamics are given below:
dB = r
0
Bdt (4.38)
dS = µSdt +σSdz. (4.39)
What do our absence of arbitrage conditions say about these assets?
Returns
In terms of returns, we can write that:
dB
B
= r
0
dt (4.40)
dS
S
= µdt +σdz (4.41)
Hence, the APT equation says [ 1 β ]
ˆ
λ = α or
¸
1 0
1 σ
¸
λ
0
λ
1

=
¸
r
0
µ

(4.42)
Solving this equation for λ
0
and λ
1
gives
λ
0
= r
0
(4.43)
λ
1
=
µ −r
σ
(4.44)
Note that the market price of risk for dz is like an instantaneous Sharpe ratio. We will see this equation pop
up many times.
Prices
We can derive the same results using prices. In terms of prices and changes in value, the absence of arbitrage
equation says that [ P B ]
ˆ
λ = A or
¸
B 0
S σS
¸
λ
0
λ
1

=
¸
r
0
B
µS

(4.45)
Solving this equation for λ
0
and λ
1
gives
λ
0
= r
0
(4.46)
λ
1
=
µ −r
σ
, (4.47)
as expected.
4.6. SUMMARY 37
4.5.2 Futures contracts
One can enter into a futures contract without paying any money. This means that a futures contract is a
special case in our setup, and is difficult to understand in the context of returns because its return is not
defined (it has zero price!). It is much more naturally considered in terms of prices and value changes. Below
is the cash flow diagram for a futures contract.
The critical difference between futures contracts and forward contracts is that futures contracts are
marked to market and settled daily. This means that they always begin the day with a zero price. At the
end of the day, the price change is settled. Note that this price change is not discounted, but rather the
change in the futures price. Hence, the change in value of the portfolio is equal to the change in the futures
price dV = df!
Figure 4.3: Cash Flow Diagram for Futures Contract
Therefore, a futures contract can have zero price, but the cash flow from the change in value will be given
by
df = µfdt +σfdz. (4.48)
Hence, in this case, we may consider a market with a bond and a futures contract. The relevant quantities
can be written as
prices changes factors
B dB = r
0
Bdt
0 df = µfdt +σfdz.
(4.49)
Now let’s look at the price based arbitrage equation [ P B ]λ = A or
¸
B 0
0 σS
¸
λ
0
λ
1

=
¸
r
0
B
µS

. (4.50)
Solving this equation for λ
0
and λ
1
gives
λ
0
= r
0
(4.51)
λ
1
=
µ
σ
. (4.52)
Note that a futures contract refers to the price at a fixed time in the future. Hence, time is fixed, and a
futures contract is purely a bet on the outcome of a random factor. Time is not in the mix. Hence, we see
that the equations separate. The bond is purely time, and the market price of time is r
0
. On the other hand,
the futures contract is purely a bet on the outcome of the factor. Hence time is not mixed into it, and the
market price of risk does not involve the risk free rate r
0
.
4.6 Summary
We have derived forms of an aribtrage pricing theory based either on linear factor models of returns or
value changes. These simple results will allow us to derive many of the partial differential (or differ-
ence/integral/etc.) equations that arise in derivative pricing theory. But before doing so, we develop a
38 CHAPTER 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING
derivative pricing framework based upon our APT factor based approach. Then, in following chapters we
tackle examples in equity derivatives, interest rate derivatives, and beyond. What you should take away is
that simple arbitrage ideas that we derived in this chapter are the underpinnings of derivative pricing theory.
4.7 Problems
Problem 4.7.1 (How to construct an arbitrage)
Assume that there does not exist a λ such that α = [1 β]λ. Then this means that an arbitrage opportunity
exists. That is, there exists a vector x specifying dollar amounts invested such that
α
T
x > 0 and 1
T
x = 0, β
T
x = 0. (4.53)
One way to select a specific arbitrage would be to solve an optimization problem of the form
max
x
α
T
x subject to 1
T
x = 0, β
T
x = 0, x
1
= 1. (4.54)
where the constraint x
1
limits the total dollar amount of long and short positions to equal $1. However,
in practice an alternative but equivalent approach is often used, as follows.
Choose λ such that α −[1 β]λ has minimum 2-norm. That is
min
λ
α −[1 β]λ
2
. (4.55)
If λ

is this optimal λ, then we can define
γ = α −[1 β]λ

. (4.56)
One could then solve the optimization problem
max
x
γ
T
x subject to 1
T
x = 0, β
T
x = 0, x
1
= 1. (4.57)
Show that this optimization problem is equivalent to the optimization problem in (4.54).
Problem 4.7.2 (More Linear Algebra and Dualities)
The Farkas Alternative [7] of linear algebra says the following
(i) Ax = b has a solution x ≥ 0
or (exclusive)
(ii) y
T
A ≥ 0, y
T
b < 0 has a solution y.
(4.58)
We can use the Farkas Alternative for implications as well. Consider the implication:
Ax = 0 ⇒ b
T
x = 0 (4.59)
Prove by use of the Farkas alternative that this implication is true if and only if there exists a λ such that
b = A
T
λ. (4.60)
(Hint: Note that the implication is true if and only if there is no solution to Ax = 0 and b
T
x > 0.)
Problem 4.7.3 (Early Exercise and American Options)
American options allow the holder of the option to exercise at any time prior to expiration. Let’s explore
how this would affect the absense of arbitrage ideas.
4.7. PROBLEMS 39
(a) Assume that the factor model for the option if it is not exercised is
r
1
= α
c
dt +β
c
dz. (4.61)
Explain why the factor model for the return on an American option, where E is the early exercise value and
c is the price of the option, is either
r
1
= α
c
dt +β
c
dz or r
1
=
E −c
cdt
dt (4.62)
depending on whether the option is exercised or not.
(b) Assume that you are long the American option. As the holder of an American option, you get to decide
when to exercise the option. Let α and β correspond to factor models for tradable assets, where the first
elements of these vectors α
1
and β
1
corresponds to the American option. Finally, let x be a vector of dollar
amounts invested in each asset (with x
1
corresponding to the American option).
Argue that a necessary condition for you not to be able to arbitrage is that the following implication is
true regardless of whether you are exercising the American option or not,
e
1
T
x = 1, 1
T
x = 0, β
T
x = 0 ⇒ α
T
x ≤ 0. (4.63)
(I.e., the implication must hold regardless of which return in (4.62) is being chosen.)
(c) Assume that the vectors e
1
, 1, β are linearly independent. Using the Farkas Alternative from Problem
4.7.2, derive that an alternative absence of arbitrage condition is that there exists scalars ξ ≥ 0, and λ
0
and
λ
1
such that
α = λ
0
+βλ
1
−e
1
ξ. (4.64)
(d) Finally, using (4.64) and Part (a) of this problem, argue that for the American option, both of the
following conditions must hold
α
c
≤ λ
0

c
λ
1
(4.65)
E ≤ c. (4.66)
Problem 4.7.4 (Modeling the binomial lattice as a factor model)
Consider a stock that can move on a binomial lattice, where at each step the stock price S(k) can either
move up to S(k + 1) = uS(k) or down to S(k + 1) = dS(k) with the probability structure
S(k + 1) =

uS(k) w.p. p
dS(k) w.p. 1 −p
(4.67)
Let ∆Z(k) be a standard binary random variable
∆Z(k) =

1 w.p. p
−1 w.p. 1 −p
(4.68)
Show that ∆S(k) = S(k + 1) −S(k) can be written in the form
∆S(k) = A(k) +B(k)∆Z(k) (4.69)
by finding A(k) and B(k).
40 CHAPTER 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING
Chapter 5
Constructing a Factor Pricing
Framework
5.1 Introduction
This chapter lays the framework for derivative pricing. That is, we try to provide the structure behind the
factor approach. Thus, the goal is to clarify the structure of the modeling involved in the factor approach,
and to provide an almost step by step method for attacking any problem.
As I proceed through this chapter, I will use two derivative pricing examples to illustrate points. The
examples are a call option on a non-dividend paying stock, and an absence of arbitrage zero coupon bond
pricing model. In particular, I will also emphasize the relative pricing nature of derivative pricing. That is,
derivative pricing determines an appropriate price relative to other securities that have already been priced
in a market. Before jumping into any of these ideas of derivative pricing, let’s start by classifying the relevant
quantities in a model of any market.
5.2 A Classification of Quantities
In this book, we will be interested in the pricing of derivative securities. However, to understand that pricing
theory, it is best to first understand the general modeling paradigm.
In our modeling framework, we will classify all quantities into three (possibly overlapping) categories.
They are factors, underlying variables, and tradables.
5.2.1 Factors
Factors are the most basic source of randomness in our models. In general, they are the driving Brownian
motions (z(t)) and Poisson processes (π(t)). Furthermore, I like to think of time as a special factor. Thus,
in our models, the factors will show up as the dz, dπ, and dt terms.
5.2.2 Underlying Variables
Underlying variables are often quantities of interest that are functions of the factors. For example, an interest
rate could be an underlying variable. A stock price S(t) could also be an underlying variable. In general,
underlying variables are financially relevant quantities that are functions of the factors, and used in the
modeling process.
41
42 CHAPTER 5. CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK
5.2.3 Tradables
Tradables are the quantities that you can actually trade and include in a portfolio. They are modeled
as being functions of the underlying variables. Some of the time, the functional relationship between the
tradable and an underlying variable is trivial. For example, a stock price S(t) can be an underlying variable,
and also a tradable. In other cases, the tradable is a more complicated function of an underlying variable.
For example, an interest rate r(t) can be an underlying variable, but it is not tradable. Instead, a bond
B(r(t), t) is tradable, and represented as a function of the underlying variable.
Figure 5.1: Picture of the Modeling Paradigm
It is extremely important to be able to separate quantities that are tradable from those that are not.
Why? Because tradables, and only tradables, are the quantities that must satisfy the absence of arbitrage
relationships from the previous chapter. And those absence of arbitrage relationships will lead to our pricing
formulas.
Let’s consider an example to clarify the notion of what is tradable.
Example: A stock paying a dividend
To make sure we understand what a tradable is, let’s consider the example of a stock that pays a dividend.
The stock has price S(t), and let’s assume that it pays a continuous dividend at a rate of q. What this means
is that by reinvesting the dividend back into the stock, if you started by purchasing 1 share of stock at time
0, by time t you would have e
qt
shares.
What is the tradable quantity? You might be tempted to say that the price of the stock S(t) is tradable.
However, note that you cannot just purchase the ”price of the stock”. Instead, you must purchase a share
of stock, and with this share you not only get the price of the stock but also the dividend. The point is that
you can’t decouple the price from the dividend. They come together and that is the tradable.
5.2.4 A Derivative is a Tradable
In this book we are interested in pricing derivative securities. So, it is important to begin by defining what
we mean by a derivative security.
Derivative Security: A derivative security is a tradable whose value depends upon (or is a function of)
other underlying variables. In this case, we say that the derivative security is derivative to the underlying
variables.
Note that this definition of a derivative does not particularly distinguish it from any other tradable! We
typically model all tradables as being a function of some underlying variables (although often a tradable is
an underlying variable and hence trivially a function of itself).
In principle, there is no real distinction between a derivative and any other tradable. You will see that
the most important distinction is that a derivative is ”what you want to price” and that other tradables are
”already priced” in the market.
The name derivative comes from the fact that the value of a derivative is ”derived” from some underlying
variables. In order to have something to keep in mind, let’s use the following example:
5.3. FACTOR MODELS FOR UNDERLYING VARIABLES AND TRADABLES 43
Example: European Call Option
Consider a European call option, which is the option to purchase a specified stock, say Coca-Cola, for a
specified price (the strike price), at a specified date (the expiration date). In this case, the option is a
derivative, because its value depends upon the stock price of Coca-Cola. Thus, the stock price of Coca-Cola
is the underlying variable.
In this example, Coca-Cola is an underlying variable and also a tradable. However, it is not always the
case that the underlying variable must also be tradable. In general, derivative securities are quite flexible, and
so are the possible underlying variables. In fact, there are derivatives that depend on underlying variables
such as temperature or even wind speed which clearly are not tradable.
5.3 Factor Models for Underlying Variables and Tradables
To use the APT equations from the previous chapter, what we need are linear factor models for the price
changes of tradables. In the previous chapter we saw that we can interpret SDEs as instantaneous factor
models. Hence, in continuous time models, we would like SDE models for underlying variables and tradables
in particular.
In general, there are two ways that we arrive at factor models for tradables. The first is that we directly
model the tradable as a factor model. The second (and most important) is Ito’s lemma.
5.3.1 Direct Factor Models
In many cases, we begin the modeling process by writing down a factor model or SDE. Examples of this
include the geometric Brownian motion model of stock price movement.
dS = µSdt +σSdz (5.1)
or a model of an interest rate (most likely the instantaneous short rate) as an SDE
dr
0
= adt +bdz. (5.2)
Thus, in many case, we begin the modeling process by writing down SDEs (or factor models) for underlying
variables and tradables.
5.3.2 Factor Models via Ito’s Lemma
The second method to obtain factor models is via Ito’s lemma. Since tradables, and derivatives in particular,
are functions of underlying variables, if we have an SDE model for an underlying then we can use Ito’s lemma
to obtain an SDE for the tradable.
Consider the example of a European call option on a stock following geometric Brownian motion as in
(5.1). The call option is a function of the underlying stock price S(t) and time t. We write this as c(S(t), t).
Then, by Ito’s lemma we have
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
)dt +σSc
S
dz (5.3)
which is a factor model for the call option c.
In some cases, we will know explicitly the functional relationship between the tradable or derivative and
the underlying variable. In that case, in Ito’s lemma we would be able to explicitly compute the partial
derivative terms c
t
, c
S
, etc.
A picture of the route to SDEs for tradables is given in Figure 5.2
44 CHAPTER 5. CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK
Figure 5.2: Obtaining factor models or SDEs for tradables.
5.4 Tradables tables
We will approach the derivative pricing problem using the Price APT equation (4.36), rather than the Return
APT. But note that everything in this book can also be done use the Return APT equation.
To use the Price APT equation, we need two things: prices and factor models for value changes. The
previous section indicated how to obtain the factor model for value changes. Thus, we can tabulate prices
and factor models for value changes for all tradables. When we list these in a table, we call this a tradable
table. For instance, in a market with a stock, a bond, and a call option on the stock, the tradable table is
Prices

B
S
c
¸
¸
Changes
d

B
S
c
¸
¸ =
Factor Model

r
0
B
µS
(c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
)
¸
¸
dt +

0
σS
σSc
S
¸
¸
dz
(5.4)
This is called a tradable table to emphasize the fact that only tradables need satisfy the absence of arbitrage
conditions. It supplies all the basic information that we need to extract from the market when applying the
Price APT.
5.5 Applying the Price APT
The final step to a derivative pricing equation is to apply the Price APT equations. However, before applying
the Price APT equation, we first separate marketed tradables from the derivative the we would like to price.
5.5.1 Relative Pricing and Marketed Tradables
Once we have set up the tradables table, we designate certain tradables as marketed. What we mean by a
marketed tradables is a tradable that is ”already priced” by the market.
You should contrast the marketed tradables with the derivative that we would like to price. The derivative
is what we ”want to price” using the information given from the marketed assets. This emphasizes the relative
pricing nature of derivative pricing. We price a derivative security relative to the marketed tradables. That
is, derivative pricing is a method of pricing a new tradable (the derivative) consistently with the existing
price of marketed tradables.
To see how this works, we separate the marketed tradables from the derivative, and put them all in a
tradables table.
Prices
¸
P
m
P

Changes
d
¸
V
m
V

=
Factor Model
¸
A
m
A

dt +
¸
B
m
B

dz
(5.5)
5.5. APPLYING THE PRICE APT 45
The tradables with the subscript m are the marketed tradables, and the tradable without any subscript is
the derivative that we are pricing.
5.5.2 Pricing the Derivative
Now we can use the Price APT to price the derivative. The Price APT equation says there needs to exist
λ
0
and λ such that
A
m
= P
m
λ
0
+B
m
λ (5.6)
A = Pλ
0
+Bλ. (5.7)
To obtain the market prices of risk λ
0
and λ, we only use the marketed tradables. Thus, we solve (5.6) to find
the market prices of risk (often in terms of information from the marketed tradables). The market prices of
risk are then plugged into (5.7) which is the pricing equation for the derivative.
One may think of this procedure as first calibration to market data, followed by pricing the new derivative.
Using marketed tradables to determine the market prices of risk is like calibrating parameters (market prices
of risk) in our absence of arbitrage pricing model to known data (marketed tradables). Once our model is
calibrated (the market prices of risk are determined), we can apply our absence of arbitrage model to price
other tradables (derivatives) that also must satisfy the same absence of arbitrage relationship.
This discussion has been a little abstract, so let’s see an example
Example: Pricing a European Call Option
Let’s take the tradables table in (5.4) and use it to illustrate pricing. Assume that c is a European call
option on the stock S.
First, we designate the bond B and stock S as being the marketed assets, and c is the derivative that we
would like to price. Thus, the price APT implies that

B
S
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0
σS
σSc
S
¸
¸
λ
1
=

r
0
B
µS
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
¸
¸
. (5.8)
where the top two rows correspond to the marketed tradables. Then, we use the marketed tradables to
determine the market prices of risk. Solving these equations gives λ
0
= r
0
and λ
1
=
µ−r0
σ
.
Finally, we use these market prices of risk in the third equation for our derivative to obtain
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
= r
0
c +
µ −r
0
σ
σSc
S
(5.9)
Rearranging this gives
c
t
+r
0
Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
= r
0
c (5.10)
which is the Black-Scholes partial differential equation for the price of an option. If we specify the boundary
condition for a European call option as
c(S, T) = (S −K)
+
, c(0, t) = 0 (5.11)
then this completely describes the price of the option.
A picture of the application of the Price APT is given in Figure 5.3.
5.5.3 Underdetermined and Overdetermined Systems
In the example above everything was perfect! I had two equations (one for the bond and one for the stock),
and two unknowns (the market price of time λ
0
and the market price of risk λ
1
) corresponding to the
marketed tradables. Thus, I could solve the equations for λ
0
and λ
1
. It was perfect!
Now, what if things aren’t so perfect. That is, what if the system of equations arising from the Price
APT for the marketed tradables is either underdetermined or overdetermined. Let use an example.
46 CHAPTER 5. CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK
Figure 5.3: A picture of the application of the Price APT.
Underdetermined and Incompleteness
Assume that our assets are given by
dB = r
0
Bdt (5.12)
dS = µSdt +σ
1
Sdz
1

2
Sdz
2
. (5.13)
In this case, the price APT becomes
¸
B 0 0
S σ
1
S σ
2
S

λ
0
λ
1
λ
2
¸
¸
=
¸
r
0
B
µS

(5.14)
And we have three unknowns (λ
0
, λ
1
, and λ
2
), but only two equations! Thus, we can’t uniquely solve for
the market prices of risk! (In this case, we can solve for λ
0
= r
0
, but not uniquely for λ
1
or λ
2
.)
What can we say in this situation and how should we think of this? Well, first, we can say that if any
solution exists (it doesn’t have to be unique, we just need for at least one solution to exist), then there is no
arbitrage. This is guaranteed by the APT equations.
Let’s assume that many solutions exists. For example in the above equations, there are multiple possible
values for λ
1
and λ
2
. Thus, there are many possible market prices of risk that satisfy the no arbitrage
condition. This just means that from the tradable assets in the market (B and S), we cannot uniquely infer
the market prices of risk for dz
1
and dz
2
. There are many possibilities, and all are arbitrage free.
The practical consequence of this is that if we are asked to price a new security that depends on dz
1
and/or dz
2
, we will not be able to assign it a unique absence of arbitrage price. This is because the APT
equation (in either return or price form) acts as a pricing equation. (This use will become clear in the
following chapters.) However, it only provides a unique price if we have unique values for the market prices
of risk. This situation is called an incomplete market.
Incomplete markets are common in practice, and you will see in subsequent chapters that in order to
price derivative securities in incomplete markets, we must select values for market prices of risk that are not
uniquely defined. Since market prices of risk relate risk to reward for various factors, selecting a value for
5.6. THREE STEP PROCEDURE 47
a market price of risk is essentially the same as specifying how investors in the market trade off risk and
return. Thus, in incomplete markets some specification of the risk preferences of investors is needed to assign
a unique price to derivative securities. Furthermore, this specification of risk preferences is captured by the
selection of the market price of risk.
The above discussion might be a little abstract at this point, but in subsequent chapters you might
want to refer back to it when faced with pricing of derivatives in incomplete markets (see for example,
jump-diffusion models or stochastic volaility).
Overdetermined and Calibration
Now let’s consider the opposite situation. That is, when the set of equations is overdetermined. For example,
let the tradable assets be
dB = r
0
Bdt (5.15)
dS
1
= µ
1
S
1
dt +σ
1
S
1
dz (5.16)
dS
2
= µ
2
S
2
dt +σ
2
S
2
dz. (5.17)
In this case, the price APT becomes

B 0
S
1
σ
1
S
S
2
σ
2
S
¸
¸
¸
λ
0
λ
1

=

r
0
B
µ
1
S
1
µ
2
S
2
¸
¸
(5.18)
In this case there are three equations and only two unknowns (λ
1
and λ
2
)! This system looks to be overde-
termined!
Now, we know from the price APT that for no arbitrage to exist there must exist a solution to this set
of equations. However, in general, for an overdetermined system of equations no solution will exist! What
does this mean?
Well, the first thing it means is that strictly speaking, there is an arbitrage opportunity! But, the way
this situation often plays out in practice is usually slightly different. In practice this situation often leads to
some sort of calibration procedure.
Instead of declaring that an arbitrage exists, a trader will often just assume that the models being used
for B, S
1
and S
2
are not perfect, and that is the reason that no solution exists. Thus, the trader will search
for the λ
1
and λ
2
that best fit the absence of arbitrage equations. They often call this process calibration,
and in practice it may be difficult to recognize directly as searching for best fit λ’s. (Watch for it in situations
such as term structure modeling where a single factor dz is used, but many tradables (bonds of different
maturities) exist, or when certain models are fit to volatility smiles and smirks.) Again, you might want to
return to this discussion after reading subsequent chapters.
5.6 Three Step Procedure
To summarize, let’s present a three step procedure to deriving a derivative pricing equation. The three steps
are:
1. Identify the tradable assets, underlying variables, and factors in a model. (See Figure 5.1.)
2. Write factor models (SDEs) for each tradable asset (this may involve Ito’s lemma), and construct a
tradables table. (See Figure 5.2.)
3. Apply the Price APT equation, first to the marketed tradables in order to solve for the market prices
of risk (calibration), and then to the derivative using those market prices of risk (this usually results
in a partial differential equation for the price). (See Figure 5.3.)
48 CHAPTER 5. CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK
In this book, I will consider the limited scope of just deriving partial differential equations for pricing, and I
will sometimes leave out the important step of actually solving the pde!! Furthermore, often many different
derivative securities satisfy the same basic pde and only differ due to their boundary condition. I will also
often sweep that under the rug, and merely note that a particular derivative security will correspond to the
solution of the pde with a particular boundary condition.
5.7 Summary
In this chapter, we have provided a three step procedure for deriving the pricing equation for a derivative
security based on the linear factor approach. This cookie cutter approach will allow us to derive many of
the partial differential (or difference/integral/etc.) equations that arise in derivative pricing theory. In the
next chapter we tackle examples in equity derivatives, and in the following chapter we address interest rate
derivatives. What you should take away is that simple arbitrage ideas that we derived in this chapter are
the underpinnings of derivative pricing theory.
5.8 Problems
Problem 5.8.1 (A Stock Paying Continuous Dividends)
Consider a stock S(t) following
dS = µSdt +σSdz (5.19)
that pays a continuous dividend at a rate of q. Also assume that a bond
dB = r
0
Bdt (5.20)
exists. If c(S, t) is a European call option on the stock, then identify the factors, underlying variables, and
create a tradables table.
Problem 5.8.2 (A Single Factor Short Rate Model)
Let r
0
(t) denote the short rate of interest, and assume that it follows
dr
0
= adt +bdz (5.21)
Assume that zero coupon bonds of maturity T are tradables and the price at time t is denoted by B(r, t|T).
Let these bonds be a function of the short rate and time t. Furthermore, assume that a money market account
exists that satisfies
dB
0
= r
0
(t)dB
0
dt (5.22)
In this model, then identify the factors, underlying variables, and create a tradables table.
Chapter 6
Application of the Factor Form:
Equity Derivatives
The factor approach to absence of arbitrage pricing is one of the quickest and most direct routes to deriving
pdes for derivatives. In this chapter we will see that it can be used to derive almost every Black-Scholes type
pde that occurs in derivative pricing.
6.1 Examples from Equity Derivatives
6.1.1 Black-Scholes
Black and Scholes started everything with this model [2]. The standard Black-Scholes set-up involves a bond
earning a risk free rate and a non-dividend paying stock that follows a GBM:
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.1)
dS = µSdt +σSdz. (6.2)
Furthermore, we consider a derivative on the stock. Generically we call this derivative c and assume that
it’s price process depends on the stock and time c(S, t) and is twice continuously differentiable in both its
arguments. By Ito’s lemma,
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
)dt +σSc
S
dz. (6.3)
Therefore, the tradable assets are the stock S, bond B, and the derivative c. We can now move to Step 2
and construct a tradable table

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µS
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
¸
¸
dt +

0
σS
σSc
S
¸
¸
dz. (6.4)
The tradable table contains all the information we need to apply the Price APT equation. Hence, this allows
us to move on to Step 3, which is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ
0
+Bλ
1
= A for absense of arbitrage
conditions.

B
S
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0
σS
σSc
S
¸
¸
λ
1
=

r
0
B
µS
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
¸
¸
. (6.5)
Solving for λ
0
and λ
1
using the first two equations gives:
λ
0
= r
0
λ
1
=
µ −r
0
σ
. (6.6)
49
50 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES
Plugging λ
0
and λ
1
into the last equation yields
r
0
c +
µ −r
0
σ
σSc
S
= c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
. (6.7)
Finally, rearranging leads to the Black-Scholes equation:
c
t
+r
0
Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
= r
0
c. (6.8)
European Call and Put Options
For a European call option, the boundary condition is that at expiration T, the option is worth c(S, T) =
max(S − K, 0) where K is the strike price. We also have the boundary conditions that c(0, t) = 0 for all t
and lim
S→∞
c(S, t) = ∞.
c(S, T) = max(S −K, 0) (6.9)
c(0, t) = 0 t ∈ [0, T] (6.10)
c(∞, t) = ∞ t ∈ [0, T] (6.11)
The solution is
d
1
=
ln(S/K) + (r
0
+
1
2
σ
2
)(T −t)
σ

T −t
(6.12)
d
2
= d
1
−σ

T −t (6.13)
c(S, t) = SN(d
1
) −Ke
−r0(T−t)
N(d
2
) (6.14)
A European put option is a derivative security p(S, t) with boundary conditions
p(S, T) = max(K −S, 0) (6.15)
p(0, t) = 0 Ke
−r0(T−t)
t ∈ [0, T] (6.16)
p(∞, t) = 0 t ∈ [0, T] (6.17)
The solution to the Black-Scholes equation under these boundary conditions is
d
1
=
ln(S/K) + (r
0
+
1
2
σ
2
)(T −t)
σ

T −t
(6.18)
d
2
= d
1
−σ

T −t (6.19)
p(S, t) = Ke
−r0(T−t)
N(−d
2
) −SN(−d
1
) (6.20)
6.1.2 Dividend Paying Stocks
Let’s assume that the stock is paying a continuous dividend at a rate of q. Then the stock and its dividend
stream is a tradable asset. That is, when we purchase the stock, we are also purchasing its dividend stream.
Hence we must consider them together as a tradable asset. Let’s assume the stock price follows
dS = µSdt +σSdz. (6.21)
What we purchase is a single share of this stock. Let N(t) denote the number of shares held of this stock at
time t. The assumption of a continuous dividend at a rate of q is equivalent to assuming that the number of
shares N(t) grows according to the equation
dN = qNdt. (6.22)
6.1. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES 51
Then over time dt, the portfolio with value N(t)S(t) changes to
N(t)S(t) → (N(t) +dN)(S(t) +dS) (6.23)
= N(t)S(t) +dNS(t) +N(t)dS +dSdN (6.24)
= N(t)S(t) +qN(t)S(t)dt +µN(t)S(t)dt +σN(t)S(t)dz +o(dt). (6.25)
If we denote the value of the share with its dividend stream by v(t) = N(t)S(t) then we have
dv = v(t +dt) −v(t) = (µ +q)v(t)dt +σv(t)dz. (6.26)
Hence, we consider v(t) the tradable.
Finally, we consider the option. Now, the payoff of the option depends on the price of the stock alone,
and does not depend on the dividend stream. Therefore, we assume c = c(S, t) and apply Ito’s lemma to c
to obtain
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
)dt +σSc
S
dz. (6.27)
The next step is to write the tradable table

B
v
c
¸
¸
d

B
v
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
(µ +q)v
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
¸
¸
dt +

0
σv
σSc
S
¸
¸
dz. (6.28)
Note that the stock price alone S(t) does not appear in the tradable table since it is not tradable. Only
tradable quantities appear in the tradables table, and only those quantities need to satisfy the absence of
arbitrage conditions.
The final step is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ
0
+Bλ
1
= A,

B
v
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0
σv
σSc
S
¸
¸
λ
1
=

r
0
B
µv
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
¸
¸
. (6.29)
Solving for λ
0
and λ
1
gives:
λ
0
= r
0
λ
1
=
µ +q −r
0
σ
, (6.30)
and plugging λ
0
and λ
1
into the last equation gives
r
0
c +
µ +q −r
0
σ
σSc
S
= c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
. (6.31)
Finally, rearranging leads to the Black-Scholes equation:
c
t
+ (r
0
−q)Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
= r
0
c. (6.32)
What does this apply to?
At first thought, a continuous model for a dividend does not seem too realistic. However, a moment of
thought more, we realize that it is a decent approximation for a number of financial situations. For instance,
a stock index with many stock that pay dividends at different times can be approximated as a continuous
dividend. So can a commodity with a convenience yield. Moreover, foreign currencies that are invested in a
money market account are essentially a security that earns a continuous dividend. So, the point is, don’t let
the notation of calling S a ”stock” limit your thinking about how these models can be applied.
52 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES
European Call Option
Once again, we can consider the value of a European call option, but this time on a stock that pays a
continuous dividend. The solution is
d
1
=
ln(S/K) + (r
0
−q +
1
2
σ
2
)(T −t)
σ

T −t
(6.33)
d
2
= d
1
−σ

T −t (6.34)
c(S, t) = Se
−q(T−t)
N(d
1
) −Ke
−r0(T−t)
N(d
2
) (6.35)
Note that this is very similar to the formula for a European call option on a non-dividend paying stock, except
that q shows up in a couple of places. This is too be expected, since (6.42) differs from the non-dividend
Black-Scholes equation only slightly.
6.1.3 Cash Dividends
Most individual stocks pay a prespecified dividend at a prespecified time. We often call this either a cash or
lump dividend. To compute the equation satisfied by an option on a stock that pays a cash dividend prior
to expiration, we can once again use our three step procedure.
Of course, the bond is a tradable. Now, we can purchase a share of the stock, and with this we will get
the stock price plus the dividend. This entire stream together it what is tradable.
To model this, we consider that the value corresponding to a single share is continuous and follows a
geometric Brownian motion. Call this value v(t), where it satisfies
dv = µvdt +σvdz. (6.36)
Now, we assume that the stock pays a dividend at the time τ in the amount of D. Therefore, we model the
stock price as dropping by D exactly at the time τ. To model this drop, we will use dirac delta notation
and write it as
dS = (µS −Dδ(t −τ))dt +σdz (6.37)
where δ(t − τ) is a dirac delta function at time τ. This notation is just to indicate that the price drops by
exactly D at time τ.
Now, we assume that c(S, t) is a derivative security, and we apply Ito’s lemma to obtain
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
+ (c(S

−D, t) −c(S

, t))δ(t −τ))dt +σSc
S
dz (6.38)
I have not described how to apply Ito’s lemma in this situation before. However, you may recognize that
this situation is very similar to a process driven by a Poisson process, since they have discrete jumps. In this
case, it is even simpler, since we know exactly when the jump will occur. The above equation just indicates
that we use Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion up to, and after the jump time τ. However, at time τ the
jump occurs, which causes c to drop by exactly D. Once again, the delta function δ(t −τ) is really just used
to indicate that a jump occurs at time τ.
Therefore, we have identified the tradables B, v, and c, and now we can write the tradables table.

B
v
c
¸
¸
d

B
v
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µv
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
+ (c(S

−D, t) −c(S

, t))δ(t −τ)
¸
¸
dt +

0
σv
σSc
S
¸
¸
dz
The final step is to solve the Price APT equation

B
v
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0
σv
σSc
S
¸
¸
λ
1
=

r
0
B
µv
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
+ (c(S

−D, t) −c(S

, t))δ(t −τ)
¸
¸
(6.39)
6.1. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES 53
Solving for λ
0
and λ
1
gives:
λ
0
= r
0
λ
1
=
µ −r
0
σ
(6.40)
Plugging λ
0
and λ
1
into the last equation yields
r
0
c +
µ −r
0
σ
σSc
S
= c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
+ (c(S

−D, t) −c(S

, t))δ(t −τ) (6.41)
Finally, rearranging leads to the Black-Scholes equation:
c
t
+r
0
Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
+ (c(S

−D, t) −c(S

, t))δ(t −τ) = r
0
c. (6.42)
6.1.4 Poisson Processes
This was done by Cox and Ross [5]. This set-up involves a bond earning a risk free rate and a non-dividend
paying stock that follows a geometric Poisson motion (GPM):
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.43)
dS = µS

dt + (k −1)S

dπ(ν) (6.44)
where ν is the intensity of the Poisson process π(t; ν). Furthermore, we consider a derivative on the stock.
Generically we call this derivative c and assume that its price process depends on the stock and time c(S, t)
and is continuously differentiable in both its arguments. By Ito’s lemma,
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
)dt + (c(kS

) −c(S

))dπ(ν). (6.45)
This is a case where the random factor does not have zero mean. I would like to write my factor equations
such that the factors are pure risk and don’t have any mean drift. Hence, I will compensate the factor in
order to give it zero drift. In this case, my tradables are
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.46)
dS = (µS +ν(k −1)S)dt + (k −1)S(dπ(ν) −νdt) (6.47)
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
+ν(c(kS

) −c(S

)))dt + (c(kS

) −c(S

))(dπ(ν) −νdt) (6.48)
We can now construct a tradables table

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µS +ν(k −1)S
c
t
+µSc
S
+ν(c(kS

) −c(S

))
¸
¸
dt +

0
(k −1)S
c(kS

) −c(S

)
¸
¸
(dπ(ν) −νdt)
This allows us to move on to Step 3, which is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ
0
+Bλ
1
= A for absence
of arbitrage

B
S
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0
(k −1)S
c(kS

) −c(S

)
¸
¸
λ
1
=

r
0
B
µS +ν(k −1)S
c
t
+µSc
S
+ν(c(kS

) −c(S

))
¸
¸
.
Solving for λ
0
and λ
1
gives:
λ
0
= r
0
λ
1
=
µ −r
0
k −1
+ν. (6.49)
Plugging λ
0
and λ
1
into the last equation yields
r
0
c +

µ −r
0
k −1

(c(kS

) −c(S

)) = c
t
+µSc
S
+ν(c(kS

) −c(S

)) (6.50)
Finally, rearranging leads to the equation:
(µ −r
0
) (c(kS

) −c(S

)) = (k −1) (c
t
+µSc
S
−r
0
c) . (6.51)
54 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES
European Call Option
One can actually find a closed form solution for European call and put options in this model. I will give the
solution for a call option with strike K and expiration T:
c(S, t) = SΨ(x, y) −Ke
−r0(T−t)
Ψ(x, y/k) (6.52)
where
Ψ(α, β) =

¸
i=α
e
−β
β
i
i!
, y =
(r
0
−µ)(T −t)k
k −1
(6.53)
and x is the smallest non-negative integer greater than
ln(K/S)−µ(T−t)
ln(k)
.
Note that this solution has a structure that is very similar to the Black-Scholes fomula. In fact, one can
interpret it as the Black-Scholes formula, but with a Poisson random variable replacing the Gaussian random
variable.
6.1.5 Options on Futures
This was essentially done by Black in [1]. Let’s derive the pde satisfied by an option on a futures contract.
Assume there exists a bond and a futures contract with futures price f given as
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.54)
df = µfdt +σfdz. (6.55)
Furthermore, we consider a derivative on the futures price. Generically we call this derivative c and assume
that it’s price process depends on the futures price and time c(f, t) and is twice continuously differentiable
in both its arguments. By Ito’s lemma,
dc = (c
t
+µfc
f
+
1
2
σ
2
f
2
c
ff
)dt +σfc
f
dz. (6.56)
We can now complete Step 2 and construct a tradables table

B
0
c
¸
¸
d

B
f
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µf
c
t
+µfc
f
+
1
2
σ
2
f
2
c
ff
¸
¸
dt +

0
σf
σfc
f
¸
¸
dz. (6.57)
Recall that the futures contract was the special case that motivated us to consider the price approach
to absence of arbitrage, rather than working with returns. The key point was that the mark-to-market
mechanism always sets the price of a futures contract to zero while the change in value of the contract over
period dt is given by the change in the futures price df. This corresponds to the tradable table we have
written above.
This allows us to move on to Step 3, which is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ
0
+Bλ
1
= A for absense
of arbitrage.

B
0
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0
σf
σfc
f
¸
¸
λ
1
=

r
0
B
µf
c
t
+µfc
f
+
1
2
σ
2
f
2
c
ff
¸
¸
(6.58)
Solving for λ
0
and λ
1
gives:
λ
0
= r
0
λ
1
=
µ
σ
. (6.59)
Plugging λ
0
and λ
1
into the last equation yields
r
0
c +
µ
σ
σfc
f
= c
t
+µfc
f
+
1
2
σ
2
f
2
c
ff
. (6.60)
Finally, rearranging leads to the partial differential equation:
c
t
+
1
2
σ
2
f
2
c
ff
= r
0
c. (6.61)
6.1. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES 55
European Call Option
Note that the Black-Scholes equation in this case (6.61), looks just like the Black-Scholes equation on a stock
paying a continuous dividend, however the continuous dividend rate is q = r. Therefore, we can just plug
into that formula to obtain the price of a European call option. The solution is
d
1
=
ln(f/K) + (
1
2
σ
2
)(T −t)
σ

T −t
(6.62)
d
2
= d
1
−σ

T −t (6.63)
c(f, t) = fe
−r0(T−t)
N(d
1
) −Ke
−r0(T−t)
N(d
2
). (6.64)
6.1.6 Jump diffusion
A jump diffusion model was first solved by Merton [11]. This model is nice because it is related to many
other models in equity and interest rate derivatives. The model includes a risk free bond and an underlying
asset that has a diffusion portion and a lognormal jump portion. This model has a closed form solution for
the derivative price which Merton computed in his original paper [11].
We will also find that this model creates a problem for our factor approach. Merton originally solved this
problem using a similar technique, and we will bypass the problem in the same manner that Merton did.
Let’s get started. Here are the basic assets
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.65)
dS = (µ +αE[Y −1])Sdt +σSdz +S

((Y −1)dπ(α) −αE[Y −1]dt) (6.66)
where the jump portion of the stock has been compensated. A derivative on the stock c(S, t) is a function
of S and t. By Ito’s lemma we have
dc = Lcdt +σSc
S
dz +

(c(Y S

) −c(S

))dπ −αE[(c(Y S

) −c(S

))]dt

(6.67)
where
Lc = c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
+αE[(c(Y S

) −c(S

))] (6.68)
Now we come to the point that we need to write a tradables table. This is where we run into a problem.
The problem is how to identify factors. The randomness associated with the jump term does not enter in
the same way to S and c. We would like to be able to write down a linear factor model in the factors dz
and Y dπ or a compensated version of of Y dπ. However, in this case that is not possible unless we consider
c(Y S

) − c(S

)dπ a new factor. However, since this risk is driven by the same Poisson process and jump
size Y , we would rather not do this. Yet, at this point we have no choice.
So, let’s proceed by considering ((c(Y S

) −c(S

))dπ −αE[(c(Y S

) −c(S

))]dt) and (Y − 1)dπ(α) −
αE[Y −1]dt as two different factors. For notational convenience, let’s call them

1
= (Y −1)dπ(α) −αE[Y −1]dt (6.69)

2
=

(c(Y S

) −c(S

))dπ −αE[(c(Y S

) −c(S

))]dt

(6.70)
Then our tradables table is

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
(µ +αE[Y −1])S
Lc
¸
¸
dt +

0 0 0
σS S 0
σSc
S
0 1
¸
¸

dz

1

2
¸
¸
(6.71)
Finally, we would solve the Price APT equations

B
S
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0 0 0
σS S 0
σSc
S
0 1
¸
¸

λ
1
λ
2
λ
3
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
(µ +αE[Y −1])S
Lc
¸
¸
(6.72)
56 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES
Now, we can write out the full pde which will have a number of unknown market prices of risk. This is
fairly messy and leaves a lot of degrees of freedom. Merton doesn’t do this. Instead he make the assumption
that all jump risk is diversifiable. That is, the market price of risk of any risk associated with the jump term
is zero! This is the same as setting λ
2
= λ
3
= 0. This is a strong assumption! But let’s follow Merton and
see where this leads us.
With λ
2
= λ
3
= 0, the Price APT equations Pλ
0
+Bλ = A become

B
S
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0
σS
σSc
S
¸
¸

λ
1

=

r
0
B
(µ +αE[Y −1])S
Lc
¸
¸
. (6.73)
Now we can solve for the market prices of risk as,
λ
0
= r
0
, λ
1
=
µ +αE[Y −1]
σ
, (6.74)
and the final equation becomes
r
0
c +

µ +αE[Y −1] −r
0
σ

σSc
S
= Lc (6.75)
which can be rewritten as
c
t
+ (r
0
−αE[Y −1])Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
= r
0
c −αE[(c(Y S

) −c(S

))]. (6.76)
Bankruptcy
Let’s consider a special case of complete bankruptcy. That is, Y = 0. Then the above equation becomes
c
t
+ (r
0
+α)Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
= (r
0
+α)c. (6.77)
This looks like standard Black-Scholes but the interest rate has been increased by the default probability!
We will see that this same relationship will also appear in defaultable bonds. In fact, this model is really
the prototype for defaultable bonds. Of course, we can give a closed form solution in this case based on the
Black-Scholes formula.
Note the following counterintuitive observation. In the Black-Scholes formula, the value of a European
call option increases with the risk free rate. This means that according to our model above, if the rate
of bankruptcy increases, then the value of call option will actually increase! You should think about this
carefully to understand why that is true...
Lognormal Jumps!
When Y the jump size is lognormal, then conditional on the number of jumps that have occurred before
expiration, stock distribution at expiration is lognormal, and there is a closed form solution to the pde for
European call and put options. For a European call option with strike K and expiration T, it is given by
c(S, t) =

¸
n=0
¸
e
−λ

(T−t)


(T −t))
n
n!
¸
c
BS

S, T −t, K, σ
2
+

2
T −t
, r
0
−λk +

T −t

(6.78)
where c
BS
(S, T, K, σ, r
0
) is the Black-Scholes formula for a European call option with strike K and expiration
T on a non-dividend paying stock with current price S, volatility σ, and with risk free rate r
0
. We also have
that k = E[Y −1], λ

= λ(1 +k), and γ = ln(1 +k). This formula can be found in Merton’s work [11].
Note that it is basically a combination of the Black-Scholes formula and the solution under Poisson
dynamics. The key is that under this jump diffusion model, conditional on the number of jumps, the price
6.1. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES 57
distribution at expiration is log-normal, indicating that the solution should look like Black-Scholes. The
only question is how many jumps have occurred. Therefore, the solution is basically that conditioned on
the number of jumps that have occurred, the answer is Black-Scholes. Hence, for each possible number of
jumps, we have a Black-Scholes formula, then we need to weight them by the probability of that number of
jumps, which is Poisson. Simple!
6.1.7 Exchange one asset for another
Margrabe’s [10] exchange one asset for another is one of my favorite derivatives. Why? because many other
derivatives can be thought of as exchanging two different assets. For instance, can a vanilla call option be
thought of as exchanging one asset for another? What are the two assets being exchanged?
Anyway, in this case, tradable assets will be called the bond B and two other assets S
1
and S
2
. Their
dynamics are given by:
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.79)
dS
1
= µ
1
S
1
dt +σ
1
S
1
dz
1
(6.80)
dS
2
= µ
2
S
2
dt +σ
2
S
2
dz
2
(6.81)
dc = L
1
cdt + +σS
1
c
S1
dz
1
+σS
2
c
S2
dz
2
(6.82)
where
L
1
c = (c
t

1
S
1
c
S1

2
S
2
c
S2
+
1
2
σ
2
1
S
2
1
c
S1S1
+
1
2
σ
2
2
S
2
2
c
S2S2
+ρσ
1
σ
2
S
1
S
2
c
S1S2
) (6.83)
and ρ is the correlation coefficient between z
1
and z
2
. Thus, the tradable table is

B
S
1
S
2
c
¸
¸
¸
¸
d

B
S
1
S
2
c
¸
¸
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µ
1
S
1
µ
2
S
2
Lc
¸
¸
¸
¸
dt +

0 0
σ
1
S
1
0
0 σ
2
S
2
σ
1
S
1
c
S1
σ
2
S
2
c
S2
¸
¸
¸
¸
¸
dz
1
dz
2

. (6.84)
Finally, we solve the Price APT equations

B
S
1
S
2
c
¸
¸
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0 0
σ
1
S
1
0
0 σ
2
S
2
σ
1
S
1
c
S1
σ
2
S
2
c
S2
¸
¸
¸
¸
¸
λ
1
λ
2

=

r
0
B
µ
1
S
1
µ
2
S
2
Lc
¸
¸
¸
¸
. (6.85)
In this case we have four equations and only three unknowns. Let’s use the first three equations to solve
for λ
0
, λ
1
and λ
2
as
λ
0
= r
0
λ
1
=
µ
1
−r
0
σ
1
λ
2
=
µ
2
−r
0
σ
2
. (6.86)
If we plug these into the final equation, we obtain
Lc = r
0
c +
µ
1
−r
0
σ
1
σ
1
S
1
c
S1
+
µ
1
−r
0
σ
1
σ
1
S
1
c
S1
(6.87)
which upon rearrangement becomes
c
t
+r
0
S
1
c
s1
+r
0
S
2
c
s2
+
1
2
σ
2
1
S
2
1
c
s1s1
+
1
2
σ
2
2
S
2
2
c
s2s2
+ρσ
1
σ
2
S
1
S
2
c
s1s2
= r
0
c. (6.88)
58 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES
Closed form solution
There is a closed form solution for a European exchange one asset for another. Assume that you have the
option to exchange asset S
1
for asset S
2
at time T. Hence, the boundary condition is
c(S
1
, S
2
, T) = max(S
2
−S
1
, 0), c(0, S
2
, t) = S
2
, c(S
1
, 0, t) = 0. (6.89)
The closed form solution for this option is
c(S
1
, S
2
, t) = S
2
N(d
1
) −S
1
N(d
2
) (6.90)
where
d
1
=
ln(S
2
/S
1
) +
1
2
σ
2
(T −t)
σ

T −t
(6.91)
d
2
= d
1
−σ

T −t (6.92)
σ =

σ
2
1

2
2
−2ρσ
1
σ
2
. (6.93)
Note that this solution looks very much like Black-Scholes. Here is some intuition into why. Let’s look at
the payoff
c(S
1
, S
2
, T) = max(S
2
−S
1
, 0) = S
1
max(
S
2
S
1
−1, 0).
Now, the portion max(
S2
S1
−1, 0) looks like the payoff of a call option with strike 1 on the asset
S2
S1
! In fact,
dividing S
2
by S
1
is essentially changing units in order to value S
2
in units of S
1
. Therefore, in units of S
1
,
this is just a call option on S
2
with strike 1! The multiplication on the left by S
1
just converts the call option
back to units of dollars. Therefore, we shouldn’t be surprised that the solution looks like Black-Scholes,
because this is really just a call option in a different set of units.
When we change units by denominating everything in terms of another asset (such as S
1
in this case),
we call that a change of numeraire, and we call the asset S
1
the numeraire asset. Needless to say, some
problems (such as this one) are easier to solve in a convenient set of units.
6.1.8 Stochastic volatility
First, we can list the relevant equations
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.94)
dS = µSdt +

vSdz
1
(6.95)
dv = adt +bdz
2
(6.96)
and we assume that z
1
and z
2
are correlated E[dz
1
dz
2
] = ρdt.
Our derivative can depend on S, t, and v. Hence, we write c(S, v, t). (What if I didn’t assume the
derivative was a function of v? This would have been a bad assumption since I know in the Black-Scholes
case that c is a function of the volatility. Would I end up getting the wrong answer?)
By Ito’s lemma we have:
dc = Lcdt +

vSc
S
dz
1
+bc
v
dz
2
(6.97)
where
Lc = (c
t
+µSc
S
+ac
v
+
1
2
vS
2
c
SS
+
1
2
b
2
c
vv
+ρb

vSc
Sv
) (6.98)
In this case the tradables are
dB = r
0
Bdt (6.99)
dS = µSdt +

vSdz
1
(6.100)
dc = Lcdt +

vSc
S
dz
1
+bc
v
dz
2
(6.101)
6.2. PROBLEMS 59
So the tradable table is

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µS
Lc
¸
¸
dt +

0 0

vS 0

vSc
S
bc
v
¸
¸
¸
dz
1
dz
2

. (6.102)
Finally, we solve the Price APT equations

B
S
c
¸
¸
λ
0
+

0 0

vS 0

vSc
S
bc
v
¸
¸
¸
λ
1
λ
2

=

r
0
B
µS
Lc
¸
¸
. (6.103)
Solving for the market prices of risks λ
0
and λ
1
gives
λ
0
= r
0
λ
1
=
µ −r
0

v
. (6.104)
Note that we leave λ
2
as an unknown. Plugging these into the final equations leads to
c
t
+r
0
Sc
S
+ (a −λ
2
b)c
v
+
1
2
vS
2
c
SS
+
1
2
b
2
c
vv
+ρb

vSc
Sv
= r
0
c (6.105)
Under specific choices of a and b, for a European call option, this pde has a fairly convenient solution via
transform methods. I won’t cover this in detail here. See Heston [9] if interested.
6.2 Problems
Problem 6.2.1 Show that the Black-Scholes formula (6.14) is a special case of exchange one asset for
another where one asset is the stock S(t) and the other is the bond B(t). In particular, show that the
exchange one asset for another formula (6.90) reduces to the Black-Scholes formula (6.14) in this case.
Problem 6.2.2 (The power of linearity (Breeden and Litzenberger)) We will use linearity to derive the
formula for a European digital option in terms of a European call option price. A digital option is an option
that pays off 1 if the underlying stock ends up above the strike price K, and pays nothing if it ends up below
the strike price.
(a) Let T be the expiration date for the digital option. Draw a picture of the payoff as a function of S
T
.
(b) Assume that you know the price of European call options for every strike K for the expiration date
T (i.e. c(S, K, t)). Using only this information, derive the price of a digital option with strike K in
terms of c(S, K, t). (Hint: think of how you can construct the payoff of a digital option by buying and
selling call options.)
(c) Taking the above argument one step further, derive the ”price” of a security whose payoff is a dirac
delta function at K at expiration T.
(d) Use the result of (c) to derive a general pricing formula for an arbitrary payoff at time T. Note that if
you have made it this far, you have ”derived” the risk neutral pricing formula in terms of c(S, K, t).
(If you plug in the Black-Scholes formula for c(S, K, t) then you have the standard risk neutral pricing
formula when the underlying asset follows a geometric Brownian motion.)
(e) As one final task, price a security whose payoff is (S
T
−K)
2
for S
T
≥ K and 0 for S
T
< K.
(Here is a big hint if you are having trouble with this problem. We can think of the payoff of a European
call option as a ramp function. A digital option looks like a step function, and finally we price a dirac delta
function. What is the relationship between a ramp, step and delta function?)
60 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES
Problem 6.2.3 All about Put-Call parity and Early Exercise.
(a) Derive put-call parity for European call and put options on a non-dividend paying stock.
(b) Early exercise is not optimal for a standard American call option on a non-dividend paying stock.
Derive this.
(c) Assume the payoff of a derivative security on a non-dividend paying underlying stock is a convex
function that is non-positive when the stock is zero. Prove that if this is an American option, it is
never optimal to exercise early.
(d) Consider the European option to exchange one asset, S
2
, for another S
1
(assume they are non-dividend
paying) at expiration T. That is, if you currently hold S
2
, this option would give you the right to
exchange it for S
1
at time T. This is a derivative security with payoff c(S
1
, S
2
, T) = max[S
1
−S
2
, 0].
Derive a parity relating S
1
, S
2
and the options to exchange S
1
for S
2
and vice-versa.
(e) (Margrabe) Consider an American option to exchange one asset for another (non-dividend paying
again). Is it ever optimal to exercise this early?
(f ) Merton showed that it can be optimal to exercise a put option early, even on a non-dividend paying
stock. However, we can think of a European put option as exchanging a stock for a bond, in which case,
the American counterpart would never be exercised early according to Margrabe. Is there a contradiction
here?
Problem 6.2.4 (Exchange one asset for another) In this problem you will derive the formula for an option
to exhange one asset for another by reducing the pde to a standard Black-Scholes pde for a call option on
geometric Brownian motion.
(a) Let S
1
and S
2
be two assets whose dynamics are given by
dS
1
= µ
1
S
1
dt +σ
1
S
1
dz
1
(6.106)
dS
2
= µ
2
S
2
dt +σ
2
S
2
dz
2
(6.107)
where E[dz
1
dz
2
] = ρdt and assume that a risk free asset exists with constant interest rate r. Write down
the pde for an option to exchange S
2
for S
1
at expiration T. (Hence, the payoff is max(S
1
−S
2
, 0).)
(b) Consider the change of variable v = S
1
/S
2
and assume that the solution of the above pde is of the form
c(S
1
, S
2
, t) = S
2
f(v, t). Using these substitutions, write the pde from (a) in terms of S
2
, t, f, and v.
What equation must f(v, t) satisfy? What is the appropriate boundary condition for a European option
to exchange S
2
for S
1
in terms of the new variables.
(c) Using the Black-Scholes formula, write down a formula for the value of an option to exchange S
1
for
S
2
.
Problem 6.2.5 Consider a European call option on a non-dividend paying stock with stochastic volatility.
But, this time we model the instantaneous variance with a Poisson process. The idea is that most of the time
the instantaneous variance is σ
2
l
, but at random times the market goes wild and the instantaneous variance
jumps by an amount b. After the jump, the instantaneous variance exponentially decays back to its normal
level σ
l
. First write down the relevant dynamics for this problem, then derive a pde for the price of the
option. Again, this pde can be in terms of a market price of risk.
(Hint: your dynamics should look like:
dS = µSdt +

vSdz
dv = a(σ
2
l
−v)dt +bdπ
where π is a Poisson process with intensity α.)
6.2. PROBLEMS 61
Problem 6.2.6 (Matlab Exercise) This exercise will introduce you to the implied volatility curve. If c
m
is
the market value of a call option with strike K, expiration T, and if c
BS
(S, K, T, r
0
, σ) (assuming the stock is
non-dividend paying) is the Black-Scholes formula for a European call option. Then the value of the volatility
parameter σ
impl
that satisfies
c
m
= c
BS
(S, K, T, r
0
, σ
impl
) (6.108)
is known as the implied volatility. In this exercise, you will generate prices under Merton’s jump-diffusion
model, and compute implied volatility curves.
a. Use an initial stock price of S(0) = 1, expiration of T = 0.3, and a risk free rate of r = 0.05. For
a range of strike prices from K = [0.8, 1.2], first compute the Black-Scholes price of options using
σ = 0.3, then assume that they represent market prices and plot the resulting implied volatility curve
as a function of K.
b. This time, use Merton’s jump-diffusion model to to generate the market prices. Use the same parameter
values as in part (a) (i.e. S(0) = 1, T = 0.3, r = 0.05, and σ = 0.3), and also jump intensity of λ = 2,
jump mean of ν
J
= 0 and jump standard deviation of σ
J
= 0.1. Once again plot the resulting implied
volatility curve. You should see a slight implied volatility ”smile”!
Problem 6.2.7 (American Options) Use the results of Chapter 4, Problem 3 to derive the pde conditions
followed by an American call or put option where the underlying stock (non-dividend paying) and bond follow
dS = µSdt +σSdz
dB = r
0
Bdt.
62 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES
Chapter 7
Application of the Factor Form:
Interest Rate and Credit Derivatives
In this chapter, we apply the factor approach to interest rate and credit derivatives. Again, the emphasis is
showing that the pdes describing derivative pricing can all be easily derived from the simple factor approach
equations.
Before getting started, let’s make a few comments about interest rate modeling and derivatives. For any
derivative pricing problem, the first challenge before being able to price a derivative is the calibration phase
as in Figure 5.3 of Chapter 5. For many equity derivatives, the calibration phase does not play prominently
into the analysis. In fact, in many equity derivative models the market is either complete in which case the
calibration phase of determining λ is simple, or the market is incomplete in which case the APT equations
are underdetermined and one is left with a degree of freedom in choosing λ.
Interest rate and term structure models tend to be the opposite. That is, we may use a single factor, but
have many, many marketed tradables. This makes the APT equations overdetermined! Thus, the calibration
phase is in determining λ values that best fit all the marketed tradables (In theory if there isn’t a perfect
fit, then an arbitrage is available. However in practice we simply recognize that our model is too simple
and try to find a best-fit λ). Once calibration is done, then pricing a derivative just proceeds by solving the
appropriate pde with boundary conditions using the calibrated λ. Because calibration is so important in
interest rate and term structure models, in what follows, we will often bring the models up to the point of
calibration, but not consider specific derivatives after that point.
Beyond this, the truth is that some of these models (such as HJM) are better suited for the risk neutral
approach to derivative pricing (A subject that is touched upon in Chapter 9) simply because the pdes that
we obtain are often too large and difficult to solve in any reasonable manner. Nevertheless, it is extremely
instructive to see that they can be understood via the factor approach. Since I have mentioned risk neutral
pricing, I should also mention that ”calibration” in risk neutral pricing often looks different from what I
have called the calibration phase (which is just determining the market prices of risk from the marketed
tradables). However, they are really the same thing, just described using a different ”language”. Hopefully,
at the end of your studies of derivative pricing you will be able to ”translate” between them.
Okay, let’s get to pricing...
7.1 Notation and the Money Market Account
In dealing with bonds and interest rate derivatives, we will need to establish some notation. Let’s start with
the short rate process. The short rate r
0
(t) is the interest rate earned from time t to time t + dt quoted
using continuous compounding. (Note that the notation is similar to the constant risk free rate r
0
used in
the previous chapter. This is because the short rate plays the same crucial role as the constant risk free rate
in that it defines the market price of time, λ
0
.)
63
64CHAPTER 7. APPLICATIONOF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE ANDCREDIT DERIVATIVES
On a plot of the term structure, the short rate is where is spot rate curve intersects the y-axis as in
Figure 7.1. The short rate process is important because it can be used to drive the entire spot rate curve.
Figure 7.1: The Short Rate Process
Furthermore, the short rate r
0
(t) describes the instantaneous return on the money market account. That
is, we define the money market account B
0
(t) as the value of an account that is continuously rolled over at
the instantaneous short rate. That is, you invest your money at the rate r
0
(t) over the next dt, then you
reinvest that amount over the next dt at the rate r
0
(t + dt), and continue this. Hence, the money market
account B
0
(t) follows the dynamics
dB
0
(t) = r
0
(t)B
0
(t)dt (7.1)
The money market account often plays a special role in interest rate derivatives because its dynamics are
not explicitly driven by a random factor. Note that this is the case even though r
0
(t) itself can be random
and follow a stochastic differential equation of its own. Pay careful attention to the role that the money
market account plays in what follows.
7.2 Interest Rate Derivatives
7.2.1 Single Factor Short Rate Models
The simpliest interest rate derivative model has a single underlying variable: the short rate. Furthermore,
this variable is driven by a single factor. Hence, these models are typically called single factor short rate
models. Vasicek [15] was the first to recognize that pricing with absence of arbitrage was possible by modeling
the instantaneous short rate. Hence, we will model this short rate variable as
dr
0
= adt +bdz (7.2)
where the time dependence is supressed in r
0
= r
0
(t), and a = a(r
0
, t), b = b(r
0
, t) can be functions of r
0
and
t. When convenient, we will suppress these arguments, so don’t always assume that a variable is a constant
if no arguments are explicitly listed.
The tradables are a money market account, which we denote by B
0
and zero coupon bonds with face
value of $1 of varying maturity that we denote by B(t|T) where t is the current time and T is the maturity
date. This is pictured in Figure 7.2. We assume that the zero coupon bonds are functions of the short rate,
B(r
0
, t|T). Then suppressing arguments, we can write
dB
0
= r
0
B
0
dt (7.3)
dB(T) = (B
t
(T) +aB
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(T))dt +bB
r
(T)dz (7.4)
7.2. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES 65
Figure 7.2: Notation for Zero Coupon Bond Prices
where Ito’s lemma was used to derive the equation for dB(T), and B
r
, B
rr
, represent the first and second
partial derivatives with respect to the short rate r
0
, respectively. In particular, not that for convenience
when using this partial derivative notation we supress the subscript r
0
and write B
r
= B
r0
.
Now let’s write down the tradable table:
¸
B
0
B(T)

d
¸
B
0
B(T)

=
¸
r
0
B
0
(B
t
(T) +aB
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(T))

dt +
¸
0
bB
r
(T)

dz (7.5)
Finally, we solve the Price APT equations
¸
B
0
B(T)

λ
0
+
¸
0
bB
r
(T)

λ
1
=
¸
r
0
B
0
(B
t
(T) +aB
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(T))

(7.6)
The first equation gives λ
0
= r
0
which is the random short rate. Then the second equation gives
(B
t
(T) + (a −λ
1
b)B
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(T)) = r
0
B(T) (7.7)
The boundary condition is of course that B(T|T) = 1. This equation must hold for zero coupon bonds of
any maturity. Note that it is in terms of a market price of risk. In fact, since in general we have many bonds,
any one of them should allow us to solve for λ
1
. In practice, different bonds will often give different values
of λ
1
, indicating that the model is not exactly correct.
When one tries to determine a single best fit λ
1
from the bond data, we are treating all the bonds as
being marketed tradables, and thus this is interpreted as a calibration phase. After this calibration phase,
one could then use this model to price other interest rate derivatives such as caps, floors, bond options, etc.
7.2.2 Multi-Factor Short Rate Models
The single factor short rate models are usually not good enough to describe the term structure well. So,
instead of using a single factor model, we can use a multifactor model as follows.
Let X be a vector in R
n
of underlying variables affecting the term structure. We assume that these
variables follow a stochastic differential equation model
dX = f(X, t)dt +g(X, t)dz (7.8)
where z ∈ R
n
is a vector of uncorrelated Brownian motions. (Thus, g(X, t) ∈ R
n×n
and f(X, t) ∈ R
n
.)
We then assume that the short rate is a function of the underlying variables X. That is, r
0
(X, t). Note
that one possibility is to have the short rate be one of the variables in X. Thus, it is possible to choose
r
0
(X, t) = X
i
, where X
i
is the i −th factor.
66CHAPTER 7. APPLICATIONOF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE ANDCREDIT DERIVATIVES
Now, to derive the pde that zero coupon bonds would follow, we just note that bonds are a function of
X and t. Hence, we have B(X, t|T). Via Ito’s lemma, our tradables become
¸
B
0
B(T)

d
¸
B
0
B(T)

=
¸
r
0
(X, t)B
0
B
t
(T)+B
X
(T)f(X, t)+
1
2
Tr[B
XX
(T)g(X, t)g
T
(X, t)]

dt +
¸
0
B
r
(T)g(X, t)

dz
where I have suppressed the X and t arguments in B. Now, by the price APT, we have
¸
B
0
B(T)

λ
0
+
¸
0
B
X
(T)g(X, t)

λ =
¸
r
0
(X, t)B
0
(B
t
(T) +B
X
(T)f(X, t) +
1
2
Tr[B
XX
(T)g(X, t)g
T
(X, t)])

(7.9)
where λ ∈ R
n
. The first equation gives λ
0
= r
0
(X, t) which is the random short rate. Then the second
equation gives
(B
t
(T) +B
X
(T)(f(X, t) −g(X, t)λ) +
1
2
Tr[B
XX
(T)g(X, t)g
T
(X, t)]) = r
0
(X, t)B(T) (7.10)
The boundary condition is of course that B(T|T) = 1. This can be a pretty complicated pde, and given that
it describes bonds as a function of λ, we could use the current term structure (or equivalently, bond prices)
to calibrate λ. This calibration can be quite difficult because bond prices are described by a pde, and to test
the fit for different values of λ, we might have to solve the pde every time. It is much easier if the solution
to the pde is known in closed form as a function of λ, then we can quickly adjust λ to best fit the market
data of bonds.
7.2.3 Heath-Jarrow-Morton
In the Heath-Jarrow-Morton [6] framework, instead of modeling the instantaneous short rate as driving
the term structure, they decided to model instantaneous forward rates. That is, let r(t|s) denote the
instantaneous forward rate seen from time t of the forward interest rate between time s and s + ds. With
this notational convention, we have that the instantaneous short rate is given by r(t|t) = r(t), and a zero
coupon bond with maturity T seen from time t will be denoted by B(t|T) and related to the instantaneous
short rates by
B(t|T) = exp

T
t
r(t|s)ds

. (7.11)
Hence, we also have that
r(t|T) = −

∂T
ln(B(t|T)). (7.12)
HJM takes the instantaneous forward rates as the underlying variables, and models them as
dr(t|s) = µ(t|s)dt +σ(t|s)dz(t). (7.13)
This model is a bit more complicated than the previous single and multi-factor short rate models because
we see through equation (7.11) that B(t|T) is a function of an infinite number of underlying variables r(t|s)
for s ∈ [t, T]! Because of this, if we were to write pricing formulas for derivatives, they would appear as
infinite dimensional pdes!
Nevertheless, this model has an advantage over the previous single and multi-factor short rate models
in that equation (7.11) gives us an explicit relationship between the tradables and the (inifinite) underlying
variables. Thus, instead of using a generic Ito’s lemma relationship between B(t|T) and the underlying
factors r(t|s), we will be able to make that relationship concrete by plugging in explicit partial derivatives
into Ito’s lemma.
Why is this helpful? Because this will allow us to pull the Price APT relationship for the marketed
tradables B(t|T) back to the underlying variables r(t|s) which opens up the possibility of doing calibration
7.2. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES 67
Figure 7.3: Notation for Zero Coupon Bond Prices
directly on the underlying factors r(t|s) instead of the marketed tradables. If it is easier to work with market
data about instantaneous forward rates, then this can simplify the calibration process. To understand the
value of this, you should consider the calibration procedure that has to be done for a single or multi-factor
short rate model if no closed form bond pricing formula is known (i.e. no closed form solution to the pricing
pde is known), and compare that with using forward rate data to calibrate in the HJM model that we will
derive.
Okay, with those preliminaries out of the way, let’s dive into the details. We will derive the Price APT
equations marketed tradables which are the bonds B(t|T). However, using the explicit relationship between
the bonds B(t|T) and the underlying variabels r(t|s) will allow us to pull the Price APT relationship back
to the underlying variables r(t|s) which would then allow us to calibrate using r(t|s) directly.
In this setup, we will take zero coupon bonds as our marketed tradables. That is, B(t|T) are tradables,
which means that we need to calculate dB(t|T) for our tradables table. This is a bit of a tricky calculation
because B(t|T) is really a function of an infinite number of Ito processes r(t|s) for s ∈ [t, T] through the
equation
B(t|T) = exp

T
t
r(t|s)ds

(7.14)
To simplify our thinking, let’s begin by assuming that s is indexed by k = 1...n so that B(t; T) will only
depend on n Ito processes. That is, let us think
B(t|T) = B({r(t|s
k
) : k = 1...n}, t|T) (7.15)
Then, by Ito’s lemma, we would have
dB =

¸
B
t
(t|s) +
n
¸
i=1
µ(t, s
i
)B
r(t|si)
+
n
¸
i=1
n
¸
j=1
1
2
σ(t|s
i
)σ(t|s
j
)B
r(t|si)r(t|sj)
¸

dt
+

n
¸
i=1
σ(t|s
i
)B
r(t|si)

dz
Now, to complete our computation of Ito’s lemma, we need to compute B
t
, B
r(t|si)
, and B
r(t|si)r(t|sj)
using
68CHAPTER 7. APPLICATIONOF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE ANDCREDIT DERIVATIVES
the discretization of (7.14):
B(t|T) = exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

. (7.16)
This gives
B
t
≈ exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

r(t|t) = exp

T
t
r(t|s)ds

r(t|t) (7.17)
B
r(t|si)
≈ −exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

∆s
i
= −exp

T
t
r(t|s)ds

∆s
i
(7.18)
B
r(t|si)r(t|sj)
≈ exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

∆s
i
∆s
j
= exp

T
t
r(t|s)ds

∆s
i
∆s
j
. (7.19)
Plugging these into Ito’s lemma gives
dB(t|T) =

exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

r(t|t) −
n
¸
i=1
µ(t|s
i
) exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

∆s
i
+
1
2
n
¸
i=1
n
¸
j=1
σ(t|s
i
)σ(t|s
j
) exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

∆s
i
∆s
j
¸

dt

n
¸
i=1
σ(t|s
i
) exp


n
¸
k=1
r(t|s
k
)∆s
k

∆s
i

dz.
Taking continuous limits yields
dB(t|T) =

B(t|T)r(t|t) −B(t|T)

T
t
µ(t|s)ds +
1
2
B(t|T)

T
t

T
t
σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds

dt

B(t|T)

T
t
σ(t|s)ds

dz.
Now, applying the Price APT equation leads to
r(t|t) −

T
t
µ(t|s)ds +
1
2

T
t

T
t
σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds = r(t|t) −

T
t
σ(t|s)ds

λ
1
(7.20)
or

T
t
µ(t|s)ds −
1
2

T
t

T
t
σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds =

T
t
σ(t|s)ds

λ
1
. (7.21)
The upshot of this calculation is that the mean and the volatilities of the forward rates r(t|s) must be related
through this equation. In fact, taking the partial derivative with respect to T gives
µ(t|T) −σ(t|T)

T
t
σ(t|s)ds = σ(t|T)λ
1
(7.22)
which makes the relationship a little more explicit. Thus, we have ”pulled back” the Price APT relationship
onto the underlying factors.
Again, to remind you, the point of this is that now we can calibrate from forward rate market date r(t|s)
rather than having to go through bond prices B(t|T).
7.2. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES 69
This is just the calibration phase. To price some derivative we would not have an explicit relationship
between the derivative and the underlying variables r(t|s), and thus Ito’s lemma (to create the tradables
table) combined with the Price APT would lead to an infinite dimensional pde. The point is that for actual
pricing of a new derivative, using the factor approach and pdes is not easy. This is one case in which risk
neutral pricing (Chapter 9) can help quite a bit.
7.2.4 The LIBOR Market Model
This model is similar to the HJM model except that it uses discrete forward rates instead of instantaneous
forward rates. Again, we will be able to use an explicit relationship between the marketed tradables of bonds
and the underlying variables of discrete forward rates to pull the Price APT relationship onto the underlying
variables. Once again, the idea is that this can make calibration easier. Due to its similarity with HJM, this
is also a model that is easier to price with using the risk neutral approach. Nevertheless, the factor approach
can provide us with an important perspective on this model. For further reading on this approach see [3].
Let R(t|T
1
; T
2
) be the forward interest rate between time T
1
and T
2
as seen at time t. For simplicity, let
T
i+1
= T
i
+ τ where τ is a fixed amount of time. Furthermore, we use an interest rate convention so that
the price of a zero coupon bond is
B(t|T
1
) =
1
(1 +τR(t|T
1
))
(7.23)
and for bond prices and forward rates we have
B(t|T
2
) =
B(t|T
1
)
(1 +τR(t|T
1
; T
2
))
(7.24)
and more generally
B(t|T
i
) =
B(t|T
i−1
)
(1 +τR(t|T
i−1
; T
i
))
(7.25)
etc for i = 1, ..., n.
Now, we will model the forward rates as stochastic differential equations. For simplicity, we use a
geometric Brownian motion model.
dR(t|T
1
; T
2
) = a
1
R(t|T
1
; T
2
)dt +b
1
R(t|T
1
; T
2
)dz
2
(7.26)
For notational simplicity, let’s write R
i
= R(t|T
i
, T
i+1
) and B
i
= B(t|T
i
) so that
dR
i
= a
i
R
i
dt +b
i
R
i
dz
i
(7.27)
Then prices of tradables satisfy
B
i
=
B
i−1
1 +τR
i−1
(7.28)
Now, it should be clear that B
i
depends on R
i−1
and hence the factor z
i−1
, but also B
i−1
. Now since B
i−1
depends on R
i−2
and B
i−2
, etc., then B
i
ultimately depends on the factors z
i−1
, z
i−2
, z
i−3
, ..., z
1
. Thus,
let us write generically that
dB
i
= µ
i
B
i
dt +B
i
i−1
¸
j=1
σ
ij
dz
j
. (7.29)
The relationship above leads to a recursive dependence
B
i
= (1 +τR
i
)B
i+1
. (7.30)
70CHAPTER 7. APPLICATIONOF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE ANDCREDIT DERIVATIVES
Using Ito’s lemma gives
dB
i
= τdR
i
B
i+1
+ (1 +τR
i
)dB
i+1
+τdR
i
dB
i+1
(7.31)
= τB
i+1
(a
i
R
i
dt +b
i
R
i
dz
i
) + (1 +τR
i
)

¸
µ
i+1
B
i+1
dt +B
i+1
i
¸
j=1
σ
i+1,j
dz
j
¸

(7.32)
+τb
i
R
i
B
i+1

¸
i
¸
j=1
σ
i+1,j
ρ
ij
¸

dt (7.33)
=

¸
τB
i+1
(a
i
R
i
) +τb
i
R
i
B
i+1
i
¸
j=1
σ
i+1,j
ρ
ij
+ (1 +τR
i
)(µ
i+1
B
i+1
)
¸

dt
+τB
i+1
b
i
R
i
dz
i
+ (1 +τR
i
)

¸
B
i+1
i
¸
j=1
σ
i+1,j
dz
j
¸

. (7.34)
This is the expression for our tradables. From this we can get two things. First, we note that by comparing
this to (7.29) we should have that
τB
i+1
b
i
R
i
+ (1 +τR
i
)B
i+1
σ
i+1,i
= 0. (7.35)
Since the coefficient of z
i
in (7.29) is zero. This allows us to solve for σ
i+1,i
as
σ
i+1,i
= −
τb
i
R
i
(1 +τR
i
)
. (7.36)
Futhermore, equating the coefficients of z
j
for j < i in (7.29) and (7.34) gives
(1 +τR
i
)B
i+1
σ
i+1,j
= B
i
σ
i,j
. (7.37)
Now, noting that B
i
= (1 +τR
i
)B
i+1
gives
σ
i+1,j
= σ
i,j
. (7.38)
Thus, by combining (7.36) and (7.38) we obtain
σ
i+1,j
= −
τb
j
R
j
(1 +τR
j
)
, i > j. (7.39)
Once we have established these relationships, we can move to constructing the tradables table and
applying the Price APT. Returning to (7.34), the tradables look like
dB
i
=

¸
τB
i+1
(a
i
R
i
) +τb
i
R
i
B
i+1
i
¸
j=1
σ
i+1,j
ρ
ij
+ (1 +τR
i
)(µ
i+1
B
i+1
)
¸

dt
+τB
i+1
b
i
R
i
dz
i
+ (1 +τR
i
)

¸
B
i+1
i
¸
j=1
σ
i+1,j
dz
j
¸

(7.40)
= B
i

µ
i+1
+
τa
i
R
i
+τb
i
R
i
¸
i
j=1
σ
i+1,j
ρ
ij
1 +τR
i

dt
+B
i

¸
i−1
¸
j=1
σ
i+1,j
dz
j
¸

(7.41)
7.2. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES 71
where (7.39) was used in the last equality.
The Price APT then tells us that
µ
i
= r
0
+
i−1
¸
j=1
λ
j
σ
i+1,j
(7.42)
where r
0
is the short rate process, and from (7.41),
µ
i
=

µ
i+1
+
τa
i
R
i
+τb
i
R
i
¸
i
j=1
σ
i+1,j
ρ
ij
1 +τR
i

(7.43)
These equations mix parameters from the underlying variables (a
i
and b
i
), and the marketed tradables (µ
i
and σ
i,j
). We want conditions that don’t involve anything related to the marketed tradables. Thus, we
would like to eliminate µ
i
and σ
i,j
terms.
To do this, let’s substitute (7.42) into (7.43), giving
i−1
¸
j=1
λ
j
σ
i+1,j
=

¸
i−2
¸
j=1
λ
j
σ
i,j
+
τa
i
R
i
+τb
i
R
i
¸
i
j=1
σ
i+1,j
ρ
ij
1 +τR
i
¸

(7.44)
This still contains σ
i,j
terms. But, we can substitute in using (7.39) to get rid of those terms and have

i−1
¸
j=1
λ
j

τb
j
R
j
(1 +τR
j
)

=

¸

i−2
¸
j=1
λ
j

τb
j
R
j
(1 +τR
j
)

+
τa
i
R
i
−τb
i
R
i
¸
i
j=1

τbjRj
(1+τRj)

ρ
ij
1 +τR
i
¸

(7.45)
or
−λ
i−1

τb
i−1
R
i−1
(1 +τR
i−1
)

=

¸
τa
i
R
i
−τb
i
R
i
¸
i
j=1

τbjRj
(1+τRj)

ρ
ij
1 +τR
i
¸

(7.46)
which is the calibration relationship pulled onto the underlying variables of the discrete forward rates R
i
.
(Note that with n tradables as bond prices, we only have n−1 factors z
i
. Thus, there are only n−1 market
prices of risk, and that is why the above market price of risk is λ
i−1
and not λ
i
.)
Relations to HJM
The Libor Market Model is, of course, highly related to the HJM model. However, there are a couple of
difference that are helpful to point out. The first is that we derived that HJM as a single factor model (a
multifactor model is easy to do as well). That is, all the instantaneous forward rates were driven by the
same factor dz. In the Libor Market Model, each discrete forward rate is driven by a distinct factor dz
i
.
The next thing to note is that in the Libor Market Model, we used a recursive relationship to relate the
underlying variables to the marketed tradables
B
i
= (1 +τR
i
)
B
i−1
(1 +τR
i−1
)
(7.47)
which can be expanded to give
B
i
= (1 +τR
i
)
B
i−1
(1 +τR
i−1
)
=
i−1
¸
j=0
1
(1 +τR
i−1
)
(7.48)
This is, in fact, the discrete analog to the continuous equation used in HJM
B(t|T) = exp

T
t
r(t|s)ds

(7.49)
72CHAPTER 7. APPLICATIONOF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE ANDCREDIT DERIVATIVES
Thus, the two models (HJM and Libor Market Model) really are brothers.
Finally, the most important thing to note about the HJM and Libor Market Model is that they can
both be viewed and understood from the factor point of view. This is typically not done because the risk
neutral framework turns out to be better suited for these models. However, it is important to understand
that these models all come from just a simple application of the factor approach, despite their looking quite
complicated. I hope you have found this exercise valuable... let’s move on to credit.
7.3 Credit Derivatives
Credit derivatives usually refer to derivatives that pay off depending on whether a bankruptcy has occured.
Since a bankruptcy is a sudden event, credit model rely heavily on Poisson processes. In what follows, I will
present the simplest models of a Defaultable Bond when the intensity of default is a constant, and then we
will generalize that to allow the intesity to be random. You should note the similarity between these models
and Merton’s jump diffusion model in Chapter 6, Section 6.1.6. In fact, if you understand Merton’s model
then there isn’t too much new here...
7.3.1 Defaultable Bonds
In deriving equations for defaultable bonds, we need two factors. The first is the short rate, and the second
is a default factor. We model these as
dr
0
= adt +bdz (7.50)
dN = dπ(α) (7.51)
In this case, a defaultable bond of maturity T is a function or r
0
, N, and t: B(r
0
, N, t|T). Since N(t) is a
pure Poisson process, we can start it at N = 0 which is the no default state, and let N = 1 be the default
state. By Ito’s lemma we can write, after suppressing all arguments except N:
dB(N) = LB(N)dt +bB
r
(N)dz + (B(N + 1) −B(N))(dπ(α) −αdt) (7.52)
where I have compensated the Poisson process and
LB(N) = (B
t
(N) +aB
r
(N) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(N) +α(B(N) −B(N + 1))) (7.53)
Now let’s write down the tradables table, which includes the money market account:
¸
B
0
B(N)

d
¸
B
0
B(N)

=
¸
r
0
B
0
LB(N)

dt +
¸
0 0
bB
r
(N) (B(N + 1) −B(N))
¸
dz
dπ −αdt

(7.54)
Finally, we solve the Price APT equations
¸
B
0
B(N)

λ
0
+
¸
0 0
bB
r
(N) (B(N + 1) −B(N))
¸
λ
1
λ
2

=
¸
r
0
B
0
LB(N)

(7.55)
From the first equation we have λ
0
= r
0
the short rate. The second equation gives
r
0
B(N) +bB
r
(N)λ
1
+ (B(N + 1) −B(N))λ
2
= LB(N) (7.56)
which can be rewritten as
B
t
(N) +aB
r
(N) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
+α(B(N) −B(N +1)) = r
0
B(N) +λ
1
bB
r
(N) +λ
2
(B(N +1) −B(N)). (7.57)
But, we assume that we start with N = 0 and default is N = 1, so we have
B
t
(0) + (a −λ
1
b)B
r
(0) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(0) = (r
0
+α −λ
2
)B(0) + (λ
2
−α)B(1). (7.58)
7.3. CREDIT DERIVATIVES 73
Different Types of Recovery
But, since B(0) is the no default state, it is the same as B. Furthermore, B(1) means that we are in default.
Hence, we can assume different recoveries in default such as no recovery B(1) = 0, or fractional recovery
B(1) = xB(0), or even fixed recovery B(1) = X.
If we assume no recovery we obtain
B
t
(0) + (a −λ
1
b)B
r
(0) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(0) = (r
0
+α −λ
2
)B(0) (7.59)
This looks exactly like the standard model for a bond, except that the short rate is increased by α − λ
2
.
That is, the default rate and its market price of risk just adjust the short rate of interest. Otherwise, the
price is the same. This means that if there is a closed form solution for bond prices under a single factor
short rate model, then there will also be a closed form solution for defaultable bonds!
7.3.2 Defaultable Bonds with Random Intensity of Default
This time we will allow the default intensity to follow a stochastic differential equation. That is, we have
dr
0
= adt +bdz
1
(7.60)
dN = dπ(α) (7.61)
dα = fdt +gdz
2
(7.62)
where E[dz
1
dz
2
] = ρdt. In this case, a defaultable bond of maturity T is a function of r
0
, N, α and t:
B(r
0
, N, α, t|T). Again, we start with N = 0 which is the no default state, and let N = 1 be the default
state. By Ito’s lemma we can write:
dB(N) = LB(N)dt +bB
r
(N)dz
1
+gB
α
(N)dz
2
+ (B(N + 1) −B(N))(dπ(α) −αdt) (7.63)
where again I have compensated the Poisson process and this time
LB(N) = (B
t
(N)+aB
r
(N)+fB
α
(N)+
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(N)+
1
2
g
2
B
αα
(N)+ρbgB

(N)+α(B(N)−B(N+1))) (7.64)
Now let’s write down the tradables table:
¸
B
0
B(N)

d
¸
B
0
B(N)

=
¸
r
0
B
0
LB(N)

dt +
¸
0 0 0
bB
r
(N) gB
α
(N) (B(N + 1) −B(N))

dz
1
dz
2
dπ −αdt
¸
¸
(7.65)
Finally, we solve the Price APT equations
¸
B
0
B(N)

λ
0
+
¸
0 0 0
bB
r
(N) gB
α
(N) (B(N + 1) −B(N))

λ
1
λ
2
λ
3
¸
¸
=
¸
r
0
B
0
LB(N)

(7.66)
From the first equation we have λ
0
= r
0
the short rate. The second equation gives
r
0
B(N) +bB
r
(N)λ
1
+gB
α
(N)λ
2
+ (B(N + 1) −B(N))λ
3
= LB(N) (7.67)
which can be rewritten as
B
t
(N) +aB
r
(N) +fB
α
(N) +
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(N) +
1
2
g
2
B
αα
(N) +ρgbB

(N) +α(B(N) −B(N + 1))
= r
0
B(N) +λ
1
bB
r
(N) +λ
2
gB
α
(N) +λ
3
(B(N + 1) −B(N)).
But, we assume that we start with N = 0 and default is N = 1, so we have
B
t
(0)+(a−λ
1
b)B
r
(0)+(f−λ
2
g)B
α
(0)+
1
2
b
2
B
rr
(0)+
1
2
g
2
B
αα
(0)+ρgbB

(0) = (r
0
+α−λ
3
)B(0)+(λ
3
−α)B(1).
(7.68)
But, since B(0) is the no default state, it is the same as B(0). Furthermore, B(1) means that we are in
default. Hence, we can assume different recoveries in default such as no recovery B(1) = 0, or fractional
recovery B(1) = xB(0), or even fixed recovery B(1) = X.
74CHAPTER 7. APPLICATIONOF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE ANDCREDIT DERIVATIVES
7.4 Problems
Problem 7.4.1 Derive a pde for the price of a European call option on a non-dividend paying stock when
interest rates are random, and the short rate follows Cox-Ingersoll-Ross dynamics. That is:
dS = µSdt +σSdz
1
(7.69)
dr
0
= a(b −r
0
)dt +c

r
0
dz
2
(7.70)
where dz
1
and dz
2
are correlated E[dz
1
dz
2
] = ρdt. Your answer may contain a market price of risk.
Problem 7.4.2 (Options on Forwards and Futures)
(a) Assume interest rates are stochastic and driven by a single factor short rate model. Derive the pde for a
derivative on a futures contract and on a forward contract.
Assume the following
df = µfdt +σfdz
dr
0
= adt +bdz
B
where f is either the forward price or futures price and E[dzdz
B
] = ρdt.
Hint 1: Recall that futures prices are marked to market (See Section 6.1.5 in Chapter 6, whereas forward
prices are not marked to market.
Hint 2: Note that a forward price is not tradable. However, you may assume that the asset that the
forward contract is on is tradable on a spot market and there are standard relationships between the spot
price of an asset and its forward price.
Hint 3: My recommendation is to let your underlying variables be the future and forward price, re-
spectively, and the short rate. Additionally, it might be convenient to write bond dynamics generically as
dB = µ
B
Bdt +σ
B
Bdz
B
, where the short rate process is being driven by z
B
.
(b) What if interest rates are not stochastic? Do the pdes for options on forwards and futures look the same?
Problem 7.4.3 (PDE for a derivative on a dividend paying stock under stochastic interest rates)
Consider a market with a stock price process S(t) satisfying
dS = µSdt +σSdz
1
(7.71)
where z
1
(t) is a standard Brownian motion. Assume that this stock also pays a continuous dividend at a rate
of q. Thus, over time dt, the dividend amount is qSdt.
Additionally, assume that interest rates are random, and the term structure is driven by a single factor
short rate model
dr
0
= a(b −r
0
)dt +fdz
2
(7.72)
where z
2
(t) is a standard Brownian motion and E[dz
1
dz
2
] = ρdt. Assume that a money market account
exists that satisfies
dB
0
= r
0
B
0
dt. (7.73)
Consider a third asset whose price at time t can be written as a twice differentiable function of S(t), r
0
(t)
and t. Call this price function c(S(t), r
0
(t), t). If no arbitrage exists in the market, derive the pde that
c(S(t), r
0
(t), t) must satisfy. (Your answer may contain a market price of risk.)
Problem 7.4.4 (Flat Term Structure)
Consider a term structure model where the term structure of interest rates is flat, but moves up and down
randomly. That is, let zero coupon bond prices with face value $1 and maturity T be denoted by B(t|T) and
satisfy
B(t|T) = exp(−r(T −t)) (7.74)
7.4. PROBLEMS 75
where r is modeled as a stochastic differential equation
dr = a(r, t)dt +b(r, t)dz. (7.75)
Note that this model applies for all maturities T.
(a) Write down models for the instantaneous return of the money market account and for a generic zero
coupon bond with maturity T (i.e. for B(t|T)).
(b) Derive the absence of arbitrage condition in this case, and derive restrictions on a(r, t) and b(r, t). What
does this imply about the allowable dynamics for this term structure?
76CHAPTER 7. APPLICATIONOF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE ANDCREDIT DERIVATIVES
Chapter 8
Hedging
8.1 Introduction
We present two main approaches to hedging. In the first, we recognize that risk comes from the factors.
Thus, hedging is based upon eliminating factor risk. In the second approach, we consider a derivative to be
a function of underlying variables. We are then hedged against variations in these underlying variables if
the derivative of the value of a portfolio with respect to the underlying variables is zero. Thus, our portfolio
is not sensitive to small variations in the underlying variables.
8.2 Hedging from a Factor Perspective
In abstract terms, hedging involves eliminating factor risk. Once again, we can either work with returns or
prices. In this chapter, we will work with prices.
Let dV
u
be the value change of the asset that we would like to hedge. Furthermore, we will assume that
we hold one unit of this asset. Thus a factor model for our unhedged portfolio profit/loss over the next time
instance is
dV
u
= A
u
dt +B
u
dz (8.1)
and we would like to hedge this position.
By hedging, we actually just mean that we will form a portfolio (that may be dynamically traded over
time) so that the factor model of the portfolio eliminates all factor risk. In this case, we have entirely hedged
out the risk.
Let us consider having various tradable assets to hedge with, and assume that these assets have a value
profit/loss change vector of
dV
h
= A
h
dt +B
h
dz (8.2)
Now, let ˆ y be the holdings of the assets used to hedge with and let dV
0
be the value change of the hedged
portfolio. This change in value is given by
dV
0
= dV
u
+ ˆ y
T
dV
h
= (A
u
+ ˆ y
T
A
h
)dt + (B
u
+ ˆ y
T
B
h
)dz (8.3)
To eliminate the risk, we need to eliminate the coefficients of the factors. Thus, we need to choose ˆ y such
that
B
u
+ ˆ y
T
B = 0 (8.4)
That is really all there is to hedging!
77
78 CHAPTER 8. HEDGING
8.2.1 Description Using a Tradables Table
I like to use a tradables table description, so let’s rework the hedging analysis. Consider a tradables table
description, but add our holdings variable y
Holdings

y

Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model

A

dt +

B

dz
(8.5)
Let us assume that the last tradable is the derivative that we would like to hedge and we assume that
we hold one unit of that derivative. Hence, our holdings vector is actually
y =
¸
ˆ y
1

(8.6)
and the value change in the hedged portfolio is
dV
0
= y
T
dV = y
T
Adt +y
T
Bdz (8.7)
Thus, to hedge, we select ˆ y so that y
T
B = 0 (recalling of course that y is given by (8.6)).
8.2.2 The Relationship Between Hedging and Arbitrage
Hedging is actually quite closely related to arbitrage. In fact, a standard derivation of the Black-Scholes
equation begins from a hedging argument. In this section, let’s see how hedging and arbitrage are related.
Recall the arbitrage price implication
y
T
P = 0 No cost
y
T
B = 0 No risk

⇒ y
T
A = 0 No return (8.8)
Note that y
T
B = 0 is one of the conditions of the arbitrage price implication. Thus, from the line following
equation (8.7), a hedged portfolio will automatically satisfy this condition.
The other condition that needs to be satisfied to set up the arbitrage is that the total cost or price must
be zero, ˆ y
T
P = 0. Let’s see how we can alter our hedged portfolio to satisfy this no cost condition.
Creating a No Cost Hedge
Let’s break out the tradables table in a little more detail. First, lets assume that there is a tradable with no
direct factor risk
dB
0
= r
0
B
0
dt (8.9)
Additionally, using the notation above, the asset to be hedged satisfies
dV
u
= A
u
dt +B
u
dz (8.10)
and the tradables used to hedge this asset are
dV
h
= A
h
dt +B
h
dz (8.11)
We can write this in a tradables table form as

y
0
ˆ y
1
¸
¸

B
0
P
h
P
u
¸
¸
d

B
0
V
h
V
u
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
0
A
h
A
u
¸
¸
dt +

0
B
h
B
u
¸
¸
dz. (8.12)
where y
0
is the holding of B
0
, ˆ y is the holdings of the assets with value changes of dV
h
, and we hold a single
unit of the asset to be hedged.
8.2. HEDGING FROM A FACTOR PERSPECTIVE 79
Now, we make the following important observation. The holding in the first asset y
0
has no effect on
the hedge! Since it has no factor risk, including it in a portfolio has no effect on the factors! Hence, we can
choose its holding y
0
arbitrarily without affecting the hedge.
This recognition allows us to select y
0
so that the hedge has zero cost. That is, let ˆ y be the holdings of
a hedged portfolio, and then select y
0
so that the total cost is zero
y
0
B
0
+ ˆ y
T
P
h
+P
u
= 0 (8.13)
Thus, any completely hedged portfolio can be altered to satisfy the price APT implication. Thus, for no
arbitrage to exist, we must have zero profit/loss in this hedged portfolio. This means
y
0
rB
0
+ ˆ y
T
A
h
+A
u
= 0 (8.14)
This profit/loss condition is actually the Black-Scholes equation! Thus, a hedging strategy can be used to
derive the Black-Scholes equation via the above relationships.
A Simple Explanation
Here is the simple explanation of what we have done above. We hold an asset that we would like to hedge.
First, we use ˆ y to hedge away all the factor risk in our portfolio. Thus, the hedged portfolio has no direct
factor risk. Since it has no factor risk, for no arbitrage to exist it must be the same as the first tradable
that also has no factor risk. In the Black-Scholes setting, this first asset is the risk free asset, and all we
are saying is the the hedged portfolio must earn the risk free rate. In an interest rate derivative setting, the
tradable without direct factor risk is the money-market account and we are saying that the hedged portfolio
must earn the short rate. That is really all that we are doing with the above arguments!
8.2.3 Hedging Examples
Let’s see how hedging is done in some examples.
Hedging in Black-Scholes
In the Black-Scholes set-up of Chapter 6, Section 6.1.1 we have the following tradables table with the first
column being the holdings. We have assumed that we have one option c and that we are hedging with the
stock S. Thus, we assume the holding of the stock is ˆ y.

0
ˆ y
1
¸
¸

B
0
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
0
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
0
µS
c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
¸
¸
dt +

0
σS
σSc
S
¸
¸
dz. (8.15)
Now, this portfolio is hedged if y
T
B = 0 which in this case is
ˆ yσS +σSc
S
= 0 (8.16)
Solving for ˆ y gives ˆ y = −c
S
. Thus, we have a hedged portfolio if we hold −c
S
shares of the stock for every
option. The quantity c
S
is typically called the delta of the option.
Pricing
The above portfolio is hedged, but we can convert it to satisfy the arbitrage implication by choosing y
0
so
that the total cost is zero
y
0
B
0
−c
S
S +c = 0 (8.17)
80 CHAPTER 8. HEDGING
This is now a potential arbitrage portfolio. For no arbitrage to be present, we must have no profit/loss which
means that the drift term of our portfolio must be zero
y
0
r
0
B
0
−c
s
µS + (c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
) = 0 (8.18)
Substituting in (8.18) for y
0
B
0
= c
S
S −c from (8.17) gives
r
0
(c
S
S −c) −c
s
µS + (c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
) = 0 (8.19)
or
c
t
+r
0
Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
= r
0
c (8.20)
which is the Black-Scholes equation.
Once again, the simpler explanation of this derivation is that the hedged portfolio is risk free and hence
must earn the risk free rate. I presented the more structured derivation because I believe that it is always
important to have structure to fall back on when your intuition fails. However, the intuition is important as
well!
Hedging in Bond Pricing
Consider the single factor short rate models of Chapter 7, Section 7.2.1. Following this model, let’s write
down the tradable table with holdings:

0
ˆ y
1
¸
¸

B
0
B
1
(T)
B
2
(T
0
)
¸
¸
d

B
0
B
1
(T)
B
2
(T
0
)
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
0
(B
1
t
(T) +aB
1
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
1
rr
(T))
(B
2
t
(T
0
) +aB
2
r
(T
0
) +
1
2
b
2
B
2
rr
(T
0
))
¸
¸
dt +

0
bB
1
r
(T)
bB
2
r
(T
0
)
¸
¸
dz
(8.21)
Now, this portfolio is hedged if y
T
B = 0 which in this case is
ˆ ybB
1
r
(T) +bB
2
r
(T
0
) = 0 (8.22)
Solving for ˆ y gives ˆ y = −
B
2
r
(T0)
B
1
r
(T)
. Note that hedged portfolios of bonds are sometimes called ”immunized”.
Pricing
Using the same procedure as in the Black-Scholes case, we can convert this hedged portfolio into a potential
arbitrage portfolio and derive a pricing equation. Again, we choose y
0
so that the total cost is zero
y
0
B
0

B
2
r
(T
0
)
B
1
r
(T)
B
1
(T) +B
2
(T
0
) = 0 (8.23)
and note that for no arbitrage to exist, we must have no profit/loss
y
0
r
0
B
0

B
2
r
(T
0
)
B
1
r
(T)
(B
1
t
(T) +aB
1
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
1
rr
(T)) + (B
2
t
(T
0
) +aB
2
r
(T
0
) +
1
2
b
2
B
2
rr
(T
0
)) = 0 (8.24)
Using y
0
B
0
=
B
2
r
(T0)
B
1
r
(T)
B
1
(T) −B
2
(T
0
) from (8.23) and substituting this into the first term in (8.24) gives
r
0

B
2
r
(T
0
)
B
1
r
(T)
B
1
(T) −B
2
(T
0
)


B
2
r
(T
0
)
B
1
r
(T)
(B
1
t
(T)+aB
1
r
(T)+
1
2
b
2
B
1
rr
(T))+(B
2
t
(T
0
)+aB
2
r
(T
0
)+
1
2
b
2
B
2
rr
(T
0
)) = 0
(8.25)
which can be rewritten as
B
2
t
(T
0
) +aB
2
r
(T
0
) +
1
2
b
2
B
2
rr
(T
0
) −r
0
B
2
(T
0
)
B
2
r
(T
0
)
=
B
1
t
(T) +aB
1
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
1
rr
(T) −r
0
B
1
(T)
B
1
r
(T)
(8.26)
8.2. HEDGING FROM A FACTOR PERSPECTIVE 81
Now, since the left hand side only depends on B
2
and the right hand side only depends on B
1
and B
1
was
a bond of arbitrary maturity T, we must have that
B
1
t
(T) +aB
1
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
1
rr
(T) −r
0
B
1
(T)
B
1
r
(T)
= λ

(8.27)
for some constant λ

. To make this look like our previously derived bond pricing equation in Chapter 7
Section 7.2.1, let’s let
λ

= λb (8.28)
so that (8.27) can be written as
B
1
t
(T) +aB
1
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
1
rr
(T) −r
0
B
1
(T)
B
1
r
(T)
= λb (8.29)
Upon rearranging we have
B
1
t
(T) + (a −λb)B
1
r
(T) +
1
2
b
2
B
1
rr
(T) = r
0
B
1
(T) (8.30)
which is the bond pricing equation where λ is the market price of risk.
The intuitive explanation of this derivation is that first we hedge out the factor risk by the choice of ˆ y.
Since this hedged portfolio has no factor risk, it must earn the same return as the tradable with no factor
risk, which is the money market account. This is where the pricing pde comes from!
8.2.4 Hedging under Incompleteness
In some cases it is impossible to eliminate all of the factor risk (this is true in incomplete markets). In this
case, we may still attempt to reduce the effect of the factors on our portfolio. But, we will have choices in
terms of how we want to best try to reduce risk from the factors.
To see how this is done, let’s consider an example. In the jump diffusion model of Chapter 6 Section
6.1.6, we had the following tradables table.

0
y
1
¸
¸

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
(µ +αE[Y −1])S
Lc
¸
¸
dt +

0 0 0
σS S 0
σSc
S
0 1
¸
¸

dz

1

2
¸
¸
(8.31)
where L is the differential operator corresponding to the drift term in Ito’s lemma, and

1
= (Y −1)dπ(α) −αE[Y −1]dt (8.32)

2
=

(c(Y S

) −c(S

))dπ −αE[(c(Y S

) −c(S

))]dt

(8.33)
I have added the vector of holdings on the left side of the tradables table. I have assumed that I hold 1 unit
of the derivative c, and that I will hedge with the stock S. Since the bond B is not driven by any of the
risky factors, I do not need to consider it in the hedge.
So, the hedged portfolio takes the form
dV
h
= ydS +dc (8.34)
= y((µ +αE[Y −1])Sdt +σSdz +Sdψ
1
) +Lcdt +Sc
S
dz +dψ
2
(8.35)
= [y(µ +αE[Y −1])S +Lc]dt + [yσS +Sc
S
]dz +ySdψ
1
+dψ
2
(8.36)
One can clearly see that it is not possible to eliminate all the factor risk by choosing y. Thus, we are in an
incomplete market.
82 CHAPTER 8. HEDGING
However, we can select y to eliminate some of the risk over the next dt. In fact, what Merton [11] did in
his pricing formula is equivalent to eliminating the Brownian risk dz. In that case, we would choose
y = −c
S
(8.37)
where c
S
is the partial derivative of Merton’s pricing formula.
But, let’s consider a different alternative. Let’s choose y to eliminate the variance of the portfolio over
the next dt. That is
V ar(dV
h
)
=

E[A
2
] −2yE[AB] +y
2
E[B
2
]

λdt +

V ar(A) −2yCov(A, B) +y
2
V ar(B)

λ
2
dt
2
+ [σSc
S
−yσS]
2
dt
(8.38)
where
A = c(Y S(t

), t) −c(S(t

), t

) (8.39)
B = B(Y −1)S. (8.40)
Minimizing over y gives
y =
λE[AB] +λ
2
dtCov(A, B) +σ
2
S
2
c
S
λE[B
2
] +λ
2
dtV ar(B) +σ
2
S
2
(8.41)
and sending dt → 0 leads to
y =
λE[AB] +σ
2
S
2
c
S
λE[B
2
] +σ
2
S
2
. (8.42)
8.2.5 A Question of Consistency
Note that the hedges we have derived above often involve knowledge of a pricing formula for the option c.
This can be seen by noting that y is often a function of c
S
for instance. Thus, our hedging analysis has
presupposed that the derivative c follows a specified formula that we know.
This presupposition of knowledge can bring up a question of consistency between the hedge and the
assumption of the formula for c. Consider the following example.
Let’s consider a stochastic volatility model:
dB = r
0
Bdt (8.43)
dS = µSdt +

vSdz
1
(8.44)
dv = adt +bdz
2
(8.45)
with the tradables table

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µS
Lc
¸
¸
dt +

0 0

vS 0

vSc
S
bc
v
¸
¸
¸
dz
1
dz
2

. (8.46)
with Lc = c
t
+µSc
S
+ac
v
+
1
2
vS
2
c
SS
+
1
2
b
2
c
SS


vbSc
Sv
.
Now, this is an incomplete market, so we cannot perfectly hedge away the risk. Nevertheless, let’s consider
a hedged portfolio
dV
h
= y(µSdt+

vSdz
1
)+(c
t
+µSc
S
+ac
v
+
1
2
vS
2
c
SS
+
1
2
b
2
c
vv


vbSc
Sv
)dt+

vSc
S
dz
1
+bc
v
dz
2
(8.47)
Clearly, with y, we cannot eliminate all the risk. Let’s consider a simple hedge where we only eliminate the
dz
1
risk. Thus, we choose y

vS +

vSc
S
= 0 or y = −c
S
.
Thus, our hedge is to hold −c
S
shares of the stock. But, what is c
S
?
Well, how about using the Black-Scholes formula for c(S, t) and computing c
S
from that? But, this is
not consistent because to derive the Black-Scholes formula we assume that volatility is not stochastic. In
our setting above, we are assuming that volatility is stochastic and thus there is no reason to believe that c
would follow the Black-Scholes equation. This is where the inconsistency in hedging often arises.
8.3. HEDGING FROM AN UNDERLYING VARIABLE SENSITIVITY PERSPECTIVE 83
What formula for c?
So, you ask, then what formula should I use for c. The answer is that you should use the formula that best
corresponds to the actual price and movements of c in the market. Thus, if there is stochastic volatility,
then you should use a model that most accurately captures that stochastic volatility and how it is reflected
in the movement of the derivative c.
Now, some might argue that you should use a pricing formula that comes from the hedge that you are
doing. As we saw above, pricing and hedging are intimately related. This idea is both right and wrong.
Let’s see why.
Here is the correct part. Any pricing formula should be related to a reasonable hedging scheme via
our analysis above. Why? Because hedging is the mechanism that enforces pricing. If there is no hedging
justification for a pricing formula, then there is no good reason to expect that pricing formula to hold.
However, if a pricing formula is tightly related to a hedging strategy, then deviations from that pricing
strategy can be exploited by turning the hedging strategy into an arbitrage (or almost arbitrage) opportunity
as shown in the previous section.
Here is the wrong part. Sometimes, you want to hedge for a reason unrelated to pricing. For example, in
the stochastic volatility case I might just want to hedge out the stock risk S via dz
1
and leave my portfolio
exposed to volatility risk. If I were interested in using some trading strategy that depended on volatility v
but not the stock price S, then this would be perfectly reasonable. But it probably would not be reasonable
to claim that I should be using a pricing formula related to this hedging strategy. The pricing formula c
that I should be using is the one that best reflects the actual movement of c in the market.
To summarize, every pricing formula should be intimately connected to a hedging strategy. However,
the reverse is not true. Not every hedging strategy should be turned into a pricing formula. Furthermore,
hedging strategies often rely on a pricing formula for the derivative c. This pricing formula should be the
best pricing formula that reflects the actual pricing and movement of the derivative c in the actual market.
In practice, many times that is not done (for many reasons, including computational, ease of use, etc).
Thus, often hedging analysis is inconsistent. For example, people like to rely on the Black-Scholes formula
even when its assumptions are not valid. Due to standard finance conventions, in places below we will fall
into this trap as well, so keep a sharp eye out for where it may be occurring.
8.3 Hedging from an Underlying Variable Sensitivity Perspective
In some cases, there is a simpler and faster way to derive hedges that doesn’t involve an explicit use of the
factors. In this approach, we consider the asset that we are trying to hedge to be a function of underlying
variables, and hedge against those variables by eliminating the sensitivity to those underlying variables. In
the simplest terms, sensitivity is measured by the derivative of the hedged portfolio with respect to the
underlying variable of concern.
8.3.1 Black-Scholes Hedging
For example, in the Black-Scholes setup, we assume that an option is a function of the underlying stock S
and time t. That is, the price of an option is a function of the variables S and t which we write as c(S, t).
Now if we would like to hedge out the risk in our option, we note that all the risk in the price of an option
comes from its dependence on the stock variable. Hence, we form a hedged portfolio
P
h
= c(S, t) + ˆ yS (8.48)
and want to choose ˆ y so that this portfolio is hedged. But, in this case, since all the risk comes from the
stock variable, we will be hedged if our portfolio has no sensitivity to changes in the stock. Another way of
saying this is that we want the derivative of P
h
with respect to S to be zero. That means that small changes
in S will cause no change in the value of the hedged portfolio P
h
. Thus, we will be hedged.
84 CHAPTER 8. HEDGING
This condition can be written as
∂P
h
∂S
= c
S
+ ˆ y = 0 (8.49)
Solving for ˆ y yields ˆ y = −c
S
which is the same answer that we arrived at using factors. This hedge is known
as a delta hedge and the quantity c
S
is commonly referred to as the delta of the option.
There is a simple graphical interpretation of this hedge. Consider a plot with the underlying variable
on the x-axis, and the value of the tradable as a function of the underlying factor on the y-axis. In this
case, the underlying variable is the stock price S and the tradables are the stock itself S and the option c.
For simplicity, let’s assume the option is a European call option following Black-Scholes. Figure 8.1 shows
a plot of the stock, call option, and delta hedged portfolio for an option with strike K = 10 and expiration
T = 0.3 on a stock with volatility σ = 0.3 and an interest rate of r
0
= 0.05. The hedged portfolio on the
right in Figure 8.1 is a portfolio of the stock (left) and call option (middle) so that at the current value of
the underlying variable (S = 10), the derivative of the portfolio value yS +c is zero (right plot).
0 5 10 15
−10
−5
0
5
10
15
Stock Value
Underlying Variable: S
T
r
a
d
a
b
le
: S
0 5 10 15
−10
−5
0
5
10
15
Option Value
Underlying Variable: S
T
r
a
d
a
b
le
: c
0 5 10 15
−10
−5
0
5
10
15
Hedged Portfolio
Underlying Variable: S
T
r
a
d
a
b
le
: H
e
d
g
e
d
P
o
r
tfo
lio
Figure 8.1: Delta Hedge: Left - Plot of the Stock, Middle - Plot of the option, Right - Plot of the hedged
portfolio assuming that the current price of the stock is $10.
To make this a potential arbitrage portfolio, we could add a position in the bond in order to make the
current price of the portfolio (at S = $10) be zero.
8.3.2 Hedging Bonds
We can apply this same underlying variables approach to our hedging of bonds. In that case, we hold a
bond B
2
(r
0
, t|T
0
) that is a function of the short rate r
0
(t) and time t. We wish to hedge this bond with
another bond B
1
(r
0
, t|T) that is also a function of the short rate r
0
(t) and time t. In this setup, the risk
in the price of a bond comes from the short rate r
0
(t) which is our underlying variable. Thus, a portfolio
P
h
= B
2
(r
0
, t|T
0
) + ˆ yB
1
(r
0
, t|T) is hedged if its derivative with respect to r
0
is zero. Thus
∂P
h
∂r
= B
2
r
(T
0
) + ˆ yB
1
r
(T) = 0 (8.50)
Solving for ˆ y yields ˆ y = −
B
2
r
(T0)
B
1
r
(T)
which is the same answer that we arrived at using factors.
8.3.3 Derivatives imply Small Changes
Note that this underlying variable approach uses the derivative as a measure of sensitivity. Recall that the
derivative is the change in a function for a small change in the variable. Thus, when we say that a portfolio
is hedged against stock price movements because its derivative with respect to the stock is zero, this means
that the value of the portfolio change is approximately zero for small changes in the price of the stock. But,
the value of the portfolio change could be quite large if the stock change is large. Hence, this approach only
works if we know that the stock price changes will be small. This is the case for stock price movements
driven by Brownian motion since Brownian motion is continuous. However, if the stock price is driven by a
8.4. HIGHER ORDER APPROXIMATIONS 85
Poisson process, then we would expect it to have large jumps at times. Thus, in this case using the derivative
is not a good approach since the stock price change would be large and the derivative would likely not be
a good approximation to the change in the portfolio value. This was the situation in the Jump-Diffusion
model above, and note that the hedging strategy that we derived was not that same one that would result
from this derivative approach.
8.4 Higher Order Approximations
Using the derivative to model the change in a portfolio due to the change in a variable is a linear approxi-
mation of portfolio value as a function of the underlying variable. Of course, one can also use a higher order
approximation to the portfolio value. An easy way to do this is to use the terms of a Taylor expansion. This
leads to the so-called Greeks, presented next.
8.4.1 The Greeks
Now, in general, a call option is not just a function of the price of the stock and time. From the Black-
Scholes formula, we see that it depends also on the risk free rate r
0
and the volatility of the option σ. In
our derivation of the Black-Scholes formula, we assumed that r
0
and σ were constant (not random factors).
However, recognizing that that is only an approximation, we can allow them to be underlying variables and
change. Then we can ask how their changes might cause the price of an option to change assuming that the
price follows the Black-Scholes formula. To do this, we would just construct a multivariable Taylor series
expansion of c(S, t, r
0
, σ) as
∆c(S, t, r
0
, σ) = c
t
∆t +c
S
∆S +c
r
∆r
0
+c
σ
∆σ +
1
2
c
SS
(∆S)
2
+... (8.51)
I only included a single second order term (there are many second order terms) because is it the only named
second order term.
By looking at this Taylor expansion, we see that the various derivatives tell us the sensitivity of the price
of an option to changes in those variables. Each of these derivatives is given a Greek letter name as in Table
8.1.
theta c
t
delta c
S
rho c
r
vega c
σ
gamma c
SS
Table 8.1: The Greeks
If you have a bad memory, like I do, then you can remember some of the Greeks by noting that the first
letter of the Greek is the same as the partial derivative. That is, ”theta” starts with ”t” and is the partial
with respect to t. Similarly, ”rho” starts with ”r” and is with respect to r
0
, and ”vega” starts with ”v” and
is the partial with respect to ”v”olatility. Unfortunately, with ”delta” and ”gamma” you are on your own.
Note that in the typical dynamic hedging assumption, we are able to trade continuously. Thus, only
terms of order dt and lower matter. However, this Taylor expansion approach assumes that we are not
trading continuously. Thus, we use a ∆t instead of a dt and furthermore, higher order terms will enter. This
is actually more practical than the typical continuous time trading assumptions.
8.4.2 A Delta-Gamma Hedge
One can think of a delta hedge as eliminate the first order term in the Taylor expansion. Of course, one can
go further and ask if higher order terms can be eliminated as well. If you elminate the first order term in
86 CHAPTER 8. HEDGING
∆S and the second order term (∆S)
2
than this is called a Delta-Gamma hedge. For such a Delta-Gamma
hedge you need more than just the underlying stock, and furthermore, you need a tradable that depends on
the second order term (∆S)
2
. Let’s show how by using another call option c
(2)
and the underlying stock,
we can Delta-Gamma hedge an option c.
In this case, the hedged portfolio is
P = c +y
1
S +y
2
c
(2)
(8.52)
and let’s Taylor expand this to obtain
∆P(S, t) = ∆c(S, t) +y
1
∆S +y
2
∆c
(2)
(8.53)
=
¸
c
t
∆t +c
S
∆S +
1
2
c
SS
(∆S)
2

+y
1
∆S +y
2
¸
c
(2)
t
∆t +c
(2)
S
∆S +
1
2
c
(2)
SS
(∆S)
2

(8.54)
=

c
t
+y
2
c
(2)
t

∆t +

c
S
+y
1
+y
2
c
(2)
S

∆S +
¸
1
2
c
SS
+y
2
1
2
c
(2)
SS

(∆S)
2
(8.55)
To Delta-Gamma hedge, we have to eliminate the coefficients of ∆S and (∆S)
2
by choosing y
1
and y
2
. Thus,
we must solve
c
S
+y
1
+y
2
c
(2)
S
= 0 (8.56)
1
2
c
SS
+y
2
1
2
c
(2)
SS
= 0 (8.57)
The solution is
y
1
=
c
SS
c
(2)
SS
c
(2)
S
−c
S
, y
2
= −
c
SS
c
(2)
SS
(8.58)
In the plots of Figure 8.1, this would create a portfolio that has the first and second derivative equal to zero
at the current value of the underlying variable.
In practice, Delta-Gamma hedges (and other hedges as well) are difficult because transaction costs can
make it expensive to trade too many assets.
8.4.3 Determining what the error looks like
We can use the Taylor expansion to see what the error looks like in a Delta hedge under Black-Scholes
assumptions. Consider the hedged portfolio
P(S, t) = c(S, t) −c
S
S (8.59)
and let’s perform a Taylor expansion of this in S and t
∆P(S, t) = ∆c(S, t) −c
S
∆S (8.60)
= c
t
∆t +
1
2
c
SS
(∆S)
2
dt +... (8.61)
= c
t
∆t +
1
2
c
SS
σ
2
S
2
dt +... (8.62)
where I have only kept terms up to order ∆t in (8.62). However, (8.61) is also a very useful equation for
intuituion. So we will use it as well. Note that the only difference between (8.61) and (8.62) is that (∆S)
2
is
σ
2
S
2
dt + higher order terms. For the analysis that we are looking at, the higher order terms don’t matter.
Now let’s assume that in the market, c satisfies the Black-Scholes equation corresponding to a volatility
value of σ
i
. Thus,
c
t
+r
0
Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
i
S
2
c
SS
= r
0
c (8.63)
I use the subscript i on the volatility σ
i
to denote what is known as implied volatility. Implied volatility
is the value of volatility that when plugged into the Black-Scholes formula will make it equal the current
8.5. SUMMARY 87
market price of an option. To be more concrete, let c
m
be the current market price of an option where
the stock price is S
0
, strike price is K, time to expiration is T, and risk free rate is r
0
. Furthermore, let
c
BS
(S, K, T, r
0
, σ) denote the Black-Scholes formula. Then the implied volatility is defined as the value of
σ
i
that solves
c
m
= c
BS
(S
0
, K, T, r
0
, σ
i
) (8.64)
Thus, it answers the question: If the market is following Black-Scholes, what volatility value are they pluggin
in the Black-Scholes formula?
Thus, (8.63) assumes that the market is pricing the option using the Black-Scholes formula with a
volatility value of σ
i
. Thus, we can use (8.63) to substitute for c
t
in (8.61) which gives
∆P(S, t) = r
0
(c −c
S
S)dt +
1
2
c
SS

(∆S)
2
−σ
2
i
S
2

dt (8.65)
and finally noting that P = c −c
S
S gives
∆P(S, t) = r
0
Pdt +
1
2
c
SS

(∆S)
2
−σ
2
i
S
2

dt (8.66)
or purely to order dt using (8.62) instead of (8.61),
∆P(S, t) = r
0
Pdt +
1
2
c
SS

σ
2
−σ
2
i

S
2

dt. (8.67)
Equation (8.66) shows that the gain or loss of our hedged portfolio relative to the risk free rate depends on
the actual change in the stock price over the next ∆t in the term (∆S)
2
relative to the implied volatility
σ
i
in Black-Scholes that is being used to price the option in the market. Equation (8.67) shows the same
thing, but in terms of the volatility of the stock σ rather than the stock move ∆S. In particular, for this
hedge where we are long the option and short delta of the stock, we make money if the stock moves more
than implied volatility estimate, and we lose money if it moves less.
8.5 Summary
Hedging can be approach from two different points of view. In the first point of view, we recognize the fact
that risk comes from the factors. Thus, in hedging we try to eliminate the factor risk. This point of view
is appropriate regardless of what the risky factors are. In the second point of view, tradables are viewed as
functions of underlying variables, and we hedge by constructing a portfolio that eliminates the sensitivity to
moves in the underlying variables. Usually we do this by setting the derivative of the hedged portfolio with
respect to the underlying variable to zero at the current value of the underlying variable. Since we only set
the derivative to zero, and the derivative reflects a local approximation to the portfolio, this works as long
as there are only small moves in the underlying variable between rehedging opportunities. Furthermore, if
we have more tradables to place in our portfolio, we can set higher order derivatives of our portfolio to zero
as well and create better hedges. Really, if you underlying Taylor expansions, then you are on your way to
understanding the majority of hedging methods.
8.6 Problems
Problem 8.6.1 Verify equation (8.38).
88 CHAPTER 8. HEDGING
Chapter 9
The Road to Risk Neutrality
9.1 Introduction
Risk neutral absence of arbitrage pricing is a widely used approach to derivative pricing. However, it tends
to be one of the most confusing, misunderstood, and misused pricing approaches, especially for those new
to derivative pricing. Nevertheless, when understood correctly, it is an extremely powerful approach. Thus,
in this chapter, I will explain the risk neutral pricing principle. This introduction to risk neutral pricing
does not follow the standard probability-heavy route, but instead motivates risk neutral pricing in a simple
manner from the factor approach.
9.2 Do the Factors Matter?
In our tradables table, we have
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model

A

dt +

B

dz
(9.1)
and the absence of arbitrage condition is
A = Pλ
0
+Bλ (9.2)
Thus, absence of arbitrage only depends on the values of P, A, and B, and not on what the exact factors
dz are. Therefore, the prices P are absence of arbitrage for any value change with A, and B, regardless of
what the driving factors are. This leads us to ponder the following.
Hypothesis: Perhaps by changing the factors from dz to some other random factors dψ, where the A and
B representation of prices changes is the same, I can compute the absence of arbitrage prices P easier.
To see whether something can be made of this hypothesis, we have to start with a more basic question.
Question: Given a set of factors dz, what other set of factors dψ will have the same A and B representation?
At first glance, you might be tempted to say that I can choose dψ to be anything I want. It doesn’t have
to relate to the original dz at all because the absence of arbitrage condition ”does not see” dz. However,
you would soon realize that this is not the case.
Why? Because when we deal with derivative securities, their factor model is determined by the application
of Ito’s lemma. Thus, the A and B representation of price changes does see the factors via Ito’s lemma.
Hence, Ito’s lemma puts a constraint on which factors dψ are consistent with the original factors dz. Let’s
be a little more concrete about this.
89
90 CHAPTER 9. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY
Let S(t) be a stock price with model
dS = µSdt +σSdz (9.3)
and let c(S, t) be a derivative security. By Ito’s lemma we have
dc =

c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS

dt +σSc
S
dz. (9.4)
Thus, the tradables table is
Prices
¸
S
c

Changes
d
¸
S
c

=
Factor Model
¸
µS

c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS

dt +
¸
σS
σSc
S

dz.
(9.5)
9.2.1 Brownian Factors
Changing the Mean Works
Let’s try new factors given by the replacement
dz → dψ = d˜ z +βdt (9.6)
That is, I will replace the original Brownian factors dz by a new factor that is a Brownian d˜ z plus a drift
βdt. It is important to consider the new factor to be the entire term dψ = d˜ z +βdt and not just d˜ z!
We can ask whether this will lead to a representation consistent with the original dz. We would have
dS = µSdt +σS(dψ) (9.7)
= µSdt +σS(d˜ z +βdt) (9.8)
= (µ +σβS)dt +σSd˜ z (9.9)
and then by Ito’s lemma we have for c(S, t),
dc =

c
t
+ (µ +σβ)Sc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS

dt +σSc
S
d˜ z (9.10)
=

c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS

dt +σSc
S
(d˜ z +βdt) (9.11)
=

c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS

dt +σSc
S
(dψ) (9.12)
And thus we see that dz and dψ = d˜ z + βdt are consistent in that they produce the same A and B
representation regardless of whether dz or dψ = d˜ z +βdt is the factor!
The upshot is that we can replace any Brownian factors dz by Brownians plus a drift d˜ z +βdt, and the
same absence of arbitrage prices hold!
Changing the Variance Does Not Work
Let’s try new factors given by the replacement
dz → dψ = ηd˜ z (9.13)
That is, I will replace the original Brownian factors by Brownians with a different variance. Again, the new
factor should be considered to be the entire term dψ = ηd˜ z and not just the d˜ z. We can ask whether this
factor dψ = ηd˜ z is consistent with the original dz. We would have
dS = µSdt +σS (dψ) (9.14)
= µdt +σS(ηd˜ z) (9.15)
9.2. DO THE FACTORS MATTER? 91
and then by Ito’s lemma we have for c(S, t),
dc =

c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
η
2
S
2
c
SS

dt +σSc
S
(ηd˜ z) (9.16)
=

c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
η
2
S
2
c
SS

dt +σηSc
S
(dψ) (9.17)
(9.18)
Thus, we see that A is changed when we change the factor to another Brownian with a different variance.
Therefore, this substitution is not allowed.
Similarly, in the case of multiple Brownian factors, changes in the correlations or the covariance structure
is not allowed. The above results lead us to the following principle.
(⋆) Arbitrage Invariance Principle for Brownian Motion: If a set of prices P is absence of arbitrage
under Brownian factors dz ∈ R
n
with E[dzdz
T
] = Σdt, then P is also absence of arbitrage if the factors dz are
replaced by dz → dψ = d˜ z +βdt with β arbitrary and where d˜ z are Brownian factors with E[d˜ zd˜ z
T
] = Σdt.
9.2.2 Poisson Factors
Changing the Intensity Works
Assume that the original factor is a Poisson Process dπ(t; α). Under dπ(t; α) we have
dS = µSdt + (σ −1)Sdπ(t; α) (9.19)
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
)dt + (c(σS) −c(S))dπ(t; α). (9.20)
Now, let’s consider changing the factor to a Poisson with an altered intensity dψ = d˜ π(t; α + β) where
α +β > 0. In this case, we have
dS = µSdt + (σ −1)Sd˜ π(t; α +β) (9.21)
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
)dt + (c(σS) −c(S))d˜ π(t; α +β) (9.22)
and we see that the A and B representations remain the same under dψ = d˜ π(t; α +β).
Adding a Drift Doesn’t Work
Again assume that the original factor is a Poisson Process dπ(t; α). Under dπ(t; α) we have
dS = µSdt + (σ −1)Sdπ(t; α) (9.23)
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
)dt + (c(σS) −c(S))dπ(t; α) (9.24)
Now, let’s consider changing the factor dπ(t; α) → dψ = d˜ π(t; α) +ηdt. In this case, we have
dS = µSdt + (σ −1)Sdψ = µSdt + (σ −1)S(d˜ π(t; α) +ηdt) (9.25)
dc = (c
t
+ (µS + (σ −1)ηS)c
S
)dt + (c(σS) −c(S))d˜ π(t; α) (9.26)
and we see that there is no way to recover the original A and B representations under dψ.
(⋆) Arbitrage Invariance Principle for Poisson: If a set of prices P is absence of arbitrage under
Poisson factors dπ
i

i
), then P is also absence of arbitrage under a different set of factors dψ = d˜ π
i

i

i
)
where α
i

i
is the new intensity.
92 CHAPTER 9. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY
9.3 Risk Neutral Representations
The Brownian and Poisson factor invariance principles tell us that it is okay to alter or replace the factors in
certain ways. Why is this helpful? Because in some situations it is easier to price a derivative if we replace
the factors by something different from the original factors. In fact, in this section we show that we can
always replace the factors and put all tradables in what we will call a risk neutral representation. The fact
that we can do this will ultimately lead us to the risk neutral pricing principle. The basic idea is that for any
pricing problem, we can replace the factors to create the risk neutral representation which leads to simplified
pricing formulas. But we are getting ahead of ourselves. First, let’s see what the risk neutral representations
are.
9.3.1 Brownian Factors
Consider the tradables table with Brownian factors dz
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model

A

dt +

B

dz
(9.27)
and the absence of arbitrage condition is A = Pλ
0
+ Bλ. Now, we can substitute this into the tradables
table to obtain
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0
+Bλ

dt +

B

dz
(9.28)
Finally, we groups terms differently to obtain
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0

dt +

B

(dz +λdt)
(9.29)
Now, by the Brownian factor invariance under changes to the drift, we can replace dz → dψ = d˜ z − λdt,
which leads to
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0

dt +

B

d˜ z
(9.30)
This is the risk neutral representation. It states that we can find a replacement set of factors so that all
tradables have a drift equal to the market price of time λ
0
, and absence of arbitrage prices under this
representation will be the same as under the original representation using the actual Brownian factors.
Note that to obtain this risk neutral representation, the factors were replaced by new factors that con-
tained the market prices of risk! Let’s formalize this notion of a risk neutral representation.
(⋆) Risk Neutral Representation for Brownians: Let
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model

A

dt +

B

dz
(9.31)
be a tradables table. Then, under arbitrage invariant substitutions of the factors dz → dψ = d˜ z − λdt, the
following tradable table will produce the same absence of arbitrage prices
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0

dt +

B

d˜ z
(9.32)
Equation (9.32) is called the risk neutral representation because all tradables have a drift equal to the market
price of time, regardless of how risky they really are.
9.3. RISK NEUTRAL REPRESENTATIONS 93
9.3.2 Poisson Factors
Consider the tradables table with Poisson factors dπ(t, α).
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model

A

dt +

B

dπ(t; α)
(9.33)
and the absence of arbitrage condition is
A = Pλ
0
+Bλ (9.34)
Before proceeding, let’s think about the market price of risk for a Poisson factor dπ. Since a Poisson process
either does nothing or jumps up by 1, it is always good to hold a positive amount of a Poisson factor. All
the risk is on the upside. On the other hand, being short a Poisson factor is adding real (downside) risk.
Thus, we would expect the market price of risk for a Poisson factor to be negative. That is, if you are short
a Poisson factor (B is negative), then you should be rewarded for taking on that risk, and a negative market
price of risk would reflect that.
One can show this in a much more rigorous fashion, but for our purposes, let’s just note that λ < 0 for a
Poisson factor. I don’t like dealing with a negative quantity, so let’s define λ

= −λ and rewrite the absence
of arbitrage condition in terms of λ

as
A = Pλ
0
+Bλ (9.35)
= Pλ
0
+B(−λ

) (9.36)
= Pλ
0
−Bλ

(9.37)
where λ

> 0.
Now, we can substitute this into the tradables table to obtain
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0
−Bλ


dt +

B

dπ(t; α)
(9.38)
Now, by the Poisson factor invariance under changes to the intensity, we can replace dπ(t; α) → dψ =
d˜ π(t; α + β). Let’s choose β = λ

− α so that dψ = d˜ π(t; λ

) (here is where it is important that λ

> 0, so
that it can be an intensity!), which leads to
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0
−Bλ


dt +

B

d˜ π(t; λ

)
(9.39)
The final step is to compensate the Poisson process. That is, we subtract off the mean of the Poisson process
so that the random factor has mean zero.
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0

dt +

B

(dπ(t; λ

) −λ

dt)
(9.40)
Since the random factor term now has zero mean, we can see that the drift of the value changes V for all
tradables is equal to the market price of time λ
0
. This was the same as in Brownian case.
Thus, for Poisson processes, we can replace the original Poisson factors by new Poisson factors with
different intensities so that the drift of all tradables is the market price of time λ
0
(don’t forget to subtract
off the mean of the Poisson factors so that they have zero mean!). This is the risk neutral representation
under Poisson factors!
Note that in this case, the new intensity of the factors in the risk neutral representation is equal to
(minus) the market price of risk! Let’s make this formal.
94 CHAPTER 9. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY
(⋆) Risk Neutral Representation for Poissons: Let
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model

A

dt +

B

dπ(t; α)
(9.41)
be a tradables table. Then, under arbitrage invariant substitutions of the factors dπ(t; α) → dψ = d˜ π(t; λ

),
the following tradable table will produce the same absence of arbitrage prices
Prices

P

Changes
d

V

=
Factor Model


0

dt +

B

(d˜ π(t; λ

) −λ

dt) .
(9.42)
Equation (9.42) is called the risk neutral representation because all tradables have a drift equal to the market
price of time, regardless of how risky they really are.
9.4 Pricing as an Expectation
The risk neutral representations lead to a powerful risk neutral pricing formula. This is because instead of
starting with the real tradables table, we can start with the risk neutral representation. The fact that the
drift of all tradables is equal to the market price of time leads us to a convenient new pricing formula. Let’s
see how it works for the Brownian case.
From the risk neutral representaion equation (9.32) we have
dV = λ
0
Pdt +Bd˜ z. (9.43)
Let’s assume that we are not dealing with a futures contract, so that V = P. Thus, we have
dP = λ
0
Pdt +Bd˜ z (9.44)
which is telling us that the drift of P is λ
0
when we use the factors based on d˜ z.
Now, via Ito’s lemma one can verify that
d

e

t
0
λ0(s)ds
P

= e

t
0
λ0(s)ds
Bd˜ z. (9.45)
Taking expectations of both sides gives
d
˜
E

e

t
0
λ0(s)ds
P

= 0 (9.46)
since ˜ z is a Brownian motion. (We also switched the d and the expectation.) Finally, integration of both
sides says that
P(0) =
˜
E

e

t
0
λ0(s)ds
P(t)

. (9.47)
We have arrived at risk neutral pricing.
(⋆) The Risk Neutral Pricing Principle: Absence of arbitrage prices are given by the formula
P(0) =
˜
E

e

t
0
λ0(s)ds
P(t)

(9.48)
where the expectation
˜
E(·) is taken under the risk neutral representation and λ
0
is the market price of time.
This risk neutral pricing principle applies in the Poisson case as well. Thus, this is a new pricing point
of view that follows from the factor approach! The presentation has been a little abstract to this point, so
let’s see how it would work in practice.
9.5. APPLICATIONS OF RISK NEUTRAL PRICING 95
9.5 Applications of Risk Neutral Pricing
Let’s see how the risk neutral pricing principle is used in a couple of familiar situations. But first, let’s
outline how it is applied.
9.5.1 How to Apply Risk Neutral Pricing
Risk neutral pricing is applied using the following steps.
1. Via an arbitrage invariant substitution of the factors, convert the tradables table to its risk neutral
representation.
2. Apply the Risk Neutral Pricing Formula to the derivative security that is being priced.
That is it! Let’s clarify with some examples.
9.5.2 Black-Scholes
Let’s see how risk neutral pricing applies to the Black-Scholes setup. Recall that the bond and stock follow
dB = r
0
Bdt (9.49)
dS = µSdt +σSdz (9.50)
dc = (c
t
+µSc
S
+
1
2
σ
2
S
2
c
SS
)dt +σSc
S
dz. (9.51)
Now, according to the risk neutral pricing principle, we have the same absence of arbitrage prices if we set
all the drifts to the risk free rate (market price of time). Hence, we have
dB = r
0
Bdt (9.52)
dS = r
0
Sdt +σSd˜ z (9.53)
dc = r
0
cdt +σSc
S
d˜ z. (9.54)
Now, applying the risk neutral pricing formula to the call option c(S, t) gives
c(S(0), 0) =
˜
E

e
−r0T
c(S(T), T)

. (9.55)
But, if T is expiration, then we know that c(S(T), T) = (S(T) −K)
+
, so the risk neutral pricing formula is
c(S(0), 0) = e
−r0T
˜
E

(S(T) −K)
+

(9.56)
where the e
−r0T
was pulled out of the expectation because it is not random.
The expectation
˜
E(·) is taken under the risk neutral representation (i.e. S(t) follows (9.53), etc.). Per-
forming this expectation leads to
d
1
=
ln(S/K) + (r
0
+
1
2
σ
2
)(T)
σ

T
(9.57)
d
2
= d
1
−σ

T (9.58)
c(S, 0) = SN(d
1
) −Ke
−r0T
N(d
2
) (9.59)
which is the Black-Scholes formula! Thus, we were able to obtain a pricing formula without resorting to
partial differential equations!
96 CHAPTER 9. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY
9.5.3 Poisson Model
Let’s try it for a Poisson model of Section 6.1.4. To be consistent with the approach above in Section 9.3.2,
I won’t compensate the original Poisson factor dπ(t; ν) as was done in Section 6.1.4. The tradables table is

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
µS
c
t
+µSc
S
¸
¸
dt +

0
(k −1)S
c(kS

) −c(S

)
¸
¸
dπ(ν)
and the market price of time is λ
0
= r
0
while the market price of risk is
λ
1
=
µ −r
0
k −1
. (9.60)
For the risk neutral representation we use minus the market price of risk
λ

1
=
r
0
−µ
k −1
(9.61)
and the risk neutral representation is

B
S
c
¸
¸
d

B
S
c
¸
¸
=

r
0
B
r
0
S
r
0
c
¸
¸
dt +

0
(k −1)S
c(kS

) −c(S

)
¸
¸
(dπ(λ

1
) −λ

1
dt) . (9.62)
Finally, we can apply the risk neutral pricing formula
c(S(0), 0) =
˜
E

e
−r0T
c(S(T), T)

. (9.63)
But, if T is expiration, then we know that c(S(T), T) = (S(T) −K)
+
, so the risk neutral pricing formula is
c(S(0), 0) = e
−r0T
˜
E

(S(T) −K)
+

. (9.64)
where the e
−r0T
was pulled out of the expectation because it is not random. In the risk neutral representation,
(9.62) determines the expectation
˜
E(·). Thus, computing the expectation in (9.64) gives
c(S, t) = SΨ(x, y) −Ke
−r0(T)
Ψ(x, y/k) (9.65)
where
Ψ(α, β) =

¸
i=α
e
−β
β
i
i!
, y =
(r
0
−µ)kT
k −1
(9.66)
and x is the smallest non-negative integer greater than
ln(K/S)−µ(T)
ln(k)
.
9.5.4 HJM
Recall the HJM model of Section 7.2.3. In this model, the underlying variables are given by the instantaneous
forward rates
dr(t|s) = µ(t|s)dt +σ(t|s)dz(t). (9.67)
and the tradables are bonds that follow
dB(t|T) =

B(t|T)r(t|t) −B(t|T)

T
t
µ(t|s)ds +
1
2
B(t|T)

T
t

T
t
σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds

dt

B(t|T)

T
t
σ(t|s)ds

dz
9.5. APPLICATIONS OF RISK NEUTRAL PRICING 97
If you recall from Section 7.2.3 this was extremely messy to deal with. So, let’s start over but with the risk
neutral perspective in mind.
Let’s start with the tradables that are the bonds. Since this is a single factor model, the risk neutral
representation under Brownians tells us that we may write the tradables in the form
dB(t|T) = r(t|t)B(t|T)dt +ν(t|T)B(t|T)d˜ z (9.68)
where d˜ z is the risk neutral factor and r(t|t) = r
0
(t) is the instantaneous short rate. Now, we can ask what
this implies about the instantaneous forward rates in the risk neutral world. Well, the relationship between
the bonds B(t|T) and the instantaneous forward rates is
r(t|T) = −

∂T
ln B(t|T). (9.69)
Then, by Ito’s lemma, we have
dr(t|T) =

∂T

1
2
ν
2
(t|T) −r(t|t)

dt −

∂T
ν(t|T)d˜ z (9.70)
=

∂T

1
2
ν
2
(t|T)

dt −

∂T
ν(t|T)d˜ z. (9.71)
If one lets
σ(t|T) = −

∂T
ν(t|T) (9.72)
then
µ(t|T) =

∂T

1
2
ν
2
(t|T)

= ν(t|T)

∂T
ν(t|T) = σ(t|T)

T
t
σ(t|s)ds (9.73)
where
dr(t|T) = µ(t|T)dt +σ(t|T)dz(t). (9.74)
These equations tell us that under the risk neutral representation, if we know the volatility of the instanta-
neous forward rates (σ(t|T)), then we can compute what the drift terms must be by equation (9.73).
Another way to get to this same result is to revisit the results of Section 7.2.3 equation (7.22) that said:
µ(t|T) −σ(t|T)

T
t
σ(t|s)ds = σ(t|T)λ
1
(9.75)
and note that in the risk neutral representation, we have a zero market price of risk λ
1
= 0 (because all
tradables earn the risk free rate). Thus, the above equation becomes
µ(t|T) = σ(t|T)

T
t
σ(t|s)ds (9.76)
which is what we were looking for.
Thus, if we want to use the risk neutral representation, we would first estimate the volatilities of the
instantaneous forward rates σ(t|T) from market data, then use (9.73) to compute the risk neutral drifts.
Once we have this, pricing proceeds via expectations as in the risk neutral pricing formula. In the
HJM model, the expectation is often computed by Monte Carlo. That is, one simulates the risk neutral
representation of the instantaneous forward rates. Then, one can compute the payoff value of a derivative,
and compute the expectation of it. This is the risk neutral priceing approach.
98 CHAPTER 9. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY
9.5.5 Libor Market Model
The LMM model of Section 7.2.4 is also made quite simple by the use of risk neutrality. Recall that the
LMM is similar to the HJM model, but deals with forward rates between times T
i
and T
i+1
denoted by
R(t|T
i
, T
i+1
) and that are assumed to follow
dR(t|T
1
; T
2
) = a
1
R(t|T
1
; T
2
)dt +b
1
R(t|T
1
; T
2
)dz
2
. (9.77)
For notational simplicity, we write R
i
= R(t|T
i
, T
i+1
) with
dR
i
= a
i
R
i
dt +b
i
R
i
dz
i
. (9.78)
Recall from equation (7.46) that the calibration relationship on the underlying R
i
variables is
−λ
i−1

τb
i−1
R
i−1
(1 +τR
i−1
)

=

¸
τa
i
R
i
−τb
i
R
i
¸
i
j=1

τbjRj
(1+τRj)

ρ
ij
1 +τR
i
¸

. (9.79)
Now, we can switch to the risk neutral representation by setting all the market prices of risk to zero λ
i−1
= 0.
This reduces the above equation to
0 =

¸
τa
i
R
i
−τb
i
R
i
¸
i
j=1

τbjRj
(1+τRj)

ρ
ij
1 +τR
i
¸

(9.80)
or by simplifying further
τa
i
R
i
−τb
i
R
i
i
¸
j=1

τb
j
R
j
(1 +τR
j
)

ρ
ij
= 0 (9.81)
or finally
a
i
= b
i
i
¸
j=1

τb
j
R
j
(1 +τR
j
)

ρ
ij
(9.82)
which is quite a bit simplier than what we started with.
Note that this is similar to what we had in the HJM risk neutral model. We can use market data to
estimate the b
i
terms (the volatility of the forward rates), and then use equation (9.82) to obtain their drifts
in the risk neutral representation. Pricing is then done by expectation.
9.6 Summary
The point of this chapter was to show that risk neutral pricing is a logical consequence of the factor approach
to derivative pricing. The idea was that details of the factors do not seem to appear in the factor APT
equations that we used throughout the book. That gave us the idea that perhaps we could change the
factors (as long as we didn’t disturb the basic factor coefficient structure) and still arive at the same absense
of arbitrage price. By using a different set of factors (that still preserved the same absense of arbitrage
prices) in many case we can simplify our calculations of the absense of arbitrage prices. This is the basic
notion of risk neutral pricing. In fact, there is quite a bit more that one can do when the full power and
generality of the risk neutral approach is explored. But that, my friends, is the subject of another little
book...
9.7 Problems
Problem 9.7.1 Verify equation (9.45).
Problem 9.7.2 Verify equatin (9.70).
Bibliography
[1] F. Black. The pricing of commodity contracts. Journal of Financial Economics, 3:167–179, 1976.
[2] F. Black and M. Scholes. The pricing of options and corporate liabilities. Journal of Political Economy,
81:637–659, 1973.
[3] A. Brace, D. Gatarek, and M. Musiela. The market model of interest rate dynamics. Mathematical
Finance, 7:127–154, 1997.
[4] J.C. Cox, J. Ingersoll, and S.A. Ross. A theory of the term structure of inteest rates. Econometrica,
53:385–467, 1985.
[5] J.C. Cox and S.A. Ross. The valuation of options for alternative stochastic processes. Journal of
Financial Economics, 3:145–166, 1976.
[6] R. Jarrow D. Heath and A. Morton. Bond Pricing and the Term Structure of Interest Rates: A New
Methodology. Econometrica, 60(1):77–105, 1992.
[7] J. Franklin. Methods of Mathematical Economics. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1980.
[8] Daniel T. Gillespie. Markov Processes: an introduction for physical scientists. Academic Press, 1997.
[9] S. L. Heston. A Closed-Form Solution for Options with Stochastic Volatility with Applications to Bond
and Currency Options. The Review of Financial Studies, 6(2):327–343, 1993.
[10] W. Margrabe. The value of an option to exchange one asset for another. Journal of Finance, 33(1):177–
186, 1978.
[11] Robert C. Merton. Option Pricing when the Underlying Stock Returns are Discontinuous. Journal of
Financial Economics, 5:125–144, 1976.
[12] L.C.G. Rogers and D. Williams. Diffusions, Markov Processes and Martingales: Volume 2, Ito Calculus.
Cambridge, 2000.
[13] S. A. Ross. The Arbitrage Theory of Capital Asset Pricing. Journal of Economic Theory, 59:341–360,
1976.
[14] G.E. Uhlenbeck and L.S. Ornstein. On the theory of brownian motion. Phys. Rev., 36:823–841, 1930.
[15] O. Vasicek. An Equilibrium Characterization of the Term Structure. Journal of Financial Economics,
5:177–188, 1977.
99
Index
APT, 32
Price Form, 35
Return Form, 32
Arbitrage
Price Implication, 35
Return Implication, 31
Black-Scholes, 49, 95
Formula, 95
Hedging, 80
Brownian Motion, 1
Increment, 3
Calibration, 47
Compound Poisson Process, 7
Cox-Ingersoll-Ross, 25
Delta, 79, 84
Delta Hedge, 84
Delta-Gamma Hedge, 85
Derivative, 42
Definition, 42
Dividends, 50
Factor Models
Via Ito’s Lemma, 43
Factors, 41
Futures
Derivative Pricing, 54
Gaussian Random Variable, 1
geometric Brownian Motion
Black-Scholes, 49
Greeks, 85
delta, 79, 85
gamma, 85
rho, 85
Taylor Expansion, 85
theta, 85
vega, 85
Heath-Jarrow-Morton, 66
Hedging, 77
Black-Scholes, 80
Delta, 84
Delta-Gamma, 85
Immunization, 80
Incomplete, 81
Immunization, 80
Implied Volatility, 86
Incomplete, 46, 81
Hedging, 81
intensity, 3
Ito’s Lemma
Obtaining Factor Models, 43
Jump Diffusion
Derivative Pricing, 55
Merton, 55
Libor-Market-Model, 69
Market
Incomplete, 46
Market Price of Risk, 33
Market Price of Time, 33
Marketed Tradables, 44
Merton, 55
Money Market Account, 63, 64
Dynamics, 64
Normal Random Variable, 1
Null Space, 32
Relation to Range Space, 32
Option
European Call, 43
Ornstein-Uhlenbeck, 24, 25
Perpendicular Space, 32
Poisson Process, 1, 3
Compound, 7
intensity, 3
Poisson Processes
Derivative Pricing, 53
Poisson Random Variable, 3
Price APT
100
INDEX 101
Application to Pricing, 44
Range Space, 32
Relation to Perp of Null Space, 32
Relative Pricing, 44
Risk Neutral, 89
Pricing, 95
Principle, 94
Risk Neutral Pricing
Risk Neutral Representation, 92, 94
Risk Neutral Representation, 92, 94
Short Rate, 64
Single Factor Models, 64
Vasicek, 64
Stochastic Process
Compound Poisson Process, 7
Tradables, 42
Marketed, 44
Tradables Table, 44
Underlying Variables, 41
Vasicek, 24, 64
Volatility
Implied, 86

2

Contents
1 Basic Building Blocks and Stochastic Differential Equation Models 1.1 Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1 Gaussian Random Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.2 Brownian Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.3 Poisson Random Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.4 Poisson Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.5 Increments of Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes . . . . . . 1.2 Stochastic Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.1 Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.2 The Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.3 Compound Poisson Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.4 Ito Stochastic differential equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.5 Poisson Driven Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ito’s Lemma 2.1 Ito’s Lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.1 The chain rule of ordinary calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.2 Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.3 Replacing dz 2 by dt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.4 Discussion of Ito’s lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Ito’s lemma for Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.1 Interpretation of Ito’s lemma for Poisson . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 More versions of Ito’s Lemma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.1 Ito’s Lemma for Compound Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . 2.3.2 Ito’s Lemma for Brownian and Compound Poisson Processes 2.3.3 Ito’s Lemma for vector processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Ito’s lemma, the product rule, and a rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard Stochastic Differential Equations with Solutions 3.1 Geometric Brownian Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.1 Stock Price Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Geometric Poisson Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1 A conditional lognormal version of geometric Poisson Motion 3.3 A jump-diffusion model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 A more general SDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.1 The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck Process and Mean Reversion . . . . i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 11 12 13 14 14 15 16 16 16 16 17 18 19 21 21 21 22 23 23 23 24

2 Factor Models via Ito’s Lemma . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Constructing a Factor Pricing Framework 5. . . . 4. . .1 Arbitrage . . . . . . . .7 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 26 27 29 29 29 29 30 31 31 32 32 33 34 34 34 34 36 36 37 37 38 41 41 41 41 41 42 42 43 43 43 44 44 44 45 45 47 48 48 49 49 49 50 52 53 54 55 57 4 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage Pricing 4. . . .5 Applying the Price APT . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Summary . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Poisson Processes . . . . . . . . . . .1 Black-Scholes . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Application of the Factor Form: Equity Derivatives 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . .5 Two standard examples . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 6. . . . . . .4. . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Dividend Paying Stocks . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. . . 4. . . .1 Price Changes and Arbitrage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 A Useful Absence of Arbitrage Condition . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Tradables . . . . .1 Direct Factor Models . . 6. . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Factor Models for Underlying Variables and Tradables 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Factors . . 5. . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . .1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Problems .5. .2 Pricing the Derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Profit/Loss and Arbitrage . . .4 The Factor Approach using Price Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . .6 Jump diffusion . . . . .3. . .ii 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . .1 Stocks . . . . 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . .3. . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Options on Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 A Problem with Returns . . . .8 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . . . . .3 Cash Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Underdetermined and Overdetermined Systems 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Three Step Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Returns and Factors Models . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . .2. 4. . 5. . . . . .1. . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Examples from Equity Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.3 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage using Returns . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Interpretations . . 4. . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Null and Range Space Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . 5. . 4. . . . Summary . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . .1 Relative Pricing and Marketed Tradables . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Underlying Variables . . . . . . . . . .7 Exchange one asset for another . . . . . .4 A Derivative is a Tradable . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . .2 Futures contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . .2 A Classification of Quantities . . . . . . 6.1. . . . . . . . . . . 4. . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . .2 Stochastic differential equations and factor models 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 CONTENTS Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Process . . . . . . . . . .6 3. . . . . .4 Tradables tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . .5 Libor Market Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . . . . .2 A Delta-Gamma Hedge . . .3. . . . . . .2 7 Application of the Factor Form: Interest Rate and Credit Derivatives 7. . .3 Poisson Model . . . . . .1 Defaultable Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Brownian Factors . . . 8. . . . 9 The Road to Risk Neutrality 9. . . . .2 Do the Factors Matter? .6 Problems . . iii 58 59 63 63 64 64 65 66 69 72 72 73 74 77 77 77 78 78 79 81 82 83 83 84 84 85 85 85 86 87 87 89 89 89 90 91 92 92 93 94 95 95 95 96 96 98 98 98 6. . . . . . . . . . . . .1 How to Apply Risk Neutral Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . .1 Notation and the Money Market Account . . 9. 9. . . . . . . . .2 Black-Scholes . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Poisson Factors . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . .1 Brownian Factors . . . . . . . .3. . .2 Multi-Factor Short Rate Models . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . .2. .3. . . . . . . .3.4 The LIBOR Market Model . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 A Question of Consistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Credit Derivatives . . .7 Problems . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Hedging from an Underlying Variable Sensitivity Perspective 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 HJM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . .2 Interest Rate Derivatives . . . . .4 Pricing as an Expectation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . .4 Problems . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CONTENTS 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Applications of Risk Neutral Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Hedging Examples .5 Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Risk Neutral Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . . .1 Single Factor Short Rate Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. .2 Defaultable Bonds with Random Intensity 7. . . . . .4 Higher Order Approximations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Black-Scholes Hedging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . .1 Description Using a Tradables Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . . . . . . . .5. . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Introduction .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Hedging under Incompleteness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Derivatives imply Small Changes . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Introduction .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . .1 The Greeks . . . . . . 8 Hedging 8. . . . . . . . .8 Stochastic volatility . . . . . . . .3 Determining what the error looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 The Relationship Between Hedging and Arbitrage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . 9.2 Poisson Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Hedging Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Hedging from a Factor Perspective . . . . 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 Heath-Jarrow-Morton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iv CONTENTS .

a vector of returns. • f (t|T ) . • xT . • St • Sx • Sxx ∂S ∂t Partial derivative of S with respect to t.the instantaneous forward rate at time t between times s and s + ds.time t price of a zero coupon bond with maturity T and face value $1 at time t • B(t|T1 .the nonegative real line [0. • x(t−) . • r0 . • r .time t forward price for contract with delivery at time T . • B0 (t) .the transpose of a vector x.Brownian motion. ∂S ∂x 2 ∂ S ∂x2 • z(t) .the real line (−∞. • R(t|T1 .Poisson Process with intensity λ.the instantaneous short rate process at time t.market price of risk. ∞).time t swap rate for swap dates {Ti }.notation for limit from the left: x(t−). • B(t|T ) . • r0 (t) .limit from the left: x(t−) = limh↑t x(h). • R(t|T ) .the transpose of a matrix A. λ) . • AT . • F (t|T ) . • r(t|s) . Partial derivative of S with respect to x.Notation • R . • R+ . ∞). • S(t).the time t value of the money market account. Second partial derivative of S with respect to t.time t futures price for contract with delivery at time T . • λ . • S(t|{Ti }) . T2 ) . T2 ) .spot rate for time T − t at the current time t. see the short rate process below).Stock price at time t.a constant risk free rate of interest (when allowed to be a function of time. • x− . v .time t forward price of a zero coupon bond with maturity T2 and face value $1 when delivery of the forward contract is at time T1 . • π(t.forward interest rate between time T1 and T2 at time t.

vi CONTENTS .

don’t let that fool you. (1. Σ = E[(X − µ)(X − µ)T ]. 2.3) 1. The key features are that Brownian motion has continuous sample paths (with probability 1). 1. However. and Poisson processes jump! We begin with Brownian motion which is built on the Gaussian random variable. A real-valued stochastic process z(t) : t ∈ R+ is a Brownian Motion if: 1. .Chapter 1 Basic Building Blocks and Stochastic Differential Equation Models This chapter contains an introduction to the basic mathematics required for derivative pricing and financial engineering. z(0) = 0. z(t) − z(s) ∼ N (0.1 Gaussian Random Variables 1 (2π)n/2 |Σ|1/2 1 exp − (x − µ)T Σ−1 (x − µ) 2 An n-dimensional Gaussian (Normal) random variable is a random variable with density function: X ∼ fX (x) = (1.2) (1. then you have received a powerful tool to add to your toolbox for problem solving. If you gain intuition from it. .1. t − s) for t > s. 1 .1. . 1.2 Brownian Motion Brownian motion (also known as a Wiener Processes) is a stochastic process built upon the Gaussian random variable as follows. The presentation here is tutorial and heuristic.1 Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes Brownian motion and Poisson processes are our fundamental building blocks for creating models of asset prices.1) where µ ∈ Rn is the mean and Σ ∈ Rn×n is the covariance matrix: µ = E[X]. z(tn ) − z(tn−1 ) are independent for t1 ≤ t2 ≤ · · · ≤ tn . We provide building blocks for modeling assets in the form of Brownian motion and Poisson processes. With these two building blocks we create more complicated models by using Brownian motion and Poisson processes to drive differential equations (which are then known as stochastic differential equations). z(t2 ) − z(t1 ). . 3. z(t3 ) − z(t2 ).

2CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDING BLOCKS AND STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION MODELS You should remember the following facts about Brownian motion, as they make Brownian motion an ideal building block for unpredictable but continuous asset price movements: • There exists a version of Brownian motion that has continuous sample paths. • Brownian motion is nowhere differentiable with probability 1. The first property says that Brownian motion is appropriate for price processes that don’t jump. In many cases, price processes do jump, hence we will need to introduce the Poisson process next to model jumps. The second property can be interpreted in the context of predictability. If a curve is differentiable at a point, then that means that locally it can be approximated by a line, with the slope of the line being the derivative of the curve at that point. But this means that we can predict (to order dt) the future value of the curve. In finance, we often want to assume that we cannot predict future prices. Non-differentiability indicates that in the sense mentioned above, future prices are not predictable. Therefore, Brownian motion is an ideal building block upon which to build asset price processes. A sample path of Brownian motion is given in Figure 1.1.
Sample Path of Brownian Motion 0.4

0.2

0

−0.2 z(t) −0.4 −0.6 −0.8 −1 0

0.2

0.4 time

0.6

0.8

1

Figure 1.1: A typical sample path of Brownian motion. Just as there are vector Gaussian random variables, we can define a vector Brownian motion as follows. A vector Brownian motion z(t) ∈ Rn with covariance structure Σ ∈ Rn×n is a stochastic process satisfying 1. z(0) = 0. 2. z(t) − z(s) ∼ N (0, Σ(t − s)) for t > s. 3. z(t2 ) − z(t1 ), z(t3 ) − z(t2 ), . . . , z(tn ) − z(tn−1 ) are independent for t1 ≤ t2 ≤ · · · ≤ tn . Thus a vector Brownian motion is build upon the vector Gaussian random variable.

1.1. BROWNIAN MOTION AND POISSON PROCESSES

3

Brownian motion has continuous sample paths. That is too well behaved for some events we would like to model. For instance, market crashes, bankruptcy, etc. are often discontinuous price movements. Hence, we need a process that jumps! Poisson processes, which are built on the Poisson random variable, are what we are looking for.

1.1.3

Poisson Random Variables
λk exp(−λ) k!

A discrete random variable X taking values in the whole numbers is Poisson with parameter λ > 0 if P (X = k) = k = 0, 1, ... (1.4)

The mean of a Poisson random variable is E[X] = λ and the variance is V ar(X) = λ.

1.1.4

Poisson Process

A Poisson process is a stochastic process built on Poisson random variables as follows. A Poisson process with parameter (intensity) λ is a stochastic process π(t; λ) : t ∈ R+ that satisfies 1. π(0) = 0. 2. π(t) − π(s) is Poisson distributed with parameter λ(t − s) for t > s. 3. π(t2 ) − π(t1 ), π(t3 ) − π(t2 ), . . . , π(tn ) − π(tn−1 ) are independent for t1 ≤ t2 ≤ · · · ≤ tn . For us, the most important property of Poisson processes is that they jump! Hence, they are good models for market crashes, jumps, bankruptcy, and other unexpected discontinuous price movements. A typical sample path from a Poisson process with intensity λ = 1 is given in Figure 1.2. The parameter λ is often called the intensity (or sometimes the propensity) of the Poisson process. You can think of it as the expected number of jumps in a single time period. Alternatively, you expect to see a 1 single jump every λ time periods. Therefore, the larger the intensity, the more frequent the jumps. We will assume that a Poisson process is continuous from the right, and not the left. That is, at the exact time that a Poisson process jumps, it takes on the new value that it jumped to. Functions that are right-continuous and have left-limits are called rcll functions (or cadlag or R-functions, etc). In a Poisson process, it is important to remember that at a jump time it takes on the new value, thus making sample paths of a Poisson process rcll functions.

1.1.5

Increments of Brownian Motion and Poisson Processes

Here are the intuitive pictures that I keep in mind when thinking of Brownian motion and Poisson Processes. Over a small ∆t Brownian motion and Poisson Processes can be thought of in simple and intuitive ways. We intuitively think of ∆t as a small increment in t. When dealing with a stochastic process X(t), we will also think of ∆X(t) as the change the occurs in X over a small time period ∆t. That is ∆X(t) = X(t + ∆t) − X(t). (1.5)

This notion of an increment of a stochastic process will guide our intuition. In this way, we can look at increments of Brownian motion and Poisson processes. Brownian Motion Over a small time ∆t, Brownian motion looks like ∆z(t) = z(t + ∆t) − z(t) ∼ N (0, ∆t) (1.6)

4CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDING BLOCKS AND STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION MODELS
Sample Path of a Poisson Processes with Intensity 1 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 π(t) 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0 0 1 2 time 3 4 5

Figure 1.2: A typical sample path of a Poisson process. or, written slightly differently

√ ∆z(t) = ǫ ∆t

where ǫ ∼ N (0, 1)

(1.7)

where this follows from the second defining property of Brownian motion. That is, a Brownian motion √ differential looks like a standard Gaussian multiplied by ∆t. Thus, we will often use E[∆z] = 0 and E[(∆z)2 ] = ∆t. An even simpler picture arises from a binary approximation √ √∆t w.p. 1/2 ∆z ≈ (1.8) − ∆t w.p. 1/2 where w.p. stands for ”with probability”. This is depicted in figure 1.3.

Figure 1.3: Binary model of an increment in Brownian motion .

4: Binary model of an increment of a Poisson process. λ) = X A binary approximation to a Poisson process is ∆π(λ) ≈ 1 w. ∆π is either 0 or 1 to order ∆t. to quote Gillespie [8]. From the simple binary model approximations. 1.4. the probability of having a jump of size 1 scales with ∆t and is small if ∆t is small.10) A simple picture of this heuristic increment model is given in Figure 1. in a Poisson process. Note that for a Poisson process. regardless of how small ∆t is. Poisson processes jump when they move. Over small periods of time the probability of a jump is also small. .2. from the binary model we see that the move size can always be 1.9) (1. STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Poisson Process A Poisson Process can also be approximated over a small time period ∆t. λ) = π(t + ∆t. Hence over short periods of time the move in a Brownian motion is also small. Also. we see that in a Brownian motion the size of the move scales with the square root of ∆t. Thus.12) (1. 0 w. the notion of a differential or infinitesimal of a process is the idea that in an increment ∆X(t) = X(t + ∆t) − X(t) we can take ∆t to be infinitesimally small.2. to avoid the technicalities of stochastic calculus. 5 (1.1. This is why Brownian motion has continuous paths. (1. We will use this point of view here. we will present a simple intuitive approach to stochastic differential equations and stochastic differentials. Figure 1. Thus. In such a case we would write dX(t) = X(t + dt) − X(t) (1. λ) − π(t. Over ∆t it is ∆π(t.p.2 Stochastic Differential Equations A simple way to think of a stochastic differential equation is as a differential equation that is driven by a stochastic process.12) has a problem when it comes to processes that jump that are assumed to be right continuous.p. This is the essential difference between Brownian motion and the Poisson process. On the other hand. The Poisson process is a good example. However. 1. note the key difference between a Brownian motion and a Poisson process.11) where dt is ”just a little bit of t”.1 Differentials Roughly speaking. On the other hand. λ∆t 1 − λ∆t where X ∼ P oisson(λ∆t).

. we know that a jump occurred at time s. no matter how small dt is made. Therefore. assume that a jump occurs at time s. now let’s consider defining the differential of a Poisson process as dπ(t) = π(t + dt) − π(t) (1. 1.6CHAPTER 1. we are guaranteed never to capture the jump! This is purely a problem that arises from our convention to assume that Poisson processes are right continuous. Here is the problem.2 The Differential dX(t) = X(t + dt) − X(t−) (1. However.13) h↓s A picture of this situation is shown in Figure 1. we should think of the following where X(t−) = limh↑t X(h) is the limit from the left of X at time t. and all other processes with jumps.5. so we have adopted this convention. Poisson processes.16) The solution to the above problem is that for a differential. Figure 1.14) where dt > 0.15) where this calculation followed by right continuity as defined by equation (1. If we had assumed left continuity.13). By using the limit from the left. we need to adjust our notion of a differential of a stochastic process slightly to account for our convention. Now. lim π(h) = π(s) (1. let us take the limit of dπ(t) for any t (including s) as dt ↓ 0. Hence. and then when we add dt to the current time. Now. That is π(s) = 1. This means that for us. it is common in the literature to assume processes are right continuous. we make sure to capture jumps of the process. We obtain dt↓0 lim dπ(t) = lim π(t + dt) − π(t) = π(t) − π(t) = 0 dt↓0 (1. However. then we wouldn’t have any problem.5: A jump at time s. BASIC BUILDING BLOCKS AND STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION MODELS The Problem with Jumps We have to be very careful when a process has jumps and we assume right continuity of paths.2. Since this is our convention. But this indicates that π never jumps! Something must be wrong!! What is wrong is that we have assumed that π is right continuous. Hence. the Poisson process jumps to 1. That is π(t) = 0. Our convention will be to assume that at the exact time of the jump. will be continuous from the right. Assume that a Poisson process is currently at 0. so intuitively we should have dπ(s) = 1. we are implicitly taking the limit from the right.

2. (1. t2 .p.3 Compound Poisson Process When Poisson processes jump. λ) − π(t−. (1. where π(t. (1.4. for a Poisson process. Those binary models provide the proper intuition.p.23) Following along the lines of the binary approximation to a Poisson process as in Figure 1.4.. 1/2 (1. We can generalize this and allow them to jump randomly. but provides the proper intuition). where Y1 . (1.20) 1. λ). we represent the differential form of a compound Poisson process by Y dπ(t.19) dz ≈ − dt w. at time t it is the sum of π(t. λ) = π(t + dt. Y2 at time t2 ..21) That is. I will not delve into the depths of the stochastic integral (because often people are never able to return!). and in both cases. . λ) is a standard Poisson process. reviewing from above. λ) be a Poisson process with jump times t1 . λdt . Let π(t. by assigning jump Y1 at time t1 . The most useful for us is the Ito stochastic integral. λdt 1 − λdt (1.p.18) in order to make sure that we capture jumps.λ) π (t. This process can be written as π(t.2. λ) = i=0 Yi = 0 Ys dπ(s. λ). etc.24) and a heuristic infinitesimal picture of this is given in Figure 1. Don’t forget that we also have the binary model approximations of Figures 1..λ) t π Y (t. are iid random variables... Processes of this form can also conveniently be written as integrals.10). 1 − λdt (1. they jump up by 1. we may write dπ Y = Y dπ. but merely provide the intuition that you should take away when considering stochastic differential equations. However. with Brownian motion we would have: dz(t) = z(t + dt) − z(t) ∼ N (0. λ) = i=0 Y Yi .4 Ito Stochastic differential equations Stochastic integrals can be defined in different ways. z(t−) = z(t). λ) iid copies of Y . 1/2 and dπ(λ) ≈ 1 w. .1. sums of them will limit as Brownian motion or a Poisson process.17) Note that since Brownian motion has continuous sample paths. For the differential. π(t. . w.2. At this point. Hence.8) and (1.p. λ) ∼ P oisson(λdt) (1. λ).p.22) For this reason. giving √ √dt w. 1. 0 w. we simply replace ∆t by dt in (1. we should think of differentials as dπ(t. That is. Construct a new process π Y (t. an infinitesimal model of a compound Poisson process can be thought of as Y dπ(λ) ≈ Yi 0 w.3 and 1. STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 7 We will develop this point of view (which unfortunately can’t be made rigorous.p. dt).6. Y2 .

28) (1. t) are evaluated at time t. t)Y dπ(t. t) determines the instantaneous drift.5 Poisson Driven Differential Equations We can also drive a differential equation by a Poisson process dx(t) = a(x(t−). t)E[dz(t)2 |x(t)] (1. 1.32) b2 (x(t). b2 (x(t).2. t)dt + b(x(t). (1. t)dz(t)|x(t)] a(x(t). t)2 dz(t)2 |x(t)] b2 (x(t). We will assume that a and b are left continuous in the t .25) where in this case. On the other hand. t) as related to the instantaneous volatility as follows: E[dx|x(t)] = = = E[a(x(t). we can compute the instantaneous variance of x as follows E[(dx − a(x(t).6: Infinitesimal model of a compound Poisson process. x(t−) is the limit from the left at time t. t)dz(t) (1. Instantaneous Drift and Variance We can interpret a(x(t). t) as related to the instantaneous drift and b(x(t). This is important! It allows us to do the following simple calculations of the instantaneous drift and variance. it is being driven by Brownian motion z(t). t) determines the instantaneous variance of x. t)dt + b(x(t). t)dt Hence. t)dt)2 |x(t)] = = = E[b(x(t). a(x(t). t)dt + b(x(t). That is.27) (1.) We will interpret this equation as follows: x(t + dt) − x(t) = a(x(t).30) (1.33) where note that we have written x(t−) in the arguments of a and b. I will ignore the technical conditions that must be placed on a and b in order to make such an equation well defined. t)dt + b(x(t−).31) (1. By x(t−) we mean x(t−) = limh↓0 x(t−h). and a(x(t). t)dt. (At this stage. A stochastic differential equation will be written as: dx(t) = a(x(t). (1. t)dt + b(x(t).26) Since z(t) has independent increments. they are independent of dz(t) = z(t + dt) − z(t). BASIC BUILDING BLOCKS AND STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION MODELS Figure 1. λ) (1. t) and b(x(t).8CHAPTER 1.29) Therefore. t)(z(t + dt) − z(t)). t)E[dz(t)|x(t)] a(x(t).

1.3. SUMMARY

9

argument so that we may use t instead of t− in the second argument of a and b. We will also sometimes use the notation x− when we want to suppress the argument t, or even a− when suppressing the arguments of a. The reason for using limits from the left is that in a Poisson process, we interpret our differential as dπ(t) = π(t + dt) − π(t−) and for the Ito integral, we assume that the coefficients a and b are evaluated at the point in time that the differential starts from. This is t−. This limit from the left is also important in a and b because we want a and b to be independent of dπ. The only way we can do this is to make sure that we use left limits. Note that this means that if π(t) jumps at time t, which also causes a jump in x at time t, we evaluate x(t−) in a and b which immediately preceeds the jump. With that established, once again, we can compute the instantaneous mean and variance: E[dx(t)|x(t−)] = = = E[a(x(t−), t)dt + b(x(t−), t)Y dπ(t)|x(t−)] a(x(t−), t)dt + b(x(t−), t)E[Y dπ(t)|x(t−)] a(x(t−), t)dt + b(x(t−), t)E[Y ]λdt (1.34) (1.35) (1.36)

Hence, in this case, the dπ(t) term can contribute to the instantaneous mean. This can make things messy! It is often nicer to think of the first term as the ”mean” term, and the second as the ”risk” term. To do this, we would like the second term to have zero instantaneous mean. Hence, we will often ”compensate” the Poisson process to give it zero mean. This is done by simply subtracting off the instantaneous mean from the second term and adding it to the first. dx(t) = (a(x(t−), t) + b(x(t−), t)E[Y ]λ)dt + b(x(t−), t)(Y dπ(t) − E[Y ]λdt) Then we can also compute the instantaneous variance: E[(dx(t) − (a(x(t−), t) + b(x(t−), t)E[Y ]λ)dt)2 |x(t−)] (1.37)

= b2 (x(t−), t)V ar(Y dπ(t))

= E[b2 (x(t−), t)(Y dπ(t) − E[Y ]λdt)2 |x(t−)]

= b2 (x(t−), t)E[Y 2 ]λdt + O(dt2 )

= b2 (x(t−), t)(E[Y 2 ](λdt + λ2 dt2 ) − E[Y ]2 λ2 dt2 )

= b2 (x(t−), t)(E[Y 2 ]E[dπ(t)2 ] − E[Y ]2 λ2 dt2 )

= b2 (x(t−), t)(E[Y 2 dπ(t)2 ) − E[Y ]2 E[dπ(t)]2 )

Hence, to order dt, the instantaneous variance is given by b2 (x(t−), t)E[Y 2 ]λ.

1.3

Summary

Brownian motion (built upon the Gaussian random variable) and the Poisson Process (built upon the Poisson random variable) are the basic building blocks used to create models of prices. In particular, we use these two processes to drive differential equations and that will allow us to capture a wide range of price phenomena. Due to the continuity of Brownian motion, it is good for modeling price paths and variables that do not jump. On the other hand, Poisson processes are an essential building block for modeling jumps in price processes or variables. Much intuition can be gained from simple ”incremental” and ”differential” models of processes and stochastic differential equations. The simple binary approximations to Brownian motion and Poisson processes are enough to correctly guide your intuition in the vast majority of cases. Thus, for modeling purposes, make sure you have a solid understanding of these two building block processes.

10CHAPTER 1. BASIC BUILDING BLOCKS AND STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION MODELS

1.4

Problems
dπ = 1 wp. 0 wp. λdt 1 − λdt (1.38)

Problem 1.4.1 Verify that our infinitesimal model of a Poisson process over small time dt:

has a mean and variance that agree with a Poisson random variable with parameter λdt to order dt. Problem 1.4.2 Poisson Processes Consider the time interval [0, 1]. Chop this time interval into n parts of equal length. Over each interval define the independent and identically distributed random variables Xi where Xi = Let Y =
i=1

1 w.p. 0 w.p.
n

λ/n 1 − λ/n Xi

(1.39)

(1.40)

(a) What is P r(Y = 0)? (b) In your answer in (a), take the limit as n → ∞. What do you get? (b) What is P r(Y = 1)? (c) Again take the limit. What is your answer? (d) Now consider an arbitrary but fixed k with k < n. What is P r(Y = k). (e) Again take the limit as n → ∞, and show that this converges to the Poisson random variable. (You √ 1 will probably want to use Stirling’s formula n! ∼ 2πe−n nn+ 2 . This calculation is a bit tricky!) (Note: In this problem we converge to a Poisson random variable with parameter λ since we took the time interval to be 1. If the time interval is t, we will converge to a Poisson random variable with parameter λt. As a function of t, we arrive at a Poisson process.) Problem 1.4.3 Poisson Processes again. Consider the following Markov chain. Let the state space be the whole numbers x = 0, 1, 2, .... Consider the following transition probabilities over the time instant dt: P r(x(t + dt) = n|x(t) = n) P r(x(t + dt) = n + 1|x(t) = n) Let pn (t) = P r(x(t) = n). (a) Write down a differential equation for p0 (t). (hint: to derive a differential equation, consider the amount of probability that flows into and out of the state x = 0 over time dt.) (b) Assume p0 (0) = 1 (that is, at time zero, x = 0 with probability 1). Solve the differential equation for p0 (t). (c) Derive a differential equation for pn (t), n > 0. Given your answer in (a), solve for p1 (t). Explain how you could solve for pn (t) for any n. (Note: again we have arrived at a Poisson process, but this time through Markov chain theory. A Poisson process is an example of a continuous time Markov process, and the set of differential equations you derived is the ”forward equation” for this process.) = = λdt 1 − λdt (1.41) (1.42)

Chapter 2

Ito’s Lemma
2.1 Ito’s Lemma

Ito’s lemma is the chain rule for stochastic calculus. In this chapter we present Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion and Poisson processes. It has been said that all of math finance can be done with just the knowledge of Ito’s lemma. To you, this means that you should make sure that you know (and understand) Ito’s lemma. In what follows, we will present versions of Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion and Poisson processes.

2.1.1

The chain rule of ordinary calculus

In ordinary calculus, here is how the chain rule works in conjunction with a differential equation. Let x(t) follow the differential equation dx = a(x, t). (2.1) dt Now consider a function of x(t) and t. Let’s call this function f (x(t), t). Assuming that f is differentiable, we can ask what the derivative of f is. To calculate it, we simply apply the chain rule df (x, t) ∂f dx ∂f dx = + = fx + ft dt ∂x dt ∂t dt where we are using the notation fx =
∂f ∂x

(2.2)
dx dt

and ft =

∂f ∂t .

Finally, we can substitute in for

from (2.1), giving (2.3)

df (x, t) ∂f ∂f = a(x, t) + = a(x, t)fx + ft . dt ∂x ∂t

This is a fairly straightforward calculation. However, when dealing with stochastic differential equations, the simple chain rule of ordinary calculus does not work. The reason is simple. Brownian motion is not differentiable so we can’t really take its derivative or the derivative of any function of Brownian motion. Also, Poisson processes jump, and at these jumps it is not even continuous, let alone differentiable. Thus, for stochastic differential equations we need to develop the correct mathematics for dealing with a function of a variable that follows a stochastic differential equation. The guiding result is known as Ito’s lemma. Multivariables Taylor Series Expansions Before diving into Ito’s lemma, you should make sure that you recall your multivariables Taylor series expansions to second order. This is extremely important! Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion is basically just a modified Taylor expansion to second order. So, let’s recall up to second order, the Taylor series expansion 11

dt = t − t0 .10) ”Heuristic Proof”: I will suppress the arguments of a and b for convenience.5) Now. t0 )(t − t0 )2 + fxt (x0 . t) = (ft + a(x. have been supressed. In the multivariable case when x ∈ Rn .. . so that a Taylor series expansion is df = 1 1 ft dt + fx dx + ftt dt2 + fxt dxdt + fxx dx2 + . it is the ”chain rule” for stochastic differential equations.8) A useful trick in the multivariable case is to note that dxT fxx dx = T r(dxT fxx dx) = T r(fxx dxdxT ) (2.9) where T r(·) is the Trace of a matrix (i. fxn ].2 Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion Given the differential of x(t).11) (2.1. . 2 2 (2. we will typically denote dx = x − x0 .. .. Hence. . t)fx + b2 (x. .4) (2. Then 1 df (x. . t)dt + b(x. fxx 1 1 = ft dt + fx dx + ftt dt2 + dxT fxt dt + dxT fxx dx + . t0 ).  ... . t0 ). . Ito’s lemma allows us to compute the differential of a function of x(t) and t. 2 (2.7) in the multivariable case) for dx. Consider writing the Taylor expansion of df . If that sounds simple. ITO’S LEMMA f (x0 . t) 1 1 = ft dt + fx dx + ftt (dt)2 + fxx (dx)2 + fxt dxdt + . . t)fxx )dt + b(x. 2 2 fx1 x1  ..6) (or (2. df = f (x(t + dt).. t0 )(t − t0 ) + fx (x0 . t) = CHAPTER 2. = . . fxn x1  . then you are right. . 2 2 . interpreting terms such as dz 2 . f (x.  fx1 xn  . t0 )(x − x0 )2 + . t) around a point (x0 . t) be a twice continuously differentiable function of x and t. .6) and the arguments of ft . t)dz and let f (x.7) (2. t0 )(x − x0 ) 1 1 + ftt (x0 .12 of a function f (x. the sum of the diagonal elements). t0 ) + ft (x0 . the Taylor series expansion is df where fx = [fx1 . 2. and then throwing away terms of order higher than dt. t + dt) − f (x(t). fxn xn (2. . The following result is Ito’s lemma when x(t) is a process governed by a stochastic differential equation driven by Brownian motion.e. Operationally. . (⋆) Ito’s Lemma for Brownian Motion: Consider the stochastic differential equation (SDE) dx = a(x. Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion boils down to nothing more than substituting dx = adt + bdz in the Taylor expansion of (2. Let’s see how it works in more detail. t) − f (x0 .. and df = f (x. t0 )(x − x0 )(t − t0 ) + fxx (x0 . t)fx dz.. . fx . 2 2 (2. .

∆t). The most glaring was replacing dz 2 by its expectation dt. Let’s approximate the integral above by the sum T ∆t −1 T S(T. Computing the variance: Now let’s compute the variance of S(T..16) . 2 2 13 Now we take a crucial step.. then S(T. (2.. then by integrating we would have T T dz 2 = 0 0 dt = T. ∆t): T ∆t −1 E[S(T. the claim is that as ∆t → 0. ∆t) is a random variable since it involves z(t).2. we are trying to show that the random variable S(T. ∆t) = i=0 (z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t))2 ≈ dz 2 . we will substitute in for dx using dx = adt + bdz which gives df = = 1 1 ft dt + fx (adt + bdz) + ftt (dt)2 + fxx (adt + bdz)2 + fxt (adt + bdz)dt + . the mean is T . and only keep terms up to order dt using the following logic. 2 2 1 1 2 ft dt + fx adt + fx bdz + ftt (dt) + fxx (a2 dt2 + 2abdtdz + b2 dz 2 ) + fxt (adt2 + bdzdt) + . we think of dz as being of order dt1/2 and only keep terms up to order dt yielding df = 1 ft dt + fx adt + fx bdz + fxx b2 dz 2 . (When we show that the variance approaches zero. ∆t) converges to the constant T .1. ∆t) → T ..14) Now. (2.) Computing the mean: Okay.. Therefore. This does the trick. we will show that the mean of S(T. But note that S(T.13) Hence. let’s first compute the mean of S(T. If we can say that dz 2 = dt. since a random variable with zero variance must be a constant equal to it’s mean. (2. ∆t)] = E  i=0 (z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t)) 2  T ∆t −1 T ∆t −1 = i=0 E (z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t)) 2 = i=0 ∆t = T. ∆t) = V ar  i=0 (z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t)) 2 = i=0 V ar((z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t))2 ).. The standard √ deviation of dz is of order dt. By independent increments T  T ∆t −1 ∆t −1 V ar(S(T ). (2. Hence. Let’s see why this was a reasonable thing to do . ITO’S LEMMA Next.. In this ”derivation” there were a couple of dubious steps. 0 (2. 2 2.15) Hence. we are proving convergence in mean square. and its variance approaches zero.1.. let us see if this makes sense. 2 Finally we replace dz 2 by it’s expectation dt which leads to Ito’s lemma 1 df = (ft + afx + b2 fxx )dt + bfx dz. or L2 (P ).3 Replacing dz 2 by dt Here is a simple argument as to why it is reasonable to replace dz 2 by dt.12) 2. ∆t) is equal to T . To do this.

and this allows us to define the stochastic integral pathwise. we kept terms up to order dt in the Taylor expansion. The hare. the tortoise wins the race. The tortoise being slow.1. both the dt and dz terms contribute to the stochastic differential equation and neither term is guaranteed to dominate. This means that moves in dz are usually much larger than dt. the dz term is like the hare. is quick and jumpy. I appeal to the wisdom of Gillespie [8]. the tortoise and the hare race each other.19) 1 1 where we have used that ft = 0. (2. but now that we are dealing with stochastic processes.14 CHAPTER 2. the standard deviation of dz is dt1/2 . But its direction is random. I will leave you with the following thoughts. Note that the above argument has much of the flavor of the weak law of large numbers. starts the race and steadily works his way toward the finish line.2 Ito’s lemma for Poisson Processes Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion is more subtle that Ito’s lemma for Poisson Processes. On the other hand. Now your asking. fx = x . the limit of the variance of S(T. Some of the time it jumps forward and other times. 2. we have V ar((z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t))2 ) = = = Therefore as ∆t → 0. (The key difference is that Poisson processes have sample paths of finite variation. He is much faster than the hare. This is the essential argument that allows us to use dz 2 = dt and a simplified version of the argument behind a real derivation of Ito’s lemma. Hence. As the story goes. backwards. Ito’s lemma in this case is merely an application of the Lebesgue-Stieljies calculus. ITO’S LEMMA But since z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t) is Gaussian with mean zero and variance ∆t. Example 2. That means that the limit (in L2 (P )) is a constant and equal to the mean T . we might question this step. It is quick. just like we don’t know whether the tortoise or the hare will win the race! 2. the deterministic dt drift term is like the tortoise. which is based on the story of the tortoise and the hare. It marches forward at a constant dt rate.) .17) Hence. ”What does this have to do with Ito’s lemma and stochastic differential equations?” Well. but runs forward and backwards and easily gets off track. and fxx = − x2 . Let’s see an example of Ito’s lemma applied to so-called geometric Brownian motion. according to Ito’s lemma. we have T ∆t −1 T ∆t −1 E[(z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t))4 ] − E[(z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t))2 ]2 3(∆t)2 − (∆t)2 2(∆t)2 .1 Let dx = axdt + bxdz and consider f (x) = ln(x). Then.4 Discussion of Ito’s lemma At the risk of overdoing an attempt to provide intuition behind Ito’s lemma. ∆t)) = i=0 V ar((z((i + 1)∆t) − z(i∆t)) ) = 2 i=0 2(∆t)2 = 2T ∆t → 0.18) (2. We are used to doing things like this from ordinary calculus. In particular. ∆t) is zero. and jumps around like order dt1/2 . f (x) satisfies df = = 1 (ft + axfx + b2 x2 fxx )dt + bxfx dz 2 1 2 (a − b )dt + bdz 2 (2. He gave the following explanation. on the other hand. Together.1. In Ito’s lemma. Why doesn’t this dz term completely dominate and even allow us to ignore terms of order dt? Again. In the end of the story. V ar(S(T.

t).2. t + dt) − f (x− + a− dt. t + dt) − f (x− + a− dt.28) 2. t) (2. t + dt) − f (x− .20) (2. t + dt) + (ft + a− fx )dt + O(dt2 ) f (x− + a− dt + b− dπ. t)dt + b(x− . so I will add and subtract a term that doesn’t contain the jump df = f (x− + a− dt + b− dπ. df = = f (x(t + dt). t) (2. t + dt) − f (x− + a− dt.2. however with jumps dx can be large! Note how this plays into our derivation. we note that possible jumps come from dπ. t + dt) − f (x− .26) When their is no jump in dπ. When there is a jump we have dπ = 1 and f (x− + a− dt + b− . t + dt) + f (x− + a− dt. t).22) − f (x(t−) + a dt + b dπ. Therefore. t + dt). t)dπ let f (x.24) f (x− + a− dt + b− dπ. t) − f (x− . Then df (x. t) and b− = b(x(t−). we can think of the effect of the a− dt term as overall being of order dt2 . When it jumps. this term is zero. t + dt) − f (x− + a− dt. This time when we consider the differential df we have to be careful because xt jumps! Taylor expansions work well as an approximation when dx is small. t + dt) − f (x− + a− dt. combining the above arguments gives f (x− + a− dt + b− dπ. t) − f (x− . No jumps occur with probability 1 − λdt. That is it! Let’s see an example of this. 15 (2.29) (2. df = (2. so I will approximate them using ordinary calculus. t + dt) → f (x− + b− . t) − − (2. but once again I will provide a nice heuristic argument. t + dt) Now the final two terms don’t have a jump in them. t))dπ which completes the derivation of Ito’s lemma. 2 (2. ITO’S LEMMA FOR POISSON PROCESSES (⋆) Ito’s Lemma for Poisson Processes: Given a Poisson stochastic differential equation (SDE) dx = a(x− . . to order dt overall this term is replaced by f (x− + a− dt + b− . t))dπ.27) This occurs with probability λdt.21) The real derivation of this is using Lebesgue-Stieljies calculus. t) be a continuously differentiable function of x and t. Now. the move in f is determined completely by the jump. I don’t like this term. t) − f (x− . t). (2. t)fx )dt + (f (x− + b(x− .23) where a− = a(x(t−). Since the a− dt term in the argument is of order dt. ”Heuristic Proof”: We start by writing out the differential and substituting in for dx. then overall.1 Interpretation of Ito’s lemma for Poisson Ito’s lemma for Poisson processes simply says that when the Poisson process doesn’t jump. t + dt) − f (x .25) Now let’s analyze the first two terms (2.2. t) = (ft + a(x− . t + dt) − f (x− + a− dt. Hence. as dt → 0. t + dt) → (f (x− + b− . use ordinary calculus.

3.34) (2.30) (2.2.33) 2. ITO’S LEMMA Example 2. 2. By Ito’s lemma for Poisson processes. t) be a twice continuously differentiable function of x and t.1 Ito’s Lemma for Compound Poisson Processes When we are using a compound Poisson process. t))dπ 2 Again.36) (2. t))dπ This version of Ito’s lemma can be derived in a manner similar to Ito’s lemma for Poisson processes.3. Then 1 df (x. then we have the following results (⋆) Ito’s for two correlated Brownians Given the stochastic differential equations dx1 dx2 = = a1 dt + b1 dz1 a2 dt + b2 dz2 (2. t)dt + b(x− . t) = (ft + a− fx )dt + (f (x− + Y b− . f (x) satisfies df = = = adt + (ln(bx ) − ln(x ))dπ adt + ln(b)dπ (ft + fx ax)dt + (f (x− + (b − 1)x− ) − f (x− ))dπ − − (2.3 Ito’s Lemma for vector processes If we have multiple Brownian motions. (2.37) (2. Then df (x. Ito’s lemma is modified slightly as follows. t) be a continuously differentiable function of x and t.2 Ito’s Lemma for Brownian and Compound Poisson Processes If we combine Brownian motion and compound Poisson processes. t)dz + Y dπ let f (x.31) (2.3. t)fx + b(x− . It is worthwhile working your way through a couple of them.3 More versions of Ito’s Lemma In this section I will present other useful versions of Ito’s lemma. 2. then we have the following result.32) 1 where we have used that ft = 0 and fx = x . (⋆) Ito’s Lemma for Compound Poisson Processes: Given an SDE dx = a(x− . Heuristic derivations follow along the lines of those for Brownian motion and the Poisson process. (⋆) Ito’s for Brownian and Poisson Given a Poisson stochastic differential equation (SDE) dx = a(x− . t)dt + b(x− .16 CHAPTER 2. t)2 fxx )dt + b(x− . t) − f (x− . (2.38) . t) = (ft + a(x− .1 Let dx = axdt + (b − 1)xdπ and consider f (x) = ln(x). this can be shown with arguments similar to those given above. t)Y dπ Let f (x. t)fx dz + (f (x− + Y.35) 2. and through some of the problems at the end. t) − f (x− .

. Here it is. x2 and t.. x2 . . t) ∈ Rn . ITO’S LEMMA.39) Using vector notation we can generalize the above result (⋆) Ito’s for vectors Given a vector stochastic differential equation dx = adt + Bdz (2. t).2. it is natural to expect to see a term related to dudv! In fact. Without this term. Let’s try to ”derive” this formula by a simple ”rectangle” argument.45) Hence.1 shows a picture of this. B = B(x. roughly speaking. which enters because we are forced 2 to keep the dz term which is of order dt.43) In fact. THE PRODUCT RULE. Consider the quantity d(uv). E[dz1 dz2 ] = ρdt).40) (2. fxn ] and fxx fx1 x1  . Of course. AND A RECTANGLE 17 with a1 = a1 (x1 .. This is a change in the product uv. . The rectangle in Figure 2. b2 = b2 (x1 .. x2 . that is d(uv) = (u + du)(v + dv) − uv (2. it is obvious the area of d(uv) is equal to the sum of the three colored rectangles in the figure. and a rectangle 1 In Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion.41) where x ∈ Rn . a2 = a2 (x1 . the product rule. a = a(x.4 Ito’s lemma. fxn xn 2. That is d(uv) = udv + vdu + dudv. Now.e. it is more mysterious that in ordinary calculus we are able to ignore this term. Let f (x. . that is because in ordinary calculus. t) = 1 1 ft + a1 fx1 + a2 fx2 + b2 fx1 x1 + b2 fx2 x2 + ρb1 b2 fx1 x2 1 2 2 2 dt + b1 fx1 dz1 + b2 fx2 dz2 (2. Let me give a little argument (which appears in Rogers and Williams [12]) to try to convince you that Ito’s lemma is actually more intuitive than ordinary calculus. x2 . fxn x1  ··· . Then 1 df = ft + fx a + T r(fxx BΣB T ) dt + fx Bdz (2. t) where z1 and z2 are two correlated Brownian motions with instantaneous correlation coefficient ρ (i. the mysterious term is 2 b2 fxx dt. x2 . x2 .44) We can think of this as the area of a rectangle with sides of length u + du and v + dv minus the area of a rectangle with sides of u and v. fx2 .4. (2. .42) 2 where fx = [fx1 . t). the terms du and dv are of order dt and hence dudv is a higher order term. t) be twice continuously differentiable function of x1 . b1 = b1 (x1 . = . x2 . (2. this is the beginnings of the integration by parts formula. Let f (x1 . The example I will use is the product rule. . . we have the familiar formula d(uv) = udv + vdu. t) ∈ Rn×m and z ∈ Rm a vector Brownian motion with instantaneous covariance matrix E[dzdz T ] = Σdt. Ito’s lemma would follow from the intuition of ordinary calculus. t) be twice continuously differentiable function of x and t. ···  fx1 xn  . t). Then df (x1 . In ordinary calculus..

18 CHAPTER 2. Hence. Let us take u = v = z(t). This gives us a formula for d(z 2 ). 2. This gives an extra term in Ito’s lemma compared to the ordinary chain rule of calculus. as they can be approximated by limits of polynomials.49) (2.50) where in the last step we have placed higher order terms in o(t) and replaced dz 2 by dt.3. now you should have an easy time remembering Ito’s product rule d(uv) = udv + vdu + dudv. when a jump occurs. for Brownian motion. we can easily derive Ito’s lemma for any polynomial of any order in z(t)! At that point. From our rectangle and the formula for d(z 2 ) we have d(z 3 ) = d(z · z 2 ) = = = zd(z 2 ) + z 2 dz + dzd(z 2 ) z(2zdz + dt) + z 2 dz + dz(2zdz + dt) 3z 2 dz + 3zdt + o(t) (2. we are not a far cry from Ito’s lemma for C 2 functions. you see that Ito’s lemma is actually quite natural if you just remember the rectangle. Continuing on in this manner. second order terms in dz are of order dt and cannot be ignored. There are different versions for Brownian motion and for Poisson processes.47) which is Ito’s lemma for f (z) = z 2 . Now we can proceed and choose u = z and v = z 2 . Furthermore. However.5 Summary Ito’s lemma is the most important result in stochastic calculus for derivative pricing. any function of it has a corresponding jump. we have d(z 2 ) = 2zdz + dt (2. . recalling that dz 2 should be replaced by dt as in the argument of Section 2.1.1: Ito’s Rectangle Let us see how far we can get from this simple rectangle.48) (2. most of the time no jumps are occurring and ordinary calculus is fine. Then our rectangle formula (product rule) says that d(z 2 ) = d(z · z) = zdz + zdz + dz 2 . ITO’S LEMMA Figure 2. This is Ito’s lemma for f (z) = z 3 . Roughly speaking. (2.46) Note that the formula above is exact! Now. You should be √ familiar with both. since the standard deviation of dz is of order dt. For Poisson processes. it causes a corresponding jump in any function of the Poisson process. Thus Ito’s lemma for Poisson processes is simply a combination of the ordinary chain rule plus noting that when the Poisson process jumps.

5 Compute 0 T zt dzt where zt is Brownian motion.1 Consider the Stochastic Differential Equation: where z is Brownian motion and π is a generalized Poisson process with intensity λ and random jumps of size Y . t)dt + b(x. √ (b) Given dx = −xdt + dπ α . t) : Rn ×R → R be a twice continuously differentiable function of x and t.) Problem 2.6 Problems dx = a(x. Use Ito’s lemma to derive df for a generic twice continuously differentiable f (x. (b) Use Ito’s lemma to find d(x/y). Problem 2. use Ito’s lemma to derive df where f (x.6.55) (2.3 Let dx = adt + bdz1 and dy = f dt + gdz2 (2.57) (2. t) be a twice continuously differentiable function of x and t.6.6. use Ito’s lemma to derive df for f (x. what is Ito’s lemma in this case). PROBLEMS 19 2.e.e.2.6.6.53) where E[dz1 dz2 ] = ρdt. Problem 2. Is it possible for E[1/xt ] to also have a positive growth rate? Give conditions on a and b for when this is possible.) Problem 2. provide an explanation for this. (i. (c) Given dx dy = = (x + y)dt + xdz1 ydt + xdz2 (2.6. . Find a stochastic differential equation for df . t) = t2 x.58) Assume that a > 0. (i. Let f (x. K ∈ Rn×m and z ∈ Rm where z is a vector Brownian motion of m uncorrelated one-dimensional Brownian motions.6 (Counter-intuition) Let dx = axdt + bxdz (2. y.52) where x ∈ Rn .4 Ito’s Lemma Practice √ (a) Given dx = xdt + xdz. µ ∈ Rn . Let f (x. the growth rate of E[xt ] is positive. t). What is df ? (Hint: Use the same Taylor series argument used in class. t)dz + Y dπ (2. That is.2 Multidimensional Ito Formula for Brownian Motion: Consider the following vector Ito process: dx = µdt + Kdz (2. Intuitively. Problem 2. but this time you can use E[dzdz T ] = Idt where I ∈ Rm×m is the identity matrix.51) Problem 2.54) where z1 and z2 are correlated Brownian motions with correlation coefficient ρ.6. Now consider 1/xt .56) (2. (Hint: consider Ito’s lemma for z 2 . E(dz1 dz2 ) = ρdt) (a) Use Ito’s lemma to find d(xy). t) = x2 + t.

39) follows from (2.61) (2. (dz)2 terms separately. (b) Compute the standard deviation of the terms that contain randomness in the above expansion. .7 Intuition behind Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion..42). t) satisfies 1 df = (ft + afx + b2 fxx )dt + bfx dz.60). That is... Problem 2. dtdz.8 Show that (2.62) (a) Compute the mean of df to lowest order in dt using the terms of the Taylor expansion shown above.) (c) Use this analysis to argue for the plausibility of Ito’s lemma. 2 or 1 df = ft dt + fx (adt + bdz) + fxx (a2 (dt)2 + b2 (dz)2 + 2abdtdz) + .60) (2.) Let dx = adt + bdz (2. σ 2 ) is 3σ 4 . compute the standard deviation of the dz.20 CHAPTER 2.. (2.6. 2 (2. (This intuitive look at Ito’s lemma was communicated to me by Muruhan Rathinam. 2 Recall our heuristic derivation based on a Taylor expansion: 1 df = ft dt + fx dx + fxx (dx)2 + . ITO’S LEMMA Problem 2.6.59) then from Ito’s lemma f (x. Which term has standard deviation of lowest order in dt? (Hint: The fourth moment of a N (0.

It comes from the following.5) r= x(t) x 21 . from (3.1 shows a typical sample path of geometric 2 Brownian motion.Chapter 3 Standard Stochastic Differential Equations with Solutions In this chapter we review some stochastic differential equations that have closed form solutions.2) d ln(x) = (a − b2 )dt + bdz. That is.3) )t+bzt x(0). not many stochastic differential equations have closed form solutions. In these solutions.1 Stock Price Interpretation Geometric Brownian motion is the standard model for continuous asset price movements.1) Geometric Brownian motion is the following stochastic differential equation where a and b are constants. Most importantly. 2 Since a and b are constants.1. By Ito’s lemma with f (x) = ln(x) we have 1 (3. Figure 3. 3. (3. note the important role that Ito’s lemma plays. Thus. integrating gives 1 ln(xt ) − ln(x0 ) = (a − b2 )t + bzt 2 which implies that x(t) = e(a− 2 b 1 2 (3. (3. Let x(t) be the price of a stock.4) Note that geometric Brownian motion is a log-normal process. the return r on the stock x(t) is given by dx x(t + dt) − x(t) = .3) in log-coordinates x(t) is a Gaussian process with drift a − 1 b2 and volatility b. these are stochastic differential equations that everyone should know! 3. (3. These are also some of the stochastic differential equation models used for modeling asset prices and other relevant financial variables.1 Geometric Brownian Motion dx = axdt + bxdz. A closed form solution to geometric Brownian motion can be found as follows. Then over the time period dt.

STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS Figure 3.9) Integrating leads to ln(x(t)) − ln(x(0)) = at + ln(b)π(t) or x(t) = eat+ln(b)π(t) x(0) = eat bπ(t) x(0).8) The reason for the term b − 1 is as follows. If the current value is x(t) and a jump occurs. Thus. we will jump to x(t) + (b − 1)x(t) = bx(t). (3. Thus.11) (3. the instantaneous return r over the next dt is Gaussian with E[r] = adt. Note that if we didn’t use this convention. this process is a Poisson process plus drift in log-coordinates. this is a very natural model of asset prices. Thus. That is.2 Geometric Poisson Motion Geometric Poisson motion is the equivalent of geometric Brownian motion.22 CHAPTER 3. Thus. (3. V ar(r) = b2 dt. by writing (b − 1) we think of b as indicating the multiple of the current state that we will jump to if a jump occurs.7) (3. then we will jump by an amount (b − 1)x(t). it would be a bit messier.1: Typical Sample path of geometric Brownian motion. dx = ax− dt + (b − 1)x− dπ. (3. (3. Hence. a jump leads to the transition x(t) → bx(t). Again. Geometric Brownian motion models this instantaneous return as dx = adt + bdz x where a and b are constants.10) . but being driven by a Poisson process.6) 3. there exists a closed form solution that is obtained by changing to log coordinates. By Ito’s lemma with f (x) = ln(x) d ln(x) = adt + ln(b)dπ.

13) Zi where Zi is normal. It is modeled as dx = ax− dt + (Y − 1)x− dπ (3. using Ito’s lemma with f (x) = ln(x) gives the solution. π(t) i=1 (3.1 A conditional lognormal version of geometric Poisson Motion The following stochastic differential equation uses a compound Poisson process with a log normal jump size.2. The intuition behind our route to the solution comes from the use of integrating factors in basic ODEs. follows the lognormal distribution. dx = (a + bx)dt + (c + f x)dz. π(t) i=1 Zi x(0) 3. it can be used to create implied volatility smiles and smirks.14) x(t) = eat+ which. π(t) i=1 (3. In this way.3. is a lognormal process. It is known as a jump-diffusion model. This results in a process that involves jumps and a diffusion term. To solve this. more extreme price movements) than the log-normal distribution. This results in a conditional log-normal process that is different from geometric Brownian motion. 3.16) Yi = e )t+bz(t)+ Zi where Zi is normal. Hence we have (3.17) which. (3. dx = ax− dt + bx− dz + (Y − 1)x− dπ (3.19) (3.3 A jump-diffusion model The following stochastic differential equation uses a generalized Poisson process with a log normal jump size and a Brownian motion. conditional on π(t).15) where Y is a lognormal random variable.18) . A JUMP-DIFFUSION MODEL 23 3.3. we can write it as (a− 1 b2 )t+bz(t) 2 i=1 π(t) i=1 1 2 Yi x(0). first write the SDE as follows: dx − bxdt − f xdz = adt + cdz.4 A more general SDE The following SDE contains a slightly more general description of an SDE driven only by Brownian motion. Once again. conditioned on π(t). we can write it as x(t) = eat πt i=1 i=1 Yi = e Yi  x(0).e. This model is nice because it can produce distributions that have heavier tails (i. which is π(t) x(t) = e But since Y is lognormal. Again. a change to log coordinates facilitates finding a closed form solution. Hence we have Zi x(t) = e(a− 2 b π(t) i=1 x(0) (3.12) where Y = eZ is a lognormal random variable. Using Ito’s lemma with f (x) = ln(x) gives   π(t) But since Y is lognormal.

STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS In standard ordinary differential equations. The solution to this is x(t) = x(0)e(b− 2 f Hence. That is. x(t) is drawn toward a at a rate of b. The Brownian driven term cdz just adds noise. Since a mean reverting process is of the form of (3. (3. The solution is given by t x(t) = e−bt x(0) + 0 e−b(t−s) (abds + cdz(s)).24 CHAPTER 3.25) 3. its long term mean level).2. (3. we will try an integrating factor of the form e−(b− 2 f Therefore. This is undesirable because prices and quantities such as interest rates should not be negative. dx − bxdt − f xdz = 0.23) t )t−f z(t)) x(t) − x(0) = e(−(b− 2 f 0 1 2 )s−f z(s)) ((a − f c)ds + cdz(s)) (3.1 The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck Process and Mean Reversion A very useful model is one in which a price or financial variable is mean reverting. A sample path of a mean reverting process is depicted in Figure 3. and b is the mean reversion rate. Vasicek used a process of this form to model the short rate process in term structure modeling [15].18).27) Thus. (3. (3. we would try to make the left hand side an exact differential by using an integrating factor. . A standard model for this is a Gaussian model called the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process [14]. The integrating factor is usually related to the solution to the differential equation if the right hand side of (3. observe that x(t) is a Gaussian process as well. let us compute d(e−(b− 2 f 1 2 1 2 1 2 (3.4.24) and rearrangement gives the final form x(t) = e((b− 2 f 1 2 t )t+f z(t)) x(0) + 0 e((b− 2 f 1 2 )(t−s)+f (z(t)−z(s)) ((a − f c)ds + cdz(s)). (3. dx = −b(x − a)dt + cdz (3. Mean reverting processes of this specific form are sometimes also called a Vasicek model.26) where a is the level that x(t) reverts to. the process is pulled toward some value (in this case. One disadvantage of this process is that values of x(t) can become negative because the Gaussian distribution always has some probability of being negative. That is. it has a closed form solution. Thus.21) )t−f z(t) .20) )t+f z(t) .19) is set to zero.22) )t−f z(t) x) = e−(b− 2 f 1 2 )t−f z(t) 1 1 −(b − f 2 )xdt − f xdz + f 2 xdt 2 2 +(a + bx)dt + (c + f x)dz − f (c + f x) dt = Integrating both sides leads to e(−(b− 2 f 1 2 e−(b− 2 f 1 2 )t−f z(t) ((a − f c)dt + cdz) .

3.5. (3.2: Simulation of Mean-Reverting Dynamics.33) (3. b = 5. Furthermore. . This process is related to the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process as follows. . This makes the noise dependent on the size of x. It is given by √ (3.4 x 2.5 Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Process Another version of a mean reverting process is the Cox-Ingersoll-Ross (CIR) process [4].2 2 1. with correct parameter values. c = 0.34) (3. except that the driving Brownin motion is multiplied by x.6 2.8 2.30) 1 1 dyn = − αyn dt + βdzn (3. 3. Note that it is very similar to the √ Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process. . Consider n Ornstein Uhlenbeck Processes 1 1 dy1 = − αy1 dt + βdz1 (3.35) β2 4 β2 4 n dt + i=1 n (βyi dzi ) (yi dzi ) i=1 = −αx(t) + n dt + β . a = 2. + yn (t) (3.5.8 1. . . consider the process 2 2 x(t) = y1 (t) + .31) 2 2 where the Brownian motions z1 . this process will always be positive. x(0) = 3. COX-INGERSOLL-ROSS PROCESS Simulation of Mean−Reversion Dynamics 3 25 2.32) n By Ito’s lemma. x(t) follows dx = = i=1 1 1 2yi (t) − αyi dt + βdzi 2 2 i=1 n 2 −αyi + n + i=1 β2 4 dt (3.6 0 1 2 t 3 4 5 Figure 3. .29) 2 2 . Now.28) dx = −b(x − a)dt + c xdz and used often in short rate models or stochastic volatility type models. zn are uncorrelated. . .

But.37) is actually a Brownian motion! How can we see this? Well.41) Now.38) and the variance is computed as n V ar i=1 yi x(t) n dzi = i=1 2 yi V ar(dzi ) x(t) n = i=1 2 yi dt x(t) = dt x(t) n 2 yi = dt i=1 (3. dzi ∼ N (0. we have the solution as the sum of Ornstein-Uhlenbeck processes. This is easily done since we can match coefficients in (3.35) to dx = −αx(t) + n dt + β x(t)dz (3.26 CHAPTER 3. it is a well known property that the sum of Gaussians is Gaussian. . dt). STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS Now. c=β (3. i. we only need to show that the mean is zero and the variance is dt. For it to be the increment of Brownian motion. Hence. A sample path of a CIR process is depicted in Figure 3. (3.3.42) From these relationships. (3. it turns out that x(t) i=1 yi x(t) yi x(t) dzi .39) where we used that the dzi ’s are independent and equation (3. This gives ab = nβ 2 . It is important to have a feel for these processes what their parameters correspond to.37) is normally distributed. the process x(t) will be Chi-Squared distributed.e. overall. note that if we interpret each Brownian increment as being normally distributed with mean zero and variance dt. c2 For n corresponding to an integer. 4 b = α. Thus we can actually use the replacement n dz = i=1 yi x(t) β2 4 dzi (3.28) and (3. we should always make sure that our parameter choices correspond to selecting n ≥ 2. we get that n = 4ab .37) is just the sum of Gaussians. then (3. You can think of these models as building more and more complicated models from our basic building blocks of Brownian motion and the Poisson process.36) n i=1 dzi (3. To compute the mean we have n E i=1 yi x(t) n dzi = i=1 yi x(t) E[dzi ] =0 (3. Note that most of them correspond to some transformation of simple Gaussian processes such as the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process or the Poisson process. heuristically.40) to convert (3.6 Summary In this chapter we have explored some of the standard stochastic differential equation models used in finance.41). Thus. Thus. 3. it turns out that for n ≥ 2.32). we are guaranteed to have a positive process (otherwise the process can and will reach zero at times!). we perform a little trick by writing the last term as n β Now.

7 Problems Problem 3. This model is log-normal due to the fact that x is normal.) 1 2 )t−f z x where z has the trivial sde . b = 5.5. a = 2. Problem 3.1 Solve the following stochastic differential equations: (a) dx = µdt + σxdz (b) dx = µxdt + σxdz + x(Y − 1)dπ where π is a Poisson process with intensity λ and Y is a random variable.7. c = 0.5 0 1 2 t 3 4 5 Figure 3.7. derive a stochastic differential equation for y = ex in terms of only y. (Hint: Let f (x. 3. (c) What does your answer in (b) look like if Y is log-normally distributed. x(0) = 3. but has a mean reverting property in log coordinates.7. PROBLEMS Simulation of CIR Dynamics 3 27 2. z. t) = e−(b− 2 f dz = dz and use the multidimensional Ito’s lemma.43) Using Ito’s lemma.3.3: Simulation of a sample path of a CIR process.23).7.2 Consider the process dx = −b(x − a)dt + cdz (3. Problem 3.3 Verify equation (3.5 x 2 1.

STANDARD STOCHASTIC DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH SOLUTIONS .28 CHAPTER 3.

factor models should arise from price changes as well. Hence.1) where a and b are constants and f is a random variable called a factor. we rely heavily on Ross’ Arbitrage Pricing Theory [13]. Let’s begin.3) where P (t) is the amount invested at time t and P (t + ∆t) is the amount received at time t + ∆t. . we adopt that paradigm here. 4. Given a period of time ∆t.. We will also consider multifactor models of the form n r =α+ i=1 βi fi (4.Chapter 4 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage Pricing 4.2) where each fi . which is in fact quite simple. we do so in light of the application to derivative pricing.. This is a one factor model. returns are also related to price changes.1 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage Pricing In this chapter we present absence of arbitrage conditions when returns are described by linear factor models.2 Returns and Factors Models Most of the modeling in asset pricing theory is done using linear factor models. In doing so.2. i = 1. n is a random factor. To back up this claim we will derive pdes in a great number of situations..1 shows the cash flow diagram corresponding to this where the time increment it denoted as dt. We will find in the following chapters that when coupled with Ito’s lemma. the return on an asset is defined as r= P (t + ∆t) − P (t) P (t) (4. Hence.. However.1 Returns Above I said we would model returns as factor models. But first we must understand the underlying principle. Figure 4. 4. 29 . a return is assumed to be of the form r = α + βf (4. That is. a simple absence of arbitrage equation results in perhaps the simplest way to obtain the vast majority of Black-Scholes type pdes that appear in derivative pricing.. However.

t)dz (4. In what follows. This is purely for convenience. Another note is that α and β don’t seem to be constant! However.t) and β = b(x(t). we should view a factor model from an SDE as being valid only over dt and conditioned upon information at time t. In general. . if we associate α = µdt.5) This is also an example of a factor model. for the sections that follow. β = σ.6) then it is describing price changes over time period dt. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING Figure 4. I like to write it in the form: r = αdt + βdz (4. In fact. t)dt + b(x(t). you may think of the factor dz as being any random variable. but I will use this convention throughout. not just Brownian motion.2. x(t) is known and α and β are then known constants over time t to t + dt. it is given by: r= S(t + dt) − S(t) dS(t) = = µdt + σdz. S(t) S(t) (4. not just an instantaneous change in time.30 CHAPTER 4. SDEs lead to instantaneous factor models that apply over time increments of dt. and dt can be any time increment. This is slightly different from x(t) x(t) the standard factor model in that I explicitly write out dt in the first term. I should be able to use it to compute the return of an asset over time dt.2 Stochastic differential equations and factor models In finance. if I am given a stochastic differential equation dx(t) = a(x(t). I will use notation that is indicative of SDEs in that factors will be denoted by dz and I will include a special factor dt when I describe returns.7) This also looks like a factor model with the factor being dz. For instance. conditioned upon information at time t. a stock price could be (4. This is a model of a price change over time dt.8) where α = a(x(t).t) (and arguments are being suppressed).4) dS = µSdt + σSdz. and I can use it to determine a model of returns: r= dx(t) a(x(t). we like to model asset prices as stochastic differential equations. I like to go even a little further and interpret dt as a special factor which is non-random. Therefore.1: Cash Flow Diagram 4. t) = dt + dz x(t) x(t) x(t) (4. In fact. In the above formula. and f = dz then it is a standard linear factor model. including x(t) (or t− and x(t−) if appropriate). However. Therefore. t) b(x(t). Hence.

By a tradable asset. I mean an asset that you can actually buy. Now consider a portfolio of these assets.10) where 1 is a vector of ones. the total change in our portfolio is given by: n profit/loss = i=1 xi ri = xT r. Let’s list the returns of tradable assets that are driven by the factor dz r = αdt + βdz (4. you can purchase a share of stock. then the portfolio −x would be an arbitrage. then when you purchase the share of stock. Note that you cannot just purchase the ”price” of the stock. α ∈ Rn are vectors and β ∈ Rn×m is a matrix. We can now see that this return will be riskless as long as xT β = 0 (4. let’s consider the returns of tradable assets. 4. Hence.9) indicate the change in value of each tradable asset. the returns in (4.16) . the total cost of our portfolio is n cost = i=1 xi = xT 1 (4.3. I must have no return as well. Therefore. For instance. Over the time period dt. since I would be guaranteed to make money (no risk).9) where r ∈ Rn .15) But. Hence.12) since that is the coefficient of the dz term which is providing the randomness. and hence you are stuck with everything that comes along with purchasing a share (such as dividends). to have no arbitrage. and I didn’t use any money to do it (no cost). This leads us to a key condition which I state as the following implication (⋆) A (not very useful) Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition xT 1 = 0 No cost xT β = 0 No risk ⇒ xT α = 0 No return (4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE USING RETURNS 31 4. if something costs nothing and has no risk. So.3. only a share. We will represent the portfolio by a vector x ∈ Rn which denotes the dollar amount invested in each tradable asset. The factors are contained in the vector dz ∈ Rm .3 The Factor Approach to Arbitrage using Returns We consider the returns of tradable assets. you have purchased the dividend stream as well. (4. If xT β = 0 then the return on this portfolio is deterministic and given by xT αdt. If it had a negative return.1 Arbitrage Let us consider a simple portfolio. That is. That is xT 1 x β T = = 0 No cost 0 No risk (4.14) (4.11) We can analyze this return in a little more detail by writing out what each ri is xT r = xT (αdt + βdz) = (xT α)dt + (xT β)dz. this would be an arbitrage.4. I have stacked up all the returns in a vector.13) (4. then it better have no return! If it had a positive return. I will choose this portfolio so that it costs nothing and has no risk. If this stock pays a dividend.

2 Null and Range Space Relationship 1T βT Note that the condition (4.17).17) into a very useful condition. then M ⊥ is a set of all vectors z such that z is orthogonal to all vectors in M . the above condition for absence of arbitrage is not terribly useful. ∀x ∈ M (4. we recall the notion of the perpendicular set of a given set of vectors. we will use the following relationship between the null and range space of a matrix.20) Finally. That is exactly saying that N (A)⊥ = R(AT ). (4. the condition which is stated next is astonishingly useful! But to derive it. That is R(A) = {y | ∃x such that Ax = y } .3. we need to first recall some linear algebra relationships. In fact. Hence it receives two stars!! (⋆⋆ Return APT) A Useful Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition .17) can be written as Ax = 0 ⇒ αT x = 0 where A = .17) As the name indicates. Proof: The proof of this is rather simple. we can convert (4.24) T (4. an equivalent condition is extremely useful and will provide the foundation for our derivations of partial differential equations. That is M ⊥ = z | z T x = 0.21) In order to derive a useful condition from (4. (4.3. It’s importance cannot be overstated. 4. the set of all vectors x such that Ax = 0 is known as the null space of the matrix N (A). (4. (4. (4.22) (4. the set of all vectors y such that there exists an x with y = Ax is known as the range space of the matrix A. Then y T Ax = (AT y)T x = 0 which means that A y is orthogonal to the null space of A for all y. Let M be a set of vectors.19) On the other hand. x ∈ N (A) ⇒ Ax = 0 ⇒ y T Ax = 0 for all y. 2.3 A Useful Absence of Arbitrage Condition Using the null and range space relationship. That is N (A) = {x|Ax = 0} .32 CHAPTER 4. However.18) Now.23) 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING which can be written in matrix form as 1T βT x = 0 ⇒ αT x = 0. (⋆) Null and Range Space Relationship: N (A)⊥ = R(AT ).

Its derivation is given below. let’s justify this through a slightly different argument that will also get us a nice interpretation for λ0 .4. using the null and range space relationship. . If σ is zero.27) where N (·) is the null space. (4. If it is large.e. Proof: Note that the condition in (4. then you are not exposed to the risk dz at all. if we don’t have any risk. On the left side is the expected return (µ). this means that α∈R 1T βT T (4. if we don’t take on any risk (i.3. Therefore. In this case.17) indicates that if a portfolio x is in the null space of the matrix 1T βT then it also must be orthogonal to α. we might guess that λ0 = r0 . we also have this pesky λ0 to deal with. A better way to think of σ is not as volatility.16) to be true is for there to exist a vector ˆ λ ∈ Rm+1 such that ˆ 1 β λ = λ0 + βλ = α (4. Another way to put this is that α∈ N 1T βT ⊥ λ0 λ (4.28) ˆ ˆ Thus. Market Price of Risk The APT equation for a single factor model r = µdt + σdz is ˆ µ = [ 1 σ ]λ = λ0 + σλ1 . where r0 denotes the risk free rate of interest. this equation relates volatility to expected return. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE USING RETURNS 33 A necessary and sufficient condition for the implication (4. For this reason. λ1 is called the ”market price of risk”. σ = 0).26) (4. 2 4.25) where ˆ λ= with λ0 ∈ R and λ ∈ Rm . It is not tied to any risk. In fact. Hence. But.29) Let’s look at this equation. This is in fact correct. Intuitively.4 Interpretations Let’s try to get a bit of intuition into the mystical λ’s. λ1 tells you how much your expected return is increased (assuming λ1 is positive) for each unit of the risk dz that you take on. Many of you will hopefully recognize this as nothing more than the simple version of Ross’ 1976 arbitrage pricing theory [13]. λ1 is the market price of the risk factor dz. then you have purchased a lot of that risk. there exists a vector λ ∈ Rm+1 such that [ 1 β ]λ = α. But. This is a nice interpretation for λ1 . but as the amount of the risk factor dz that you have. and on the right side is the volatility (σ). then we should be earning the risk free rate.3. then µ = λ0 . The Market Price of Time But. Hence.

Don’t forget it. In our original argument. a futures contract must be dealt with as a special case. then we may interpret λ0 as the reward for the time factor dt or the ”market price of time”. 4. Since it must satisfy our return relationship. 4.5 A Problem with Returns Using returns to model assets has a disadvantage. Now all the λ’s should make sense.34 CHAPTER 4. an arbitrage portfolio is one that has: . I don’t like special cases. since the risk free rate is the amount we are rewarded for taking on time and nothing else.31) which tells us that λ0 = r0 . and shares or units of each asset purchased y ∈ Rn .33) In this case. it will be okay to have an asset with a zero price. in this section we will reformulate the factor approach to arbitrage pricing by working with prices rather than returns. they don’t have a well defined return. Quite simple. B ∈ Rn×m . It is very useful to have this intuition.30) where r0 is a constant risk free rate of interest. They relate the different factors dt. 4. dz. Hence. in the above framework. this makes perfect sense. The simple cash flow diagram is given in figure 4. since by definition a return involves dividing by the price. which can be zero.2. If the λ’s are the market prices of factors.2 Profit/Loss and Arbitrage y T (dV) = y T (Adt + Bdz) = (y T A)dt + (y T B)dz (4.4.4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING Let us consider a risk free asset.32) 4. Therefore. This eliminates the need for special cases. Hence. and dz ∈ Rm .3. cash flows resulting from the changes in value of the tradables per unit dV ∈ Rn . This time we will specify a vector of prices per unit of tradables P ∈ Rn . In this case. Its factor model is given by: dB0 = r0 dt B0 (4. Your return is just given by looking at how much of each factor you have taken on.1 Price Changes and Arbitrage Let’s return to our arbitrage portfolio and reformulate it in terms of price changes. The cash flow from changes in value over the period will satisfy the factor model dV = Adt + Bdz where A ∈ Rn . Intuitively. and multiplying them by their market price and adding them up. so below we will reformulate absence of arbitrage conditions but in terms of price changes rather than returns. In a market with no arbitrage. we have: r0 = λ0 + 0(λ1 ) = λ0 (4. to how much we are rewarded for taking on those factors. There are contracts that involve no up-front cost or price. we let r ∈ Rn be the returns of assets and specified the dollar amount invested in each asset by a vector x ∈ Rn . since the mark-to-market mechanism resets the value of a contract to zero every day. every factor has a market price. right? This is the basic interpretation of the concept of ”market price of risk”. etc.4 The Factor Approach using Price Changes I just mentioned that there can be some problems in dealing with returns. A futures contract is an example of this. (4. the profit/loss on the portfolio is given by: Therefore.

4. (⋆) A (not very useful) Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition y T P = 0 No cost y T B = 0 No risk which can be written in matrix form as PT BT y = 0 ⇒ AT y = 0. Well.37) B λ = Pλ0 + Bλ = A (4.4. and have the same interpretation. we want to eliminate arbitrages. • No Risk: y T B = 0. Furthermore. These are really superficial differences. but has a profit • Profit: y T A = 0. not dollar amount. but it is easier to understand some pricing situations.35) ⇒ y T A = 0 No return (4. The λ’s in both cases are the same. we can convert this to a dual condition that is useful: (⋆⋆Price APT) A Useful Necessary Absence of Arbitrage Condition ˆ A necessary condition for no arbitrage is for there to exist a vector λ ∈ Rm+1 such that P where ˆ λ= with λ0 ∈ R and λ ∈ Rm .36) .34) Once again. THE FACTOR APPROACH USING PRICE CHANGES 35 Figure 4. so we would like the following implication to hold. Of course. in the price approach rather than in terms of returns. (4. What is the relationship between the return approach and the price change approach. λ0 λ (4. not returns. They are market prices of risk. The main difference is that the price approach uses shares or units of the asset to describe the portfolio.2: Cash Flow Diagram with Prices P and Value Changes dV • No Cost: y T P = 0. such as futures contracts. of course they are highly related. it describes profit/loss in terms of the cash flow.

46) (4. (4. In terms of prices and changes in value.43) (4. we can write that: dB B dS S ˆ Hence. We will see this equation pop up many times.42) = = r0 dt µdt + σdz (4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING 4.45) .44) λ0 λ1 = r0 µ (4. the APT equation says [ 1 β ]λ = α or 1 0 1 σ Solving this equation for λ0 and λ1 gives λ0 λ1 = = r0 µ−r σ (4. 4.41) Note that the market price of risk for dz is like an instantaneous Sharpe ratio. r0 .1 Stocks Assume that a stock follows a geometric Brownian motion (GBM) and there is a bond that earns the risk free rate. σ (4. Let’s start with a stock and a bond. Their dynamics are given below: dB dS = = r0 Bdt µSdt + σSdz. the absence of arbitrage ˆ equation says that [ P B ]λ = A or B S Solving this equation for λ0 and λ1 gives λ0 λ1 as expected. = = r0 µ−r .38) (4. Prices We can derive the same results using prices.39) What do our absence of arbitrage conditions say about these assets? Returns In terms of returns.36 CHAPTER 4.5.40) (4.5 Two standard examples In this section we will give some little examples to help us gain some intuition into the approach.47) 0 σS λ0 λ1 = r0 B µS (4.

we may consider a market with a bond and a futures contract. in this case. But before doing so.5. the change in value of the portfolio is equal to the change in the futures price dV = df ! Figure 4.51) r0 µ . Time is not in the mix. On the other hand.52) λ1 = σ Note that a futures contract refers to the price at a fixed time in the future. and the market price of time is r0 . The bond is purely time. This means that they always begin the day with a zero price. The relevant quantities can be written as prices changes factors B dB = r0 Bdt (4. and a futures contract is purely a bet on the outcome of a random factor.) equations that arise in derivative pricing theory. It is much more naturally considered in terms of prices and value changes. the price change is settled. Now let’s look at the price based arbitrage equation [ P B ]λ = A or B 0 Solving this equation for λ0 and λ1 gives (4. These simple results will allow us to derive many of the partial differential (or difference/integral/etc. Hence. (4. Hence time is not mixed into it. The critical difference between futures contracts and forward contracts is that futures contracts are marked to market and settled daily. This means that a futures contract is a special case in our setup. λ0 = 0 σS λ0 λ1 = r0 B µS . (4. and the market price of risk does not involve the risk free rate r0 .49) 0 df = µf dt + σf dz. but the cash flow from the change in value will be given by df = µf dt + σf dz. Hence. Below is the cash flow diagram for a futures contract. and is difficult to understand in the context of returns because its return is not defined (it has zero price!). the futures contract is purely a bet on the outcome of the factor. (4. we see that the equations separate. but rather the change in the futures price. a futures contract can have zero price.4.6.3: Cash Flow Diagram for Futures Contract Therefore. At the end of the day.48) Hence. SUMMARY 37 4. we develop a .6 Summary We have derived forms of an aribtrage pricing theory based either on linear factor models of returns or value changes. time is fixed.2 Futures contracts One can enter into a futures contract without paying any money.50) 4. Note that this price change is not discounted. Hence.

Let’s explore how this would affect the absense of arbitrage ideas. β T x = 0.59) T T (4. there exists a vector x specifying dollar amounts invested such that αT x > 0 and 1T x = 0. (4.57) Show that this optimization problem is equivalent to the optimization problem in (4. One way to select a specific arbitrage would be to solve an optimization problem of the form max αT x x (4. β T x = 0.7 Problems Problem 4. What you should take away is that simple arbitrage ideas that we derived in this chapter are the underpinnings of derivative pricing theory. as follows. then we can define γ = α − [1 β]λ∗ .7. λ (4. However.54). y b < 0 has a solution y. Choose λ such that α − [1 β]λ has minimum 2-norm. Consider the implication: Ax = 0 ⇒ bT x = 0 (4. Problem 4.38 CHAPTER 4. β T x = 0.54) where the constraint x 1 limits the total dollar amount of long and short positions to equal $1. Then. (4. x 1 = 1. Then this means that an arbitrage opportunity exists. We can use the Farkas Alternative for implications as well. x 1 = 1. (4.53) subject to 1T x = 0.58) Prove by use of the Farkas alternative that this implication is true if and only if there exists a λ such that b = AT λ. in practice an alternative but equivalent approach is often used.2 (More Linear Algebra and Dualities) The Farkas Alternative [7] of linear algebra says the following (i) Ax = b has a solution x ≥ 0 or (exclusive) (ii) y A ≥ 0.56) subject to 1T x = 0. (Hint: Note that the implication is true if and only if there is no solution to Ax = 0 and bT x > 0.1 (How to construct an arbitrage) Assume that there does not exist a λ such that α = [1 β]λ.55) If λ∗ is this optimal λ.60) . One could then solve the optimization problem max γ T x x (4.7.3 (Early Exercise and American Options) American options allow the holder of the option to exercise at any time prior to expiration. That is min α − [1 β]λ 2 . and beyond. interest rate derivatives.) Problem 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING derivative pricing framework based upon our APT factor based approach. 4. in following chapters we tackle examples in equity derivatives. That is.7.

(4. (b) Assume that you are long the American option. 1 − p (4. Using the Farkas Alternative from Problem 4.61) Explain why the factor model for the return on an American option..64) (d) Finally. p w. As the holder of an American option. the implication must hold regardless of which return in (4. Let α and β correspond to factor models for tradable assets.p. (I.67) Show that ∆S(k) = S(k + 1) − S(k) can be written in the form ∆S(k) = A(k) + B(k)∆Z(k) by finding A(k) and B(k).63) E−c dt cdt (4. both of the following conditions must hold αc E ≤ ≤ λ0 + βc λ1 c. 1 − p (4. argue that for the American option.7. is either r1 = αc dt + βc dz or r1 = depending on whether the option is exercised or not.p. β T x = 0 ⇒ αT x ≤ 0.4. (4.69) .66) (4. where E is the early exercise value and c is the price of the option. β are linearly independent.2. (4.7.p. where at each step the stock price S(k) can either move up to S(k + 1) = uS(k) or down to S(k + 1) = dS(k) with the probability structure S(k + 1) = Let ∆Z(k) be a standard binary random variable ∆Z(k) = 1 w. p −1 w. 1.68) uS(k) dS(k) w. derive that an alternative absence of arbitrage condition is that there exists scalars ξ ≥ 0. using (4.) (c) Assume that the vectors e1 . 39 (4.e.7. e1 T x = 1. PROBLEMS (a) Assume that the factor model for the option if it is not exercised is r1 = αc dt + βc dz. Finally. Argue that a necessary condition for you not to be able to arbitrage is that the following implication is true regardless of whether you are exercising the American option or not. 1T x = 0.65) (4.4 (Modeling the binomial lattice as a factor model) Consider a stock that can move on a binomial lattice. you get to decide when to exercise the option.64) and Part (a) of this problem.62) Problem 4. where the first elements of these vectors α1 and β1 corresponds to the American option.62) is being chosen.p. and λ0 and λ1 such that α = λ0 + βλ1 − e1 ξ. let x be a vector of dollar amounts invested in each asset (with x1 corresponding to the American option).

40 CHAPTER 4. THE FACTOR APPROACH TO ARBITRAGE PRICING .

Thus. the goal is to clarify the structure of the modeling involved in the factor approach. we will be interested in the pricing of derivative securities. it is best to first understand the general modeling paradigm.2 A Classification of Quantities In this book.2. in our models. and an absence of arbitrage zero coupon bond pricing model. we try to provide the structure behind the factor approach. and dt terms. For example. 5.1 Introduction This chapter lays the framework for derivative pricing. underlying variables are financially relevant quantities that are functions of the factors. In our modeling framework. A stock price S(t) could also be an underlying variable. to understand that pricing theory. As I proceed through this chapter. That is. and tradables. dπ. let’s start by classifying the relevant quantities in a model of any market. underlying variables. we will classify all quantities into three (possibly overlapping) categories. the factors will show up as the dz. I will use two derivative pricing examples to illustrate points. In particular. they are the driving Brownian motions (z(t)) and Poisson processes (π(t)). an interest rate could be an underlying variable. Before jumping into any of these ideas of derivative pricing.2 Underlying Variables Underlying variables are often quantities of interest that are functions of the factors. Thus. I will also emphasize the relative pricing nature of derivative pricing. and to provide an almost step by step method for attacking any problem. The examples are a call option on a non-dividend paying stock.Chapter 5 Constructing a Factor Pricing Framework 5. Furthermore.1 Factors Factors are the most basic source of randomness in our models. In general. 41 . and used in the modeling process. That is. 5. In general.2. However. derivative pricing determines an appropriate price relative to other securities that have already been priced in a market. 5. They are factors. I like to think of time as a special factor.

Figure 5. let’s use the following example: . The point is that you can’t decouple the price from the dividend. and let’s assume that it pays a continuous dividend at a rate of q. They come together and that is the tradable. a bond B(r(t). Derivative Security: A derivative security is a tradable whose value depends upon (or is a function of) other underlying variables. by time t you would have eqt shares. For example. For example. Instead. you must purchase a share of stock.42 CHAPTER 5. Instead. but it is not tradable. it is important to begin by defining what we mean by a derivative security. CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK 5. In order to have something to keep in mind. are the quantities that must satisfy the absence of arbitrage relationships from the previous chapter. In this case.4 A Derivative is a Tradable In this book we are interested in pricing derivative securities. Example: A stock paying a dividend To make sure we understand what a tradable is. a stock price S(t) can be an underlying variable. and also a tradable.2. an interest rate r(t) can be an underlying variable. You will see that the most important distinction is that a derivative is ”what you want to price” and that other tradables are ”already priced” in the market. note that you cannot just purchase the ”price of the stock”. They are modeled as being functions of the underlying variables. In principle. and with this share you not only get the price of the stock but also the dividend. and represented as a function of the underlying variable. Some of the time. t) is tradable. let’s consider the example of a stock that pays a dividend. Why? Because tradables. and only tradables. Let’s consider an example to clarify the notion of what is tradable.3 Tradables Tradables are the quantities that you can actually trade and include in a portfolio. What is the tradable quantity? You might be tempted to say that the price of the stock S(t) is tradable. if you started by purchasing 1 share of stock at time 0. 5. However. the functional relationship between the tradable and an underlying variable is trivial. Note that this definition of a derivative does not particularly distinguish it from any other tradable! We typically model all tradables as being a function of some underlying variables (although often a tradable is an underlying variable and hence trivially a function of itself). In other cases.2. the tradable is a more complicated function of an underlying variable.1: Picture of the Modeling Paradigm It is extremely important to be able to separate quantities that are tradable from those that are not. So. What this means is that by reinvesting the dividend back into the stock. there is no real distinction between a derivative and any other tradable. we say that the derivative security is derivative to the underlying variables. The name derivative comes from the fact that the value of a derivative is ”derived” from some underlying variables. The stock has price S(t). And those absence of arbitrage relationships will lead to our pricing formulas.

3. In this example. are functions of underlying variables. FACTOR MODELS FOR UNDERLYING VARIABLES AND TRADABLES Example: European Call Option 43 Consider a European call option. Examples of this include the geometric Brownian motion model of stock price movement.5. and so are the possible underlying variables. if we have an SDE model for an underlying then we can use Ito’s lemma to obtain an SDE for the tradable. Consider the example of a European call option on a stock following geometric Brownian motion as in (5. and derivatives in particular. etc.3) which is a factor model for the call option c. it is not always the case that the underlying variable must also be tradable. 5. 5. we begin the modeling process by writing down a factor model or SDE. A picture of the route to SDEs for tradables is given in Figure 5. dS = µSdt + σSdz or a model of an interest rate (most likely the instantaneous short rate) as an SDE dr0 = adt + bdz.3. t). the option is a derivative. Since tradables. Hence. which is the option to purchase a specified stock.2 .1). cS . in continuous time models. The second (and most important) is Ito’s lemma. we would like SDE models for underlying variables and tradables in particular. In general. what we need are linear factor models for the price changes of tradables. However. Then. there are two ways that we arrive at factor models for tradables. In some cases. Thus. the stock price of Coca-Cola is the underlying variable. In that case. say Coca-Cola. we will know explicitly the functional relationship between the tradable or derivative and the underlying variable. In general. In fact. at a specified date (the expiration date). derivative securities are quite flexible. Coca-Cola is an underlying variable and also a tradable.1) Thus. 5. We write this as c(S(t). The first is that we directly model the tradable as a factor model. there are derivatives that depend on underlying variables such as temperature or even wind speed which clearly are not tradable. because its value depends upon the stock price of Coca-Cola. we begin the modeling process by writing down SDEs (or factor models) for underlying variables and tradables.3. (5. The call option is a function of the underlying stock price S(t) and time t.3 Factor Models for Underlying Variables and Tradables To use the APT equations from the previous chapter. in Ito’s lemma we would be able to explicitly compute the partial derivative terms ct . by Ito’s lemma we have 1 dc = (ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS )dt + σScS dz 2 (5.2 Factor Models via Ito’s Lemma The second method to obtain factor models is via Ito’s lemma.1 Direct Factor Models In many cases. for a specified price (the strike price). in many case. In the previous chapter we saw that we can interpret SDEs as instantaneous factor models.2) (5. In this case.

we separate the marketed tradables from the derivative. That is. What we mean by a marketed tradables is a tradable that is ”already priced” by the market. we designate certain tradables as marketed. The derivative is what we ”want to price” using the information given from the marketed assets. However. a bond. The previous section indicated how to obtain the factor model for value changes.44 CHAPTER 5. For instance. and a call option on the stock. rather than the Return APT. Thus. derivative pricing is a method of pricing a new tradable (the derivative) consistently with the existing price of marketed tradables.   r0 B 0  dt +  σS  dz  µS 1 σScS (ct + µScS + 2 σ 2 S 2 cSS )  (5. You should contrast the marketed tradables with the derivative that we would like to price. This emphasizes the relative pricing nature of derivative pricing. We price a derivative security relative to the marketed tradables. 5. To see how this works.4 Tradables tables We will approach the derivative pricing problem using the Price APT equation (4. But note that everything in this book can also be done use the Return APT equation. before applying the Price APT equation.5 Applying the Price APT The final step to a derivative pricing equation is to apply the Price APT equations.36). Factor Model Changes Prices (5.4) 5.5. To use the Price APT equation. CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK Figure 5. we first separate marketed tradables from the derivative the we would like to price. we call this a tradable table. It supplies all the basic information that we need to extract from the market when applying the Price APT. in a market with a stock. 5. and put them all in a tradables table. we need two things: prices and factor models for value changes.5) Bm Am Pm Vm = dz dt + d B A P V . we can tabulate prices and factor models for value changes for all tradables. When we list these in a table.1 Relative Pricing and Marketed Tradables Once we have set up the tradables table. the tradable table is Prices   B  S  c Changes   B d S  c Factor Model  = This is called a tradable table to emphasize the fact that only tradables need satisfy the absence of arbitrage conditions.2: Obtaining factor models or SDEs for tradables.

we use the marketed tradables to determine the market prices of risk. I could solve the equations for λ0 and λ1 . we solve (5.2 Pricing the Derivative Now we can use the Price APT to price the derivative. we use these market prices of risk in the third equation for our derivative to obtain µ − r0 1 σScS (5.5. . Assume that c is a European call option on the stock S.11) 5. Then. Once our model is calibrated (the market prices of risk are determined). t) = 0 then this completely describes the price of the option. we only use the marketed tradables. Let use an example. Using marketed tradables to determine the market prices of risk is like calibrating parameters (market prices of risk) in our absence of arbitrage pricing model to known data (marketed tradables). σ Finally. Solving these equations gives λ0 = r0 and λ1 = µ−r0 . followed by pricing the new derivative.5. we can apply our absence of arbitrage model to price other tradables (derivatives) that also must satisfy the same absence of arbitrage relationship. 5. µS (5. so let’s see an example Example: Pricing a European Call Option Let’s take the tradables table in (5. A picture of the application of the Price APT is given in Figure 5.6) to find the market prices of risk (often in terms of information from the marketed tradables). (5. what if the system of equations arising from the Price APT for the marketed tradables is either underdetermined or overdetermined.10) ct + r0 ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS = r0 c 2 which is the Black-Scholes partial differential equation for the price of an option.3 Underdetermined and Overdetermined Systems In the example above everything was perfect! I had two equations (one for the bond and one for the stock). we designate the bond B and stock S as being the marketed assets.3.9) ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS = r0 c + 2 σ Rearranging this gives 1 (5. what if things aren’t so perfect. First. and c is the derivative that we would like to price.7) which is the pricing equation for the derivative. One may think of this procedure as first calibration to market data. It was perfect! Now.8) 1 2 2 σScS c ct + µScS + 2 σ S cSS where the top two rows correspond to the marketed tradables. (5. The Price APT equation says there needs to exist λ0 and λ such that Am A = = Pm λ0 + B m λ Pλ0 + Bλ. That is. and two unknowns (the market price of time λ0 and the market price of risk λ1 ) corresponding to the marketed tradables. Thus.6) (5. T ) = (S − K)+ . the price APT implies that       r0 B 0 B  S  λ0 +  σS  λ1 =  . and the tradable without any subscript is the derivative that we are pricing. c(0. Thus. If we specify the boundary condition for a European call option as c(S. Thus.5. APPLYING THE PRICE APT 45 The tradables with the subscript m are the marketed tradables. The market prices of risk are then plugged into (5.4) and use it to illustrate pricing.7) To obtain the market prices of risk λ0 and λ.5. This discussion has been a little abstract.

CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK Figure 5. but not uniquely for λ1 or λ2 . there are many possible market prices of risk that satisfy the no arbitrage condition. and you will see in subsequent chapters that in order to price derivative securities in incomplete markets. (This use will become clear in the following chapters. Thus. Incomplete markets are common in practice. selecting a value for . it only provides a unique price if we have unique values for the market prices of risk. λ1 .12) (5. For example in the above equations. we can say that if any solution exists (it doesn’t have to be unique. there are multiple possible values for λ1 and λ2 . (5. The practical consequence of this is that if we are asked to price a new security that depends on dz1 and/or dz2 . we must select values for market prices of risk that are not uniquely defined. we cannot uniquely infer the market prices of risk for dz1 and dz2 .) However. and λ2 ). and all are arbitrage free.46 CHAPTER 5. This is because the APT equation (in either return or price form) acts as a pricing equation.3: A picture of the application of the Price APT. This just means that from the tradable assets in the market (B and S). we will not be able to assign it a unique absence of arbitrage price.13) And we have three unknowns (λ0 . Since market prices of risk relate risk to reward for various factors. we can’t uniquely solve for the market prices of risk! (In this case. This is guaranteed by the APT equations. but only two equations! Thus. we can solve for λ0 = r0 . the price APT becomes B S 0 σ1 S 0 σ2 S  λ0  λ1  = λ2  r0 B µS (5. Let’s assume that many solutions exists. This situation is called an incomplete market.) What can we say in this situation and how should we think of this? Well.14) = r0 Bdt = µSdt + σ1 Sdz1 + σ2 Sdz2 . Underdetermined and Incompleteness Assume that our assets are given by dB dS In this case. There are many possibilities. we just need for at least one solution to exist). first. then there is no arbitrage.

(5. Write factor models (SDEs) for each tradable asset (this may involve Ito’s lemma). Identify the tradable assets.6. but many tradables (bonds of different maturities) exist. 5. when the set of equations is overdetermined. Furthermore. the trader will search for the λ1 and λ2 that best fit the absence of arbitrage equations.6 Three Step Procedure To summarize. for an overdetermined system of equations no solution will exist! What does this mean? Well. but in subsequent chapters you might want to refer back to it when faced with pricing of derivatives in incomplete markets (see for example. Apply the Price APT equation.) Again. jump-diffusion models or stochastic volaility). (See Figure 5.16) (5. For example.5. (See Figure 5. S1 and S2 are not perfect. and then to the derivative using those market prices of risk (this usually results in a partial differential equation for the price). in incomplete markets some specification of the risk preferences of investors is needed to assign a unique price to derivative securities. underlying variables. and construct a tradables table.15) (5. and that is the reason that no solution exists.1. In practice this situation often leads to some sort of calibration procedure. Thus. you might want to return to this discussion after reading subsequent chapters. there is an arbitrage opportunity! But. THREE STEP PROCEDURE 47 a market price of risk is essentially the same as specifying how investors in the market trade off risk and return. Overdetermined and Calibration Now let’s consider the opposite situation. Thus. the first thing it means is that strictly speaking.18) = r0 Bdt = µ1 S1 dt + σ1 S1 dz = µ2 S2 dt + σ2 S2 dz. the way this situation often plays out in practice is usually slightly different. let the tradable assets be dB dS1 dS2 In this case. They often call this process calibration. we know from the price APT that for no arbitrage to exist there must exist a solution to this set of equations. let’s present a three step procedure to deriving a derivative pricing equation.) 3. However. and factors in a model. this specification of risk preferences is captured by the selection of the market price of risk. Instead of declaring that an arbitrage exists.17) In this case there are three equations and only two unknowns (λ1 and λ2 )! This system looks to be overdetermined! Now. The above discussion might be a little abstract at this point. or when certain models are fit to volatility smiles and smirks.) 2. (Watch for it in situations such as term structure modeling where a single factor dz is used. and in practice it may be difficult to recognize directly as searching for best fit λ’s.2. first to the marketed tradables in order to solve for the market prices of risk (calibration). That is. The three steps are: 1. a trader will often just assume that the models being used for B. the price APT becomes  B  S1 S2  0 σ1 S  σ2 S λ0 λ1  r0 B =  µ 1 S1  µ 2 S2  (5. (See Figure 5.) .3. in general.

and merely note that a particular derivative security will correspond to the solution of the pde with a particular boundary condition. CONSTRUCTING A FACTOR PRICING FRAMEWORK In this book. 5.1 (A Stock Paying Continuous Dividends) Consider a stock S(t) following dS = µSdt + σSdz that pays a continuous dividend at a rate of q. If c(S.21) Assume that zero coupon bonds of maturity T are tradables and the price at time t is denoted by B(r.8. t) is a European call option on the stock. I will also often sweep that under the rug.2 (A Single Factor Short Rate Model) Let r0 (t) denote the short rate of interest.8. I will consider the limited scope of just deriving partial differential equations for pricing.8 Problems (5. underlying variables. . and create a tradables table.22) In this model. Problem 5. then identify the factors. 5.20) exists. assume that a money market account exists that satisfies dB0 = r0 (t)dB0 dt (5.48 CHAPTER 5. t|T ). What you should take away is that simple arbitrage ideas that we derived in this chapter are the underpinnings of derivative pricing theory. and I will sometimes leave out the important step of actually solving the pde!! Furthermore. and assume that it follows dr0 = adt + bdz (5. then identify the factors.7 Summary In this chapter. Also assume that a bond dB = r0 Bdt (5. we have provided a three step procedure for deriving the pricing equation for a derivative security based on the linear factor approach.19) Problem 5. In the next chapter we tackle examples in equity derivatives. Furthermore. often many different derivative securities satisfy the same basic pde and only differ due to their boundary condition. underlying variables.) equations that arise in derivative pricing theory. and in the following chapter we address interest rate derivatives. and create a tradables table. This cookie cutter approach will allow us to derive many of the partial differential (or difference/integral/etc. Let these bonds be a function of the short rate and time t.

which is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ0 + Bλ1 = A for absense of arbitrage conditions. and the derivative c. Generically we call this derivative c and assume that it’s price process depends on the stock and time c(S. By Ito’s lemma.2) Furthermore. bond B.1. this allows us to move on to Step 3. the tradable assets are the stock S.1 Examples from Equity Derivatives Black-Scholes Black and Scholes started everything with this model [2]. The standard Black-Scholes set-up involves a bond earning a risk free rate and a non-dividend paying stock that follows a GBM: dB dS = = r0 Bdt µSdt + σSdz.1 6.Chapter 6 Application of the Factor Form: Equity Derivatives The factor approach to absence of arbitrage pricing is one of the quickest and most direct routes to deriving pdes for derivatives. t) and is twice continuously differentiable in both its arguments.1) (6. 1 dc = (ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS )dt + σScS dz.3) Solving for λ0 and λ1 using the first two equations gives: λ0 = r0 The tradable table contains all the information we need to apply the Price APT equation. Hence. 6. We can now move to Step 2 and construct a tradable table         r0 B B B 0  S   dt +  σS  dz. In this chapter we will see that it can be used to derive almost every Black-Scholes type pde that occurs in derivative pricing.6) . 2 (6. (6. µS d S  =  (6.  S  λ0 +  σS  λ1 =  µS (6. we consider a derivative on the stock.       r0 B 0 B .4) 1 c c σScS ct + µScS + 2 σ 2 S 2 cSS (6.5) 1 2 2 c σScS ct + µScS + 2 σ S cSS λ1 = 49 µ − r0 . σ Therefore.

t) = = = max(K − S. T ] (6. Let N (t) denote the number of shares held of this stock at time t. the option is worth c(S.14) = = = max(S − K. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES Plugging λ0 and λ1 into the last equation yields r0 c + 1 µ − r0 σScS = ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS . Then the stock and its dividend stream is a tradable asset. t) The solution is d1 d2 = = ln(S/K) + (r0 + 1 σ 2 )(T − t) 2 √ σ T −t √ d1 − σ T − t (6. 2 European Call and Put Options For a European call option.17) 0 Ke 0 t ∈ [0. t) with boundary conditions p(S. σ 2 (6.7) Finally. 0) where K is the strike price. the boundary condition is that at expiration T . T ) c(0. t) = ∞. t) = SN (d1 ) − Ke−r0 (T −t) N (d2 ) A European put option is a derivative security p(S. T ) = max(S − K. (6. t) p(∞.2 Dividend Paying Stocks Let’s assume that the stock is paying a continuous dividend at a rate of q.19) (6. t) = 0 for all t and limS→∞ c(S. c(S. (6.50 CHAPTER 6.9) (6.1.8) ∞ t ∈ [0. The assumption of a continuous dividend at a rate of q is equivalent to assuming that the number of shares N (t) grows according to the equation dN = qN dt. T ] c(S.13) (6. we are also purchasing its dividend stream.18) (6. when we purchase the stock.21) What we purchase is a single share of this stock. T ] (6.12) (6.16) (6. 0) 0 t ∈ [0.10) (6. Hence we must consider them together as a tradable asset.20) p(S. rearranging leads to the Black-Scholes equation: 1 ct + r0 ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS = r0 c. Let’s assume the stock price follows dS = µSdt + σSdz. That is. T ) p(0. We also have the boundary conditions that c(0. T ] The solution to the Black-Scholes equation under these boundary conditions is d1 d2 = = ln(S/K) + (r0 + 1 σ 2 )(T − t) 2 √ σ T −t √ d1 − σ T − t (6. 0) −r0 (T −t) (6.22) .11) (6. t) = Ke−r0 (T −t) N (−d2 ) − SN (−d1 ) 6.15) t ∈ [0. t) c(∞.

26) Hence. However. So.6. t) and apply Ito’s lemma to c to obtain 1 (6. rearranging leads to the Black-Scholes equation: 1 ct + (r0 − q)ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS = r0 c.  v  λ0 +  σv  λ1 =  µv (6. a moment of thought more. the portfolio with value N (t)S(t) changes to N (t)S(t) → = = (N (t) + dN )(S(t) + dS) N (t)S(t) + dN S(t) + N (t)dS + dSdN N (t)S(t) + qN (t)S(t)dt + µN (t)S(t)dt + σN (t)S(t)dz + o(dt). foreign currencies that are invested in a money market account are essentially a security that earns a continuous dividend. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES Then over time dt. and only those quantities need to satisfy the absence of arbitrage conditions. So can a commodity with a convenience yield. Now. the point is. a continuous model for a dividend does not seem too realistic. 51 (6.27) dc = (ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS )dt + σScS dz. we realize that it is a decent approximation for a number of financial situations. 2 The next step is to write the tradable table         r0 B B B 0  v   dt +  σv  dz. (µ + q)v d v  =  1 2 2 c c σScS ct + µScS + 2 σ S cSS (6. we consider v(t) the tradable. (6. σ (6. a stock index with many stock that pay dividends at different times can be approximated as a continuous dividend.23) (6. we consider the option. For instance. Finally.31) λ1 = µ + q − r0 . (6. σ 2 (6. Therefore. the payoff of the option depends on the price of the stock alone. The final step is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ0 + Bλ1 = A.28) Note that the stock price alone S(t) does not appear in the tradable table since it is not tradable. 2 What does this apply to? At first thought. Moreover.1.29) c σScS ct + µScS + 1 σ 2 S 2 cSS 2 Solving for λ0 and λ1 gives: λ0 = r0 and plugging λ0 and λ1 into the last equation gives r0 c + 1 µ + q − r0 σScS = ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS .25) If we denote the value of the share with its dividend stream by v(t) = N (t)S(t) then we have dv = v(t + dt) − v(t) = (µ + q)v(t)dt + σv(t)dz. and does not depend on the dividend stream.24) (6. don’t let the notation of calling S a ”stock” limit your thinking about how these models can be applied.30) Finally. Only tradable quantities appear in the tradables table. we assume c = c(S.       r0 B B 0 .32) .

t))δ(t − τ ))dt + σScS dz 2 (6. we can purchase a share of the stock. To compute the equation satisfied by an option on a stock that pays a cash dividend prior to expiration. Of course.36) Now. and c. t) − c(S . since they have discrete jumps. since we know exactly when the jump will occur. we model the stock price as dropping by D exactly at the time τ . we assume that c(S. the delta function δ(t − τ ) is really just used to indicate that a jump occurs at time τ . However. it is even simpler. we assume that the stock pays a dividend at the time τ in the amount of D. you may recognize that this situation is very similar to a process driven by a Poisson process. except that q shows up in a couple of places. which causes c to drop by exactly D. The above equation just indicates that we use Ito’s lemma for Brownian motion up to. This is too be expected. and after the jump time τ . and we apply Ito’s lemma to obtain 1 dc = (ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS + (c(S − − D. To model this. the bond is a tradable. and with this we will get the stock price plus the dividend. t) − c(S . Therefore. Call this value v(t). we will use dirac delta notation and write it as dS = (µS − Dδ(t − τ ))dt + σdz (6. we can once again use our three step procedure. t) − c(S − .1. we have identified the tradables B. we can consider the value of a European call option. The solution is d1 d2 1 ln(S/K) + (r0 − q + 2 σ 2 )(T − t) √ σ T −t √ = d1 − σ T − t = (6. and now we can write the tradables table. This notation is just to indicate that the price drops by exactly D at time τ . since (6. t))δ(t − τ ) The final step is to solve the Price APT equation       r0 B B 0   v  λ0 +  σv  λ1 =  µv 1 2 2 − − c σScS ct + µScS + 2 σ S cSS + (c(S − D.42) differs from the non-dividend Black-Scholes equation only slightly. We often call this either a cash or lump dividend. This entire stream together it what is tradable. t))δ(t − τ ) (6.         r0 B B B 0  v   dt +  σv  dz µv d v  =  1 2 2 − − c c σScS ct + µScS + 2 σ S cSS + (c(S − D. t) is a derivative security. 6. at time τ the jump occurs. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES European Call Option Once again.38) I have not described how to apply Ito’s lemma in this situation before. However.37) where δ(t − τ ) is a dirac delta function at time τ . Now.39) .34) (6.33) (6. To model this drop. Therefore. we consider that the value corresponding to a single share is continuous and follows a geometric Brownian motion. but this time on a stock that pays a continuous dividend. v. (6.52 CHAPTER 6. In this case.3 Cash Dividends Most individual stocks pay a prespecified dividend at a prespecified time. t) = Se−q(T −t) N (d1 ) − Ke−r0 (T −t) N (d2 ) Note that this is very similar to the formula for a European call option on a non-dividend paying stock. Once again. where it satisfies dv = µvdt + σvdz.35) c(S. Now.

45) This is a case where the random factor does not have zero mean. (6. This set-up involves a bond earning a risk free rate and a non-dividend paying stock that follows a geometric Poisson motion (GPM): dB dS = = r0 Bdt µS dt + (k − 1)S dπ(ν) − − (6.43) (6. ν).49) µ − r0 + ν (c(kS − ) − c(S − )) = ct + µScS + ν(c(kS − ) − c(S − )) k−1 (µ − r0 ) (c(kS − ) − c(S − )) = (k − 1) (ct + µScS − r0 c) .46) (6. t))δ(t − τ ) σ 2 Finally. t) and is continuously differentiable in both its arguments. my tradables are dB dS dc = = = r0 Bdt (µS + ν(k − 1)S)dt + (k − 1)S(dπ(ν) − νdt) (ct + µScS + ν(c(kS − ) − c(S − )))dt + (c(kS − ) − c(S − ))(dπ(ν) − νdt) (6. In this case.  λ1 =   S  λ0 +  µS + ν(k − 1)S (k − 1)S ct + µScS + ν(c(kS − ) − c(S − )) c(kS − ) − c(S − ) c Solving for λ0 and λ1 gives: λ0 = r0 Plugging λ0 and λ1 into the last equation yields r0 c + λ1 = µ − r0 + ν. t))δ(t − τ ) = r0 c. rearranging leads to the equation: (6.1. 2 λ1 = 53 µ − r0 σ (6. Generically we call this derivative c and assume that its price process depends on the stock and time c(S.40) (6. By Ito’s lemma. t) − c(S − .6.47) (6. k−1 (6.50) Finally. t) − c(S − . rearranging leads to the Black-Scholes equation: r0 c + 1 ct + r0 ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS + (c(S − − D. I will compensate the factor in order to give it zero drift. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES Solving for λ0 and λ1 gives: λ0 = r0 Plugging λ0 and λ1 into the last equation yields µ − r0 1 σScS = ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS + (c(S − − D. Furthermore.4 Poisson Processes This was done by Cox and Ross [5]. dc = (ct + µScS )dt + (c(kS − ) − c(S − ))dπ(ν).41) (6.44) where ν is the intensity of the Poisson process π(t.48) We can now construct a tradables table   B  S  c      B r0 B 0  dt +   (dπ(ν) − νdt) µS + ν(k − 1)S (k − 1)S d S  =  c ct + µScS + ν(c(kS − ) − c(S − )) c(kS − ) − c(S − )  This allows us to move on to Step 3.1. (6. Hence. we consider a derivative on the stock.42) 6. which is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ0 + Bλ1 = A for absence of arbitrage       r0 B 0 B .51) . I would like to write my factor equations such that the factors are pure risk and don’t have any mean drift.

Let’s derive the pde satisfied by an option on a futures contract.55) Furthermore.52) (6. (6. Assume there exists a bond and a futures contract with futures price f given as dB df = = r0 Bdt µf dt + σf dz. but with a Poisson random variable replacing the Gaussian random variable. y) − Ke−r0 (T −t) Ψ(x. σ 2 Finally.56) dc = (ct + µf cf + σ 2 f 2 cf f )dt + σf cf dz. β) = i=α ∞ (6. This corresponds to the tradable table we have written above.59) σ Plugging λ0 and λ1 into the last equation yields 1 µ (6. 6. one can interpret it as the Black-Scholes formula.54 CHAPTER 6.61) 2 . APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES European Call Option One can actually find a closed form solution for European call and put options in this model.53) e−β β i . rearranging leads to the partial differential equation: 1 ct + σ 2 f 2 cf f = r0 c.5 Options on Futures This was essentially done by Black in [1]. y/k) where Ψ(α. t) = SΨ(x. (6. (6. I will give the solution for a call option with strike K and expiration T : c(S.       r0 B 0 B  0  λ0 +  σf  λ1 =   µf (6. By Ito’s lemma.58) 1 2 2 σf cf c ct + µf cf + 2 σ f cf f Solving for λ0 and λ1 gives: µ λ0 = r0 λ1 = .54) (6. 1 (6. 2 We can now complete Step 2 and construct a tradables table         r0 B B B 0  0   dt +  σf  dz. The key point was that the mark-to-market mechanism always sets the price of a futures contract to zero while the change in value of the contract over period dt is given by the change in the futures price df . µf (6. In fact. This allows us to move on to Step 3. i! y= (r0 − µ)(T − t)k k−1 and x is the smallest non-negative integer greater than ln(K/S)−µ(T −t) . ln(k) Note that this solution has a structure that is very similar to the Black-Scholes fomula. we consider a derivative on the futures price. rather than working with returns. which is to solve the Price APT equation Pλ0 + Bλ1 = A for absense of arbitrage.57) d f  =  1 c c σf cf ct + µf cf + 2 σ 2 f 2 cf f Recall that the futures contract was the special case that motivated us to consider the price approach to absence of arbitrage.60) r0 c + σf cf = ct + µf cf + σ 2 f 2 cf f . Generically we call this derivative c and assume that it’s price process depends on the futures price and time c(f. t) and is twice continuously differentiable in both its arguments.1.

65) (6.70) Then our tradables table is        0 r0 B B B  S  d  S  =  (µ + αE[Y − 1])S  dt +  σS σScS Lc c c (6. By Ito’s lemma we have dc = Lcdt + σScS dz + (c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))dπ − αE[(c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))]dt where (6.1. However. and we will bypass the problem in the same manner that Merton did. let’s proceed by considering ((c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))dπ − αE[(c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))]dt) and (Y − 1)dπ(α) − αE[Y − 1]dt as two different factors.68) 2 Now we come to the point that we need to write a tradables table. since this risk is driven by the same Poisson process and jump size Y .66) where the jump portion of the stock has been compensated.6 Jump diffusion A jump diffusion model was first solved by Merton [11]. we would rather not do this. The problem is how to identify factors.62) (6. in this case that is not possible unless we consider c(Y S − ) − c(S − )dπ a new factor. The solution is d1 d2 = = ln(f /K) + ( 1 σ 2 )(T − t) √ 2 σ T −t √ d1 − σ T − t (6. t) = f e−r0 (T −t) N (d1 ) − Ke−r0 (T −t) N (d2 ). This model is nice because it is related to many other models in equity and interest rate derivatives.71) Finally. Merton originally solved this problem using a similar technique. Therefore. let’s call them dψ1 dψ2 = = (Y − 1)dπ(α) − αE[Y − 1]dt (c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))dπ − αE[(c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))]dt 0 S 0   dz 0 0   dψ1  dψ2 1 (6. So. Let’s get started. we would solve the Price APT equations        B 0 0 0 r0 B λ1  S  λ0 +  σS S 0   λ2  =  (µ + αE[Y − 1])S  c λ3 σScS 0 1 Lc (6. Yet. however the continuous dividend rate is q = r.63) (6. at this point we have no choice.67) 1 Lc = ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS + αE[(c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))] (6. t) is a function of S and t. The model includes a risk free bond and an underlying asset that has a diffusion portion and a lognormal jump portion. 6.1.6.72) . We would like to be able to write down a linear factor model in the factors dz and Y dπ or a compensated version of of Y dπ. This is where we run into a problem. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES European Call Option 55 Note that the Black-Scholes equation in this case (6.61). The randomness associated with the jump term does not enter in the same way to S and c.64) c(f. we can just plug into that formula to obtain the price of a European call option. We will also find that this model creates a problem for our factor approach. This model has a closed form solution for the derivative price which Merton computed in his original paper [11].69) (6. For notational convenience. looks just like the Black-Scholes equation on a stock paying a continuous dividend. Here are the basic assets dB dS = = r0 Bdt (µ + αE[Y − 1])Sdt + σSdz + S − ((Y − 1)dπ(α) − αE[Y − 1]dt) (6. A derivative on the stock c(S. However.

the price . Merton doesn’t do this. Instead he make the assumption that all jump risk is diversifiable. and γ = ln(1 + k). 2 (6. volatility σ. For a European call option with strike K and expiration T . σ 2 + . In fact.. Y = 0. K. this model is really the prototype for defaultable bonds.77) This looks like standard Black-Scholes but the interest rate has been increased by the default probability! We will see that this same relationship will also appear in defaultable bonds.56 CHAPTER 6. Note that it is basically a combination of the Black-Scholes formula and the solution under Poisson dynamics.74) µ + αE[Y − 1] − r0 σ σScS = Lc (6. the value of a European call option increases with the risk free rate.78) where cBS (S. That is. This formula can be found in Merton’s work [11]. This is a strong assumption! But let’s follow Merton and see where this leads us. r0 − λk + n! T −t T −t ′ (6. λ0 = r0 . This means that according to our model above. The key is that under this jump diffusion model. We also have that k = E[Y − 1]. That is.73) Lc c σScS λ1 = µ + αE[Y − 1] . we can write out the full pde which will have a number of unknown market prices of risk. r0 ) is the Black-Scholes formula for a European call option with strike K and expiration T on a non-dividend paying stock with current price S. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES Now we can solve for the market prices of risk as.. With λ2 = λ3 = 0. σ (6. Lognormal Jumps! When Y the jump size is lognormal. This is fairly messy and leaves a lot of degrees of freedom. (6. then the value of call option will actually increase! You should think about this carefully to understand why that is true. Note the following counterintuitive observation. and with risk free rate r0 . 2 Bankruptcy (6.76) Let’s consider a special case of complete bankruptcy. and the final equation becomes r0 c + which can be rewritten as Now. stock distribution at expiration is lognormal. In the Black-Scholes formula. then conditional on the number of jumps that have occurred before expiration. λ′ = λ(1 + k). it is given by ∞ c(S. T − t. K. we can give a closed form solution in this case based on the Black-Scholes formula. and there is a closed form solution to the pde for European call and put options. T.75) 1 ct + (r0 − αE[Y − 1])ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS = r0 c − αE[(c(Y S − ) − c(S − ))]. if the rate of bankruptcy increases. Then the above equation becomes 1 ct + (r0 + α)ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS = (r0 + α)c. t) = n=0 e−λ (T −t) (λ′ (T − t))n nδ 2 nγ cBS S. Of course. σ. the market price of risk of any risk associated with the jump term is zero! This is the same as setting λ2 = λ3 = 0. conditional on the number of jumps. the Price APT equations Pλ0 + Bλ = A become       r0 B B 0  S  λ0 +  σS  λ1 =  (µ + αE[Y − 1])S  .

1.85) In this case we have four equations and only three unknowns. (6. tradable assets will be called the bond B and two other assets S1 and S2 . Hence. which is Poisson.80) (6.84) Finally.1.88) µ1 − r0 µ1 − r0 σ 1 S1 c S 1 + σ 1 S1 c S 1 σ1 σ1 (6. Thus. then we need to weight them by the probability of that number of jumps.83) dz1 dz2 . Why? because many other derivatives can be thought of as exchanging two different assets. we solve the Price APT equations    0 B  σ 1 S1  S1      S2  λ 0 +  0 σ 1 S1 c S 1 c λ1 λ2 (6.86) λ0 = r0 λ1 = σ1 σ2 If we plug these into the final equation.81) (6.82) 1 2 2 1 2 2 L1 c = (ct + µ1 S1 cS1 + µ2 S2 cS2 + σ1 S1 cS1 S1 + σ2 S2 cS2 S2 + ρσ1 σ2 S1 S2 cS1 S2 ) 2 2 and ρ is the correlation coefficient between z1 and z2 . the solution is basically that conditioned on the number of jumps that have occurred.6. (6. we have a Black-Scholes formula. EXAMPLES FROM EQUITY DERIVATIVES 57 distribution at expiration is log-normal. Therefore.87) . in this case. Their dynamics are given by: dB dS1 dS2 dc where = = = = r0 Bdt µ1 S1 dt + σ1 S1 dz1 µ2 S2 dt + σ2 S2 dz2 L1 cdt + +σS1 cS1 dz1 + σS2 cS2 dz2 (6.  µ 2 S2  Lc  (6. Let’s use the first three equations to solve for λ0 .7 Exchange one asset for another Margrabe’s [10] exchange one asset for another is one of my favorite derivatives. can a vanilla call option be thought of as exchanging one asset for another? What are the two assets being exchanged? Anyway. indicating that the solution should look like Black-Scholes.79) (6. The only question is how many jumps have occurred. 2 2 (6. For instance. the tradable table is   B  S1     S2  c   r0 B B  S1   µ 1 S1   d  S2  =  µ 2 S2 Lc c   0  σ 1 S1   dt +    0 σ 1 S1 c S 1  0  0  σ 2 S2  σ 2 S2 c S 2   0  0  σ 2 S2  σ 2 S2 c S 2  r0 B  µ S  =  1 1 . λ1 and λ2 as µ2 − r0 µ1 − r0 λ2 = . we obtain Lc = r0 c + which upon rearrangement becomes 1 2 2 1 2 2 ct + r0 S1 cs1 + r0 S2 cs2 + σ1 S1 cs1 s1 + σ2 S2 cs2 s2 + ρσ1 σ2 S1 S2 cs1 s2 = r0 c. for each possible number of jumps. the answer is Black-Scholes. Simple! 6.

and v. t. we call that a change of numeraire. 0). Therefore. t) = S2 N (d1 ) − S1 N (d2 ) where d1 d2 σ = = = 1 ln(S2 /S1 ) + 2 σ 2 (T − t) √ σ T −t √ d1 − σ T − t 2 2 σ1 + σ2 − 2ρσ1 σ2 . Would I end up getting the wrong answer?) By Ito’s lemma we have: √ (6. Our derivative can depend on S.101) .99) (6. 0) = S1 max( − 1. Here is some intuition into why. v. S2 . the boundary condition is c(S1 . in units of S1 . S2 .91) (6. T ) = max(S2 − S1 .1. S1 Now. c(S1 . 6.89) (6. 0. Hence. c(0. S2 .97) dc = Lcdt + vScS dz1 + bcv dz2 √ 1 1 Lc = (ct + µScS + acv + vS 2 cSS + b2 cvv + ρb vScSv ) 2 2 In this case the tradables are dB dS dc = = = r0 Bdt √ µSdt + vSdz1 √ Lcdt + vScS dz1 + bcv dz2 where (6. 0). t) = 0. this is just a call option on S2 with strike 1! The multiplication on the left by S1 just converts the call option back to units of dollars. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES Closed form solution There is a closed form solution for a European exchange one asset for another. Let’s look at the payoff S2 c(S1 .98) (6. we can list the relevant equations and we assume that z1 and z2 are correlated E[dz1 dz2 ] = ρdt. 0) looks like the payoff of a call option with strike 1 on the asset S2 ! In fact. we shouldn’t be surprised that the solution looks like Black-Scholes.8 Stochastic volatility dB dS dv = r0 Bdt √ = µSdt + vSdz1 = adt + bdz2 (6.93) Note that this solution looks very much like Black-Scholes. When we change units by denominating everything in terms of another asset (such as S1 in this case). the portion max( S2 − 1.100) (6. Assume that you have the option to exchange asset S1 for asset S2 at time T . Needless to say.96) First.90) (6.58 CHAPTER 6. because this is really just a call option in a different set of units. Hence. and we call the asset S1 the numeraire asset. T ) = max(S2 − S1 . we write c(S. some problems (such as this one) are easier to solve in a convenient set of units.95) (6. Therefore. t) = S2 . t). S1 S1 dividing S2 by S1 is essentially changing units in order to value S2 in units of S1 .94) (6. The closed form solution for this option is c(S1 . (What if I didn’t assume the derivative was a function of v? This would have been a bad assumption since I know in the Black-Scholes case that c is a function of the volatility. (6. S2 .92) (6.

(d) Use the result of (c) to derive a general pricing formula for an arbitrary payoff at time T. See Heston [9] if interested. 6. t). we solve the Price APT equations    B √0  S  λ0 +  √ vS c vScS  B  S  c     B r0 B √0 d  S  =  µS  dt +  √ vS vScS c Lc  0 0  bcv λ1 λ2    0 0  bcv dz1 dz2 .104) Note that we leave λ2 as an unknown.2. A digital option is an option that pays off 1 if the underlying stock ends up above the strike price K.2 (The power of linearity (Breeden and Litzenberger)) We will use linearity to derive the formula for a European digital option in terms of a European call option price. What is the relationship between a ramp. Lc (6. (Hint: think of how you can construct the payoff of a digital option by buying and selling call options. K. show that the exchange one asset for another formula (6. I won’t cover this in detail here. derive the ”price” of a security whose payoff is a dirac delta function at K at expiration T . and pays nothing if it ends up below the strike price.2 Problems Problem 6. We can think of the payoff of a European call option as a ramp function. (6. (a) Let T be the expiration date for the digital option. step and delta function?) .) (e) As one final task. for a European call option.14) is a special case of exchange one asset for another where one asset is the stock S(t) and the other is the bond B(t). Problem 6. K. K. derive the price of a digital option with strike K in terms of c(S. K. v (6.105) Under specific choices of a and b. (Here is a big hint if you are having trouble with this problem. c(S.90) reduces to the Black-Scholes formula (6.103) λ1 = µ − r0 √ . t) then you have the standard risk neutral pricing formula when the underlying asset follows a geometric Brownian motion. (If you plug in the Black-Scholes formula for c(S. t). Using only this information. Plugging these into the final equations leads to √ 1 1 ct + r0 ScS + (a − λ2 b)cv + vS 2 cSS + b2 cvv + ρb vScSv = r0 c 2 2 (6.102)  r0 B =  µS  .1 Show that the Black-Scholes formula (6. PROBLEMS So the tradable table is  59 Solving for the market prices of risks λ0 and λ1 gives λ0 = r0 Finally.6.e.2. you have ”derived” the risk neutral pricing formula in terms of c(S.14) in this case. and finally we price a dirac delta function. price a security whose payoff is (ST − K)2 for ST ≥ K and 0 for ST < K. A digital option looks like a step function. t)). this pde has a fairly convenient solution via transform methods. Note that if you have made it this far.) (c) Taking the above argument one step further. In particular.2. Draw a picture of the payoff as a function of ST . (b) Assume that you know the price of European call options for every strike K for the expiration date T (i.

f . (e) (Margrabe) Consider an American option to exchange one asset for another (non-dividend paying again).2. (a) Let S1 and S2 be two assets whose dynamics are given by dS1 dS2 = = µ1 S1 dt + σ1 S1 dz1 µ2 S2 dt + σ2 S2 dz2 (6. However. 0]. (c) Using the Black-Scholes formula. t) satisfy? What is the appropriate boundary condition for a European option to exchange S2 for S1 in terms of the new variables. This is a derivative security with payoff c(S1 .2. First write down the relevant dynamics for this problem. if you currently hold S2 . t. What equation must f (v. Write down the pde for an option to exchange S2 for S1 at expiration T . t) = S2 f (v. Derive a parity relating S1 . Derive this. (b) Early exercise is not optimal for a standard American call option on a non-dividend paying stock.107) where E[dz1 dz2 ] = ρdt and assume that a risk free asset exists with constant interest rate r. this time we model the instantaneous variance with a Poisson process. even on a non-dividend paying stock. Prove that if this is an American option. T ) = max[S1 − S2 . write down a formula for the value of an option to exchange S1 for S2 . That is. (d) Consider the European option to exchange one asset. S2 and the options to exchange S1 for S2 and vice-versa. Is there a contradiction here? Problem 6. Is it ever optimal to exercise this early? (f ) Merton showed that it can be optimal to exercise a put option early. we can think of a European put option as exchanging a stock for a bond.60 CHAPTER 6.5 Consider a European call option on a non-dividend paying stock with stochastic volatility. this option would give you the right to exchange it for S1 at time T .) (b) Consider the change of variable v = S1 /S2 and assume that the solution of the above pde is of the form c(S1 . APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES Problem 6. this pde can be in terms of a market price of risk.2. but at random times the market goes wild and the instantaneous variance jumps by an amount b.3 All about Put-Call parity and Early Exercise. Problem 6. Again. (Hint: your dynamics should look like: √ dS = µSdt + vSdz 2 dv = a(σl − v)dt + bdπ where π is a Poisson process with intensity α. Using these substitutions.4 (Exchange one asset for another) In this problem you will derive the formula for an option to exhange one asset for another by reducing the pde to a standard Black-Scholes pde for a call option on geometric Brownian motion. 0). S2 . the instantaneous variance exponentially decays back to its normal level σl . The idea is that most of the time 2 the instantaneous variance is σl .) . the payoff is max(S1 − S2 . it is never optimal to exercise early. (c) Assume the payoff of a derivative security on a non-dividend paying underlying stock is a convex function that is non-positive when the stock is zero. S2 . then derive a pde for the price of the option.106) (6. for another S1 (assume they are non-dividend paying) at expiration T . S2 . write the pde from (a) in terms of S2 . (Hence. (a) Derive put-call parity for European call and put options on a non-dividend paying stock. But. t). in which case. and v. After the jump. the American counterpart would never be exercised early according to Margrabe.

T.3. Use an initial stock price of S(0) = 1. Once again plot the resulting implied volatility curve. 1. In this exercise. b.7 (American Options) Use the results of Chapter 4. You should see a slight implied volatility ”smile”! Problem 6. first compute the Black-Scholes price of options using σ = 0. K.8. r = 0. jump mean of νJ = 0 and jump standard deviation of σJ = 0.6 (Matlab Exercise) This exercise will introduce you to the implied volatility curve. a. Use the same parameter values as in part (a) (i.108) is known as the implied volatility. then assume that they represent market prices and plot the resulting implied volatility curve as a function of K. expiration T . r0 .e. and if cBS (S.05. and compute implied volatility curves. you will generate prices under Merton’s jump-diffusion model. expiration of T = 0. and a risk free rate of r = 0.2. If cm is the market value of a call option with strike K. and also jump intensity of λ = 2.3. T. use Merton’s jump-diffusion model to to generate the market prices.3. σimpl ) (6.2. S(0) = 1.6. PROBLEMS 61 Problem 6.2]. Problem 3 to derive the pde conditions followed by an American call or put option where the underlying stock (non-dividend paying) and bond follow dS dB = = µSdt + σSdz r0 Bdt. and σ = 0. This time. r0 .05. K. σ) (assuming the stock is non-dividend paying) is the Black-Scholes formula for a European call option. T = 0. For a range of strike prices from K = [0.3). Then the value of the volatility parameter σimpl that satisfies cm = cBS (S.2.1. .

62 CHAPTER 6. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM: EQUITY DERIVATIVES .

.. Because calibration is so important in interest rate and term structure models. then pricing a derivative just proceeds by solving the appropriate pde with boundary conditions using the calibrated λ. but not consider specific derivatives after that point. This is because the short rate plays the same crucial role as the constant risk free rate in that it defines the market price of time. Interest rate and term structure models tend to be the opposite. or the market is incomplete in which case the APT equations are underdetermined and one is left with a degree of freedom in choosing λ. in what follows. 7. Let’s start with the short rate process. However.Chapter 7 Application of the Factor Form: Interest Rate and Credit Derivatives In this chapter. just described using a different ”language”. it is extremely instructive to see that they can be understood via the factor approach. The short rate r0 (t) is the interest rate earned from time t to time t + dt quoted using continuous compounding. Again. we may use a single factor. Before getting started. we will often bring the models up to the point of calibration. we apply the factor approach to interest rate and credit derivatives. For any derivative pricing problem. For many equity derivatives. Nevertheless. Since I have mentioned risk neutral pricing. Beyond this. (Note that the notation is similar to the constant risk free rate r0 used in the previous chapter. Hopefully. they are really the same thing. the emphasis is showing that the pdes describing derivative pricing can all be easily derived from the simple factor approach equations. In fact. the calibration phase is in determining λ values that best fit all the marketed tradables (In theory if there isn’t a perfect fit. the truth is that some of these models (such as HJM) are better suited for the risk neutral approach to derivative pricing (A subject that is touched upon in Chapter 9) simply because the pdes that we obtain are often too large and difficult to solve in any reasonable manner. at the end of your studies of derivative pricing you will be able to ”translate” between them. the first challenge before being able to price a derivative is the calibration phase as in Figure 5. I should also mention that ”calibration” in risk neutral pricing often looks different from what I have called the calibration phase (which is just determining the market prices of risk from the marketed tradables). However in practice we simply recognize that our model is too simple and try to find a best-fit λ). let’s make a few comments about interest rate modeling and derivatives. then an arbitrage is available. we will need to establish some notation.3 of Chapter 5. many marketed tradables. Once calibration is done. let’s get to pricing.) 63 .1 Notation and the Money Market Account In dealing with bonds and interest rate derivatives. in many equity derivative models the market is either complete in which case the calibration phase of determining λ is simple. but have many. Okay. λ0 . the calibration phase does not play prominently into the analysis. This makes the APT equations overdetermined! Thus. That is.

which we denote by B0 and zero coupon bonds with face value of $1 of varying maturity that we denote by B(t|T ) where t is the current time and T is the maturity date. then you reinvest that amount over the next dt at the rate r0 (t + dt). Figure 7. Pay careful attention to the role that the money market account plays in what follows. This is pictured in Figure 7. the money market account B0 (t) follows the dynamics dB0 (t) = r0 (t)B0 (t)dt (7.2 7. Note that this is the case even though r0 (t) itself can be random and follow a stochastic differential equation of its own. t). Furthermore.1. Hence. That is.2) where the time dependence is supressed in r0 = r0 (t). and continue this. this variable is driven by a single factor.2.1) The money market account often plays a special role in interest rate derivatives because its dynamics are not explicitly driven by a random factor. The tradables are a money market account. Hence. Hence. That is. we can write dB0 dB(T ) = = r0 B0 dt 1 (Bt (T ) + aBr (T ) + b2 Brr (T ))dt + bBr (T )dz 2 (7. Vasicek [15] was the first to recognize that pricing with absence of arbitrage was possible by modeling the instantaneous short rate. t|T ).1 Interest Rate Derivatives Single Factor Short Rate Models The simpliest interest rate derivative model has a single underlying variable: the short rate. b = b(r0 . we will suppress these arguments. 7.64CHAPTER 7.4) . we will model this short rate variable as dr0 = adt + bdz (7. these models are typically called single factor short rate models.2. t) can be functions of r0 and t. the short rate r0 (t) describes the instantaneous return on the money market account. and a = a(r0 .1: The Short Rate Process Furthermore. we define the money market account B0 (t) as the value of an account that is continuously rolled over at the instantaneous short rate. B(r0 . the short rate is where is spot rate curve intersects the y-axis as in Figure 7. We assume that the zero coupon bonds are functions of the short rate.3) (7. Then suppressing arguments. When convenient. you invest your money at the rate r0 (t) over the next dt. The short rate process is important because it can be used to drive the entire spot rate curve. so don’t always assume that a variable is a constant if no arguments are explicitly listed. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES On a plot of the term structure.

g(X. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES 65 Figure 7.2 Multi-Factor Short Rate Models The single factor short rate models are usually not good enough to describe the term structure well.8) where z ∈ Rn is a vector of uncorrelated Brownian motions.2: Notation for Zero Coupon Bond Prices where Ito’s lemma was used to derive the equation for dB(T ). t)dz (7.) We then assume that the short rate is a function of the underlying variables X. it is possible to choose r0 (X. r0 (X.7. After this calibration phase. etc. where X i is the i − th factor. t) ∈ Rn×n and f (X. t) = X i .6) The first equation gives λ0 = r0 which is the random short rate. we can use a multifactor model as follows. t) ∈ Rn .7) The boundary condition is of course that B(T |T ) = 1. different bonds will often give different values of λ1 . Let X be a vector in Rn of underlying variables affecting the term structure. t). So.2. In fact. In practice. represent the first and second partial derivatives with respect to the short rate r0 . Note that one possibility is to have the short rate be one of the variables in X. and Br . Brr . That is.5) Finally. we solve the Price APT equations B0 B(T ) λ0 + 0 bBr (T ) λ1 = r0 B0 1 (Bt (T ) + aBr (T ) + 2 b2 Brr (T )) (7. Then the second equation gives 1 (Bt (T ) + (a − λ1 b)Br (T ) + b2 Brr (T )) = r0 B(T ) 2 (7. 7. since in general we have many bonds. (Thus. bond options. We assume that these variables follow a stochastic differential equation model dX = f (X. Note that it is in terms of a market price of risk.2. Thus. instead of using a single factor model. . any one of them should allow us to solve for λ1 . floors. This equation must hold for zero coupon bonds of any maturity. and thus this is interpreted as a calibration phase. indicating that the model is not exactly correct. t)dt + g(X. we are treating all the bonds as being marketed tradables. When one tries to determine a single best fit λ1 from the bond data. In particular. one could then use this model to price other interest rate derivatives such as caps. not that for convenience when using this partial derivative notation we supress the subscript r0 and write Br = Br0 . Now let’s write down the tradable table: B0 B(T ) d B0 B(T ) = r0 B0 1 (Bt (T ) + aBr (T ) + 2 b2 Brr (T )) dt + 0 bBr (T ) dz (7. respectively.

then we can quickly adjust λ to best fit the market data of bonds. t) − g(X. let r(t|s) denote the instantaneous forward rate seen from time t of the forward interest rate between time s and s + ds. Why is this helpful? Because this will allow us to pull the Price APT relationship for the marketed tradables B(t|T ) back to the underlying variables r(t|s) which opens up the possibility of doing calibration . t)B0 1 (Bt (T ) + BX (T )f (X. t)] where I have suppressed the X and t arguments in B.3 Heath-Jarrow-Morton In the Heath-Jarrow-Morton [6] framework. This can be a pretty complicated pde. With this notational convention. t)g T (X. t)]) = r0 (X. t)+ 2 T r[BXX (T )g(X. instead of modeling the instantaneous short rate as driving the term structure. This calibration can be quite difficult because bond prices are described by a pde.11) that B(t|T ) is a function of an infinite number of underlying variables r(t|s) for s ∈ [t. t) which is the random short rate.9) where λ ∈ Rn . this model has an advantage over the previous single and multi-factor short rate models in that equation (7. we have that the instantaneous short rate is given by r(t|t) = r(t). we could use the current term structure (or equivalently. Via Ito’s lemma. instead of using a generic Ito’s lemma relationship between B(t|T ) and the underlying factors r(t|s).11) ∂ ln(B(t|T )).66CHAPTER 7. they would appear as infinite dimensional pdes! Nevertheless. t) + 2 T r[BXX (T )g(X. t)g T (X. t)B0 0 dz dt + 1 Br (T )g(X. bond prices) to calibrate λ. The first equation gives λ0 = r0 (X.12) HJM takes the instantaneous forward rates as the underlying variables. t)]) (7. t)B(T ) 2 (7. we might have to solve the pde every time. we also have that r(t|T ) = − r(t|s)ds . and a zero coupon bond with maturity T seen from time t will be denoted by B(t|T ) and related to the instantaneous short rates by T B(t|T ) = exp − Hence. we have B(X. It is much easier if the solution to the pde is known in closed form as a function of λ. and to test the fit for different values of λ. and given that it describes bonds as a function of λ. they decided to model instantaneous forward rates. and models them as dr(t|s) = µ(t|s)dt + σ(t|s)dz(t). t|T ).2. t (7. ∂T (7. Thus. t) Bt (T )+BX (T )f (X. we just note that bonds are a function of X and t. we have B0 B(T ) λ0 + 0 BX (T )g(X. if we were to write pricing formulas for derivatives. Hence. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES Now. (7. Then the second equation gives 1 (Bt (T ) + BX (T )(f (X. t)λ) + T r[BXX (T )g(X.10) The boundary condition is of course that B(T |T ) = 1. 7.11) gives us an explicit relationship between the tradables and the (inifinite) underlying variables. T ]! Because of this.13) This model is a bit more complicated than the previous single and multi-factor short rate models because we see through equation (7. That is. t) λ= r0 (X. Now. by the price APT. our tradables become B0 B(T ) d B0 B(T ) = r0 (X. we will be able to make that relationship concrete by plugging in explicit partial derivatives into Ito’s lemma. t)g T (X. to derive the pde that zero coupon bonds would follow.

T ] through the equation T B(t|T ) = exp − r(t|s)ds t (7. to complete our computation of Ito’s lemma. Okay. with those preliminaries out of the way. which means that we need to calculate dB(t|T ) for our tradables table.2. then this can simplify the calibration process. you should consider the calibration procedure that has to be done for a single or multi-factor short rate model if no closed form bond pricing formula is known (i. we need to compute Bt . That is.14) To simplify our thinking. That is. However. si )Br(t|si ) + i=1 j=1 i=1 1 σ(t|si )σ(t|sj )Br(t|si )r(t|sj )  dt 2 n  + σ(t|si )Br(t|si ) dz i=1 Now. Br(t|si ) .n so that B(t.. T ) will only depend on n Ito processes. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES 67 Figure 7. B(t|T ) are tradables.n}.15) n n dB = Bt (t|s) + µ(t. If it is easier to work with market data about instantaneous forward rates.7. let us think B(t|T ) = B({r(t|sk ) : k = 1. In this setup. This is a bit of a tricky calculation because B(t|T ) is really a function of an infinite number of Ito processes r(t|s) for s ∈ [t. we will take zero coupon bonds as our marketed tradables.3: Notation for Zero Coupon Bond Prices directly on the underlying factors r(t|s) instead of the marketed tradables. using the explicit relationship between the bonds B(t|T ) and the underlying variabels r(t|s) will allow us to pull the Price APT relationship back to the underlying variables r(t|s) which would then allow us to calibrate using r(t|s) directly. let’s begin by assuming that s is indexed by k = 1.e. t|T ) Then. we would have  n (7. We will derive the Price APT equations marketed tradables which are the bonds B(t|T ). and Br(t|si )r(t|sj ) using . let’s dive into the details.. no closed form solution to the pricing pde is known). and compare that with using forward rate data to calibrate in the HJM model that we will derive.. To understand the value of this. by Ito’s lemma..

the point of this is that now we can calibrate from forward rate market date r(t|s) rather than having to go through bond prices B(t|T ). t (7. to remind you.14): n B(t|T ) = exp − This gives n r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 .16) T Bt ≈ exp − r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 n r(t|t) = exp − r(t|s)ds r(t|t) t T (7.18) n r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 r(t|s)ds ∆si ∆sj . (7. Again.22) which makes the relationship a little more explicit. Thus.19) Plugging these into Ito’s lemma gives n n n dB(t|T ) = exp − r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 n n r(t|t) − i=1 µ(t|si ) exp − n r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 ∆si 1 + 2 − Taking continuous limits yields i=1 j=1 n i=1 σ(t|si )σ(t|sj ) exp − n r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 ∆si ∆sj  dt  σ(t|si ) exp − r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 ∆si dz.21) The upshot of this calculation is that the mean and the volatilities of the forward rates r(t|s) must be related through this equation.20) T t T t t µ(t|s)ds − σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds = t σ(t|s)ds λ1 .68CHAPTER 7. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES the discretization of (7. we have ”pulled back” the Price APT relationship onto the underlying factors. applying the Price APT equation leads to T r(t|t) − or µ(t|s)ds + t 1 2 1 2 T t t T T σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds = r(t|t) − T T σ(t|s)ds λ1 t (7. In fact. taking the partial derivative with respect to T gives T µ(t|T ) − σ(t|T ) σ(t|s)ds = σ(t|T )λ1 t (7. (7.17) Br(t|si ) ≈ − exp − Br(t|si )r(t|sj ) ≈ exp − r(t|sk )∆sk k=1 ∆si = − exp − ∆si ∆sj = exp − r(t|s)ds ∆si t T (7. T t t T σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds dt t Now. . T dB(t|T ) = B(t|T )r(t|t) − B(t|T ) − B(t|T ) t T 1 µ(t|s)ds + B(t|T ) 2 σ(t|s)ds dz.

. etc. This is one case in which risk neutral pricing (Chapter 9) can help quite a bit. T2 )) (7. To price some derivative we would not have an explicit relationship between the derivative and the underlying variables r(t|s).2. and thus Ito’s lemma (to create the tradables table) combined with the Price APT would lead to an infinite dimensional pde. dR(t|T1 .2. Let R(t|T1 .. (7. T2 ) be the forward interest rate between time T1 and T2 as seen at time t. (7. Again. zi−3 . For simplicity. T2 ) = a1 R(t|T1 . Thus. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES 69 This is just the calibration phase. . 7. using the factor approach and pdes is not easy. but also Bi−1 ... . this is also a model that is easier to price with using the risk neutral approach. let’s write Ri = R(t|Ti .30) .. T2 )dt + b1 R(t|T1 . Furthermore. z1 . we use an interest rate convention so that the price of a zero coupon bond is 1 (7. the idea is that this can make calibration easier. we will be able to use an explicit relationship between the marketed tradables of bonds and the underlying variables of discrete forward rates to pull the Price APT relationship onto the underlying variables. n.28) (7. Ti )) (7. Ti+1 ) and Bi = B(t|Ti ) so that dRi = ai Ri dt + bi Ri dzi Then prices of tradables satisfy Bi = Bi−1 1 + τ Ri−1 (7. the factor approach can provide us with an important perspective on this model. let us write generically that i−1 dBi = µi Bi dt + Bi j=1 σij dzj . we use a geometric Brownian motion model. we will model the forward rates as stochastic differential equations. Due to its similarity with HJM. Now since Bi−1 depends on Ri−2 and Bi−2 . Now.27) (7. For simplicity.26) Now.23) B(t|T1 ) = (1 + τ R(t|T1 )) and for bond prices and forward rates we have B(t|T2 ) = and more generally B(t|Ti ) = B(t|Ti−1 ) (1 + τ R(t|Ti−1 . Once again. For further reading on this approach see [3]. Nevertheless. T2 )dz2 For notational simplicity. let Ti+1 = Ti + τ where τ is a fixed amount of time..25) B(t|T1 ) (1 + τ R(t|T1 . zi−2 . The point is that for actual pricing of a new derivative..7.24) etc for i = 1. then Bi ultimately depends on the factors zi−1 .4 The LIBOR Market Model This model is similar to the HJM model except that it uses discrete forward rates instead of instantaneous forward rates. it should be clear that Bi depends on Ri−1 and hence the factor zi−1 .29) The relationship above leads to a recursive dependence Bi = (1 + τ Ri )Bi+1 .

33)  τ Bi+1 (ai Ri ) + τ bi Ri Bi+1 This is the expression for our tradables. we note that by comparing this to (7.36) (7. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES Using Ito’s lemma gives dBi = = τ dRi Bi+1 + (1 + τ Ri )dBi+1 + τ dRi dBi+1  +τ bi Ri Bi+1   i (7.35) +τ Bi+1 bi Ri dzi + (1 + τ Ri ) Bi+1  σi+1. we can move to constructing the tradables table and applying the Price APT.34) gives (1 + τ Ri )Bi+1 σi+1.j dzj  (7. (1 + τ Rj ) (7.j . (1 + τ Ri ) (7.29) we should have that τ Bi+1 bi Ri + (1 + τ Ri )Bi+1 σi+1.j dzj  dt  (7.34).  (7.j ρij σi+1. noting that Bi = (1 + τ Ri )Bi+1 gives σi+1.i as σi+1. equating the coefficients of zj for j < i in (7.31) i j=1 τ Bi+1 (ai Ri dt + bi Ri dzi ) + (1 + τ Ri ) µi+1 Bi+1 dt + Bi+1 j=1 i j=1 =  σi+1. Returning to (7.38) (7.37) Once we have established these relationships.j ρij + (1 + τ Ri )(µi+1 Bi+1 ) dt i j=1 σi+1. i > j.41) .j dzj  .i = 0.36) and (7.i = − τ bi R i .j = σi.j dzj   (7.j ρij  dt  σi+1.29) is zero.j = − τ bj R j . the tradables look like   i dBi = τ Bi+1 (ai Ri ) + τ bi Ri Bi+1 j=1 +τ Bi+1 bi Ri dzi + (1 + τ Ri ) Bi+1 = Bi µi+1 +  i−1 j=1  σi+1.29) and (7. From this we can get two things.70CHAPTER 7. This allows us to solve for σi+1.34) Futhermore.39) (7. First.32) (7.j = Bi σi.j ρij + (1 + τ Ri )(µi+1 Bi+1 ) dt i j=1 τ a i R i + τ bi R i  i j=1 σi+1.38) we obtain σi+1. Since the coefficient of zi in (7. by combining (7.j . Thus.40) 1 + τ Ri +Bi  σi+1. Now.

But. That is.43).) Relations to HJM The Libor Market Model is. To do this. we can substitute in using (7.j ρij  (7. and from (7. INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES where (7.39) was used in the last equality. Thus. all the instantaneous forward rates were driven by the same factor dz.42) where r0 is the short rate process. The Price APT then tells us that µi = r0 + j=1 71 i−1 λj σi+1.47) (7.46) which is the calibration relationship pulled onto the underlying variables of the discrete forward rates Ri . The first is that we derived that HJM as a single factor model (a multifactor model is easy to do as well).39) to get rid of those terms and have   τ bj R i i−2 i−1 τ ai Ri − τ bi Ri j=1 (1+τ Rjj ) ρij τ bj R j τ bj R j  λj = − + (7.j =  1 + τ Ri j=1 j=1 This still contains σi.44) λj σi.42) into (7.j terms. there are only n − 1 market prices of risk. let’s substitute (7.45) λj − (1 + τ Rj ) (1 + τ Rj ) 1 + τ Ri j=1 j=1 −λi−1 τ bi−1 Ri−1 (1 + τ Ri−1 ) =  τ a i R i − τ bi R i i j=1 τ bj Rj (1+τ Rj ) or ρij 1 + τ Ri   (7.49) . Thus.j (7. (Note that with n tradables as bond prices. each discrete forward rate is driven by a distinct factor dzi . The next thing to note is that in the Libor Market Model. µi = µi+1 + τ a i R i + τ bi R i i j=1 σi+1. the discrete analog to the continuous equation used in HJM T B(t|T ) = exp − r(t|s)ds t (7. We want conditions that don’t involve anything related to the marketed tradables.48) This is. highly related to the HJM model. and the marketed tradables (µi and σi.2. and that is why the above market price of risk is λi−1 and not λi . giving   i i−2 i−1 τ ai Ri + τ bi Ri j=1 σi+1.7. of course. there are a couple of difference that are helpful to point out.43) These equations mix parameters from the underlying variables (ai and bi ).41).j ).j terms. In the Libor Market Model. However. we would like to eliminate µi and σi.j + λj σi+1. in fact. we only have n − 1 factors zi . we used a recursive relationship to relate the underlying variables to the marketed tradables Bi = (1 + τ Ri ) which can be expanded to give Bi = (1 + τ Ri ) Bi−1 1 = (1 + τ Ri−1 ) j=0 (1 + τ Ri−1 ) i−1 Bi−1 (1 + τ Ri−1 ) (7.j ρij 1 + τ Ri (7.

1 Defaultable Bonds In deriving equations for defaultable bonds. N . and let N = 1 be the default state. a defaultable bond of maturity T is a function or r0 . and t: B(r0 . the two models (HJM and Libor Market Model) really are brothers.3. it is important to understand that these models all come from just a simple application of the factor approach.. 7. and then we will generalize that to allow the intesity to be random. we solve the Price APT equations B0 B(N ) λ0 + 0 (B(N + 1) − B(N )) = r0 B0 LB(N ) (7. This is typically not done because the risk neutral framework turns out to be better suited for these models.6. However. t|T ). if you understand Merton’s model then there isn’t too much new here.. the most important thing to note about the HJM and Libor Market Model is that they can both be viewed and understood from the factor point of view. despite their looking quite complicated. which includes the money market account: B0 B(N ) d B0 B(N ) = r0 B0 LB(N ) 0 bBr (N ) dt + 0 bBr (N ) 0 (B(N + 1) − B(N )) λ1 λ2 dz dπ − αdt (7. Finally. Since a bankruptcy is a sudden event. N. (7.3 Credit Derivatives Credit derivatives usually refer to derivatives that pay off depending on whether a bankruptcy has occured.52) Finally.72CHAPTER 7. In what follows. so we have 1 Bt (0) + (a − λ1 b)Br (0) + b2 Brr (0) = (r0 + α − λ2 )B(0) + (λ2 − α)B(1)..58) (7. I will present the simplest models of a Defaultable Bond when the intensity of default is a constant.51) In this case. I hope you have found this exercise valuable. We model these as dr0 dN = = adt + bdz dπ(α) (7. Since N (t) is a pure Poisson process.54) (7. You should note the similarity between these models and Merton’s jump diffusion model in Chapter 6. we can start it at N = 0 which is the no default state. and the second is a default factor. Section 6. By Ito’s lemma we can write. we assume that we start with N = 0 and default is N = 1.56) .55) From the first equation we have λ0 = r0 the short rate. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES Thus. credit model rely heavily on Poisson processes.57) 2 But. after suppressing all arguments except N : dB(N ) = LB(N )dt + bBr (N )dz + (B(N + 1) − B(N ))(dπ(α) − αdt) where I have compensated the Poisson process and 1 LB(N ) = (Bt (N ) + aBr (N ) + b2 Brr (N ) + α(B(N ) − B(N + 1))) 2 Now let’s write down the tradables table. 7.53) (7. In fact. we need two factors.50) (7. 2 (7.1. The first is the short rate. let’s move on to credit.. The second equation gives r0 B(N ) + bBr (N )λ1 + (B(N + 1) − B(N ))λ2 = LB(N ) which can be rewritten as 1 Bt (N ) + aBr (N ) + b2 Brr + α(B(N ) − B(N + 1)) = r0 B(N ) + λ1 bBr (N ) + λ2 (B(N + 1) − B(N )).

a defaultable bond of maturity T is a function of r0 . B(1) means that we are in default.3. the default rate and its market price of risk just adjust the short rate of interest. or even fixed recovery B(1) = X. If we assume no recovery we obtain 1 Bt (0) + (a − λ1 b)Br (0) + b2 Brr (0) = (r0 + α − λ2 )B(0) (7.3. we assume that we start with N = 0 and default is N = 1. α.62) This time we will allow the default intensity to follow a stochastic differential equation. or even fixed recovery B(1) = X. or fractional recovery B(1) = xB(0). we solve the Price APT equations   λ1 r0 B0 0 0 0 B0  λ2  = (7. since B(0) is the no default state. the price is the same. Furthermore. N.65) Finally.63) where again I have compensated the Poisson process and this time 1 1 LB(N ) = (Bt (N )+aBr (N )+f Bα (N )+ b2 Brr (N )+ g 2 Bαα (N )+ρbgBrα (N )+α(B(N )−B(N +1))) (7. (7.61) (7. we start with N = 0 which is the no default state. Hence. since B(0) is the no default state. then there will also be a closed form solution for defaultable bonds! 7. we can assume different recoveries in default such as no recovery B(1) = 0. That is.67) But.68) But. Otherwise. .2 Defaultable Bonds with Random Intensity of Default dr0 dN dα = = = adt + bdz1 dπ(α) f dt + gdz2 (7. In this case. By Ito’s lemma we can write: dB(N ) = LB(N )dt + bBr (N )dz1 + gBα (N )dz2 + (B(N + 1) − B(N ))(dπ(α) − αdt) (7. Again. 2 2 (7. The second equation gives r0 B(N ) + bBr (N )λ1 + gBα (N )λ2 + (B(N + 1) − B(N ))λ3 = LB(N ) which can be rewritten as 1 1 Bt (N ) + aBr (N ) + f Bα (N ) + 2 b2 Brr (N ) + 2 g 2 Bαα (N ) + ρgbBrα (N ) + α(B(N ) − B(N + 1)) = r0 B(N ) + λ1 bBr (N ) + λ2 gBα (N ) + λ3 (B(N + 1) − B(N )). or fractional recovery B(1) = xB(0). Hence. CREDIT DERIVATIVES Different Types of Recovery 73 But.66) λ0 + LB(N ) bBr (N ) gBα (N ) (B(N + 1) − B(N )) B(N ) λ3 From the first equation we have λ0 = r0 the short rate. This means that if there is a closed form solution for bond prices under a single factor short rate model.60) (7. α and t: B(r0 . except that the short rate is increased by α − λ2 . we can assume different recoveries in default such as no recovery B(1) = 0. Furthermore. so we have 1 1 Bt (0)+(a−λ1 b)Br (0)+(f −λ2 g)Bα (0)+ b2 Brr (0)+ g 2 Bαα (0)+ρgbBrα (0) = (r0 +α−λ3 )B(0)+(λ3 −α)B(1). N . That is.64) 2 2 Now let’s write down the tradables table:   dz1 0 0 0 r0 B0 B0 B0   dz2 dt + = d bBr (N ) gBα (N ) (B(N + 1) − B(N )) LB(N ) B(N ) B(N ) dπ − αdt (7. it is the same as B(0). t|T ). B(1) means that we are in default. it is the same as B.59) 2 This looks exactly like the standard model for a bond. and let N = 1 be the default state. we have where E[dz1 dz2 ] = ρdt.7.

However.2 (Options on Forwards and Futures) (a) Assume interest rates are stochastic and driven by a single factor short rate model. the dividend amount is qSdt. Hint 3: My recommendation is to let your underlying variables be the future and forward price.4. Additionally. Assume that this stock also pays a continuous dividend at a rate of q. Assume the following df dr0 = = µf dt + σf dz adt + bdzB where f is either the forward price or futures price and E[dzdzB ] = ρdt. r0 (t). (Your answer may contain a market price of risk. (7. If no arbitrage exists in the market. assume that interest rates are random.5 in Chapter 6.69) (7. Thus. it might be convenient to write bond dynamics generically as dB = µB Bdt + σB BdzB .74CHAPTER 7. you may assume that the asset that the forward contract is on is tradable on a spot market and there are standard relationships between the spot price of an asset and its forward price. and the short rate follows Cox-Ingersoll-Ross dynamics.3 (PDE for a derivative on a dividend paying stock under stochastic interest rates) Consider a market with a stock price process S(t) satisfying dS = µSdt + σSdz1 (7. r0 (t) and t. Hint 1: Recall that futures prices are marked to market (See Section 6.1 Derive a pde for the price of a European call option on a non-dividend paying stock when interest rates are random. APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES 7. respectively. (b) What if interest rates are not stochastic? Do the pdes for options on forwards and futures look the same? Problem 7. Derive the pde for a derivative on a futures contract and on a forward contract. over time dt. and the short rate. whereas forward prices are not marked to market. Problem 7.70) a(b − r0 )dt + c r0 dz2 where dz1 and dz2 are correlated E[dz1 dz2 ] = ρdt.1. Hint 2: Note that a forward price is not tradable. Additionally.74) .4 (Flat Term Structure) Consider a term structure model where the term structure of interest rates is flat.4. That is.72) where z2 (t) is a standard Brownian motion and E[dz1 dz2 ] = ρdt. let zero coupon bond prices with face value $1 and maturity T be denoted by B(t|T ) and satisfy B(t|T ) = exp(−r(T − t)) (7. Your answer may contain a market price of risk. t). That is: dS dr0 = = µSdt + σSdz1 √ (7. where the short rate process is being driven by zB .73) Consider a third asset whose price at time t can be written as a twice differentiable function of S(t). t) must satisfy. Assume that a money market account exists that satisfies dB0 = r0 B0 dt.) Problem 7. r0 (t).71) where z1 (t) is a standard Brownian motion.4. but moves up and down randomly. derive the pde that c(S(t).4. Call this price function c(S(t). and the term structure is driven by a single factor short rate model dr0 = a(b − r0 )dt + f dz2 (7.4 Problems Problem 7.

PROBLEMS where r is modeled as a stochastic differential equation dr = a(r. t) and b(r.e.75) (a) Write down models for the instantaneous return of the money market account and for a generic zero coupon bond with maturity T (i. What does this imply about the allowable dynamics for this term structure? . t). for B(t|T )).7. t)dt + b(r. Note that this model applies for all maturities T .4. 75 (7. and derive restrictions on a(r. (b) Derive the absence of arbitrage condition in this case. t)dz.

APPLICATION OF THE FACTOR FORM:INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DERIVATIVES .76CHAPTER 7.

Once again. We are then hedged against variations in these underlying variables if the derivative of the value of a portfolio with respect to the underlying variables is zero. hedging is based upon eliminating factor risk.4) That is really all there is to hedging! 77 .Chapter 8 Hedging 8. we can either work with returns or prices. Let us consider having various tradable assets to hedge with. we have entirely hedged out the risk. In the first.3) To eliminate the risk.2 Hedging from a Factor Perspective In abstract terms. Let dVu be the value change of the asset that we would like to hedge. we consider a derivative to be a function of underlying variables. we will work with prices. In the second approach. our portfolio is not sensitive to small variations in the underlying variables. let y be the holdings of the assets used to hedge with and let dV0 be the value change of the hedged ˆ portfolio. we need to choose y such ˆ that Bu + y T B = 0 ˆ (8. This change in value is given by dV0 = dVu + y T dVh = (Au + y T Ah )dt + (Bu + y T Bh )dz ˆ ˆ ˆ (8. Furthermore. we need to eliminate the coefficients of the factors.2) dVh = Ah dt + Bh dz Now. By hedging. Thus a factor model for our unhedged portfolio profit/loss over the next time instance is dVu = Au dt + Bu dz (8. we actually just mean that we will form a portfolio (that may be dynamically traded over time) so that the factor model of the portfolio eliminates all factor risk. In this case. Thus.1) and we would like to hedge this position. we recognize that risk comes from the factors. Thus.1 Introduction We present two main approaches to hedging. and assume that these assets have a value profit/loss change vector of (8. 8. In this chapter. hedging involves eliminating factor risk. we will assume that we hold one unit of this asset. Thus.

6)).7) y ˆ 1 (8.2.7). Bu Au Vu 1 Pu (8. we select y so that y T B = 0 (recalling of course that y is given by (8. Recall the arbitrage price implication y T P = 0 No cost y T B = 0 No risk ⇒ y T A = 0 No return (8. our holdings vector is actually y= and the value change in the hedged portfolio is dV0 = y T dV = y T Adt + y T Bdz Thus. let’s see how hedging and arbitrage are related. First. y is the holdings of the assets with value changes of dVh .2. so let’s rework the hedging analysis. In this section. In fact.12) where y0 is the holding of B0 . The other condition that needs to be satisfied to set up the arbitrage is that the total cost or price must be zero. Let’s see how we can alter our hedged portfolio to satisfy this no cost condition. lets assume that there is a tradable with no direct factor risk dB0 = r0 B0 dt (8. a standard derivation of the Black-Scholes equation begins from a hedging argument.5) Let us assume that the last tradable is the derivative that we would like to hedge and we assume that we hold one unit of that derivative.2 The Relationship Between Hedging and Arbitrage Hedging is actually quite closely related to arbitrage. Consider a tradables table description. a hedged portfolio will automatically satisfy this condition.1 Description Using a Tradables Table I like to use a tradables table description. HEDGING 8.9) Additionally.6) 8. Thus. and we hold a single ˆ unit of the asset to be hedged. from the line following equation (8. Hence. y T P = 0. the asset to be hedged satisfies dVu = Au dt + Bu dz and the tradables used to hedge this asset are dVh = Ah dt + Bh dz We can write this in a tradables table form as           0 r0 B0 y0 B0 B0  y   Ph  ˆ d  Vh  =  Ah  dt +  Bh  dz.10) (8.8) Note that y T B = 0 is one of the conditions of the arbitrage price implication. .11) (8. using the notation above.78 CHAPTER 8. but add our holdings variable y Holdings y Prices P Changes d V = Factor Model A dt + B dz (8. to hedge. ˆ (8. ˆ Creating a No Cost Hedge Let’s break out the tradables table in a little more detail.

First. ˆ           r0 B0 0 B0 0 B0  dt +  σS  dz. The holding in the first asset y0 has no effect on the hedge! Since it has no factor risk. we have a hedged portfolio if we hold −cS shares of the stock for every ˆ ˆ option. In the Black-Scholes setting. we use y to hedge away all the factor risk in our portfolio. and then select y0 so that the total cost is zero y 0 B 0 + y T P h + Pu = 0 ˆ (8.13) Thus.2. A Simple Explanation Here is the simple explanation of what we have done above.14) This profit/loss condition is actually the Black-Scholes equation! Thus. That is really all that we are doing with the above arguments! 8. a hedging strategy can be used to derive the Black-Scholes equation via the above relationships. That is. we must have zero profit/loss in this hedged portfolio.3 Hedging Examples Let’s see how hedging is done in some examples. the hedged portfolio has no direct ˆ factor risk. HEDGING FROM A FACTOR PERSPECTIVE 79 Now.1 we have the following tradables table with the first column being the holdings.16) Solving for y gives y = −cS . This recognition allows us to select y0 so that the hedge has zero cost. including it in a portfolio has no effect on the factors! Hence. We hold an asset that we would like to hedge. we assume the holding of the stock is y . Thus.17) . any completely hedged portfolio can be altered to satisfy the price APT implication. Hedging in Black-Scholes In the Black-Scholes set-up of Chapter 6. for no arbitrage to exist. This means y0 rB0 + y T Ah + Au = 0 ˆ (8. let y be the holdings of ˆ a hedged portfolio. We have assumed that we have one option c and that we are hedging with the stock S. Section 6. and all we are saying is the the hedged portfolio must earn the risk free rate. we make the following important observation. Pricing The above portfolio is hedged. we can choose its holding y0 arbitrarily without affecting the hedge. Thus. but we can convert it to satisfy the arbitrage implication by choosing y0 so that the total cost is zero y0 B 0 − c S S + c = 0 (8. this portfolio is hedged if y T B = 0 which in this case is y σS + σScS = 0 ˆ (8.8.  y   S  µS ˆ (8. the tradable without direct factor risk is the money-market account and we are saying that the hedged portfolio must earn the short rate.15) d S  =  1 2 2 σScS c c 1 ct + µScS + 2 σ S cSS Now. Thus.2. Thus. this first asset is the risk free asset.1. for no arbitrage to exist it must be the same as the first tradable that also has no factor risk. Since it has no factor risk. In an interest rate derivative setting. The quantity cS is typically called the delta of the option.

the simpler explanation of this derivation is that the hedged portfolio is risk free and hence must earn the risk free rate. Section 7.21) Now. However.24) 2 Br (T0 ) 1 1 Br (T ) B (T ) − B 2 (T0 ) from (8. I presented the more structured derivation because I believe that it is always important to have structure to fall back on when your intuition fails.2.19) (8. HEDGING This is now a potential arbitrage portfolio.17) gives 1 r0 (cS S − c) − cs µS + (ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS ) = 0 2 or 1 ct + r0 ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS = r0 c 2 (8. Again.25) which can be rewritten as 1 2 2 1 2 1 Bt (T0 ) + aBr (T0 ) + 2 b2 Brr (T0 ) − r0 B 2 (T0 ) B 1 (T ) + aBr (T ) + 1 b2 Brr (T ) − r0 B 1 (T ) 2 = t 2 (T ) 1 (T ) Br 0 Br (8. we can convert this hedged portfolio into a potential arbitrage portfolio and derive a pricing equation. let’s write down the tradable table with holdings:           r0 B0 0 0 B0 B0 1 1 1 1  y   B 1 (T )  ˆ d  B 1 (T )  =  (Bt (T ) + aBr (T ) + 1 b2 Brr (T ))  dt +  bBr (T )  dz 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 bBr (T0 ) 1 B (T0 ) B (T0 ) (Bt (T0 ) + aBr (T0 ) + 2 b Brr (T0 )) (8.18) for y0 B0 = cS S − c from (8. Following this model. For no arbitrage to be present. Note that hedged portfolios of bonds are sometimes called ”immunized”.22) Solving for y gives y = − Br1 (T0) . ˆ ˆ Pricing Using the same procedure as in the Black-Scholes case.80 CHAPTER 8.1. we choose y0 so that the total cost is zero y0 B 0 − 2 Br (T0 ) 1 B (T ) + B 2 (T0 ) = 0 1 Br (T ) (8. we must have no profit/loss which means that the drift term of our portfolio must be zero 1 y0 r0 B0 − cs µS + (ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS ) = 0 2 Substituting in (8. the intuition is important as well! Hedging in Bond Pricing Consider the single factor short rate models of Chapter 7.20) (8. we must have no profit/loss y0 r0 B0 − Using y0 B0 = r0 2 1 1 Br (T0 ) 1 1 1 2 2 2 (Bt (T ) + aBr (T ) + b2 Brr (T )) + (Bt (T0 ) + aBr (T0 ) + b2 Brr (T0 )) = 0 1 (T ) Br 2 2 (8. Once again.18) which is the Black-Scholes equation.26) . this portfolio is hedged if y T B = 0 which in this case is 2 y bBr (T ) + bBr (T0 ) = 0 ˆ 1 B 2 (T ) r (8.24) gives 2 B 2 (T0 ) 1 1 1 Br (T0 ) 1 1 1 2 2 2 B (T ) − B 2 (T0 ) − r1 (B (T )+aBr (T )+ b2 Brr (T ))+(Bt (T0 )+aBr (T0 )+ b2 Brr (T0 )) = 0 1 Br (T ) Br (T ) t 2 2 (8.23) and note that for no arbitrage to exist.23) and substituting this into the first term in (8.

In the jump diffusion model of Chapter 6 Section 6.30) which is the bond pricing equation where λ is the market price of risk.29) Upon rearranging we have 1 1 1 1 Bt (T ) + (a − λb)Br (T ) + b2 Brr (T ) = r0 B 1 (T ) 2 (8.35) (8.34) (8.1.1. we had the following tradables table. we are in an incomplete market. To make this look like our previously derived bond pricing equation in Chapter 7 Section 7. let’s let λ′ = λb (8.8. In this case. .33) I have added the vector of holdings on the left side of the tradables table. which is the money market account.36) One can clearly see that it is not possible to eliminate all the factor risk by choosing y. This is where the pricing pde comes from! 8.            0 0 0 0 r0 B B B dz  y   S  S 0   dψ1  (8. HEDGING FROM A FACTOR PERSPECTIVE 81 Now. I do not need to consider it in the hedge.32) − − (c(Y S ) − c(S ))dπ − αE[(c(Y S ) − c(S ))]dt (8. and dψ1 dψ2 = = (Y − 1)dπ(α) − αE[Y − 1]dt − − (8.4 Hedging under Incompleteness In some cases it is impossible to eliminate all of the factor risk (this is true in incomplete markets). the hedged portfolio takes the form dVh = = = ydS + dc y((µ + αE[Y − 1])Sdt + σSdz + Sdψ1 ) + Lcdt + ScS dz + dψ2 [y(µ + αE[Y − 1])S + Lc]dt + [yσS + ScS ]dz + ySdψ1 + dψ2 (8. The intuitive explanation of this derivation is that first we hedge out the factor risk by the choice of y .2.6. since the left hand side only depends on B 2 and the right hand side only depends on B 1 and B 1 was a bond of arbitrary maturity T .31) d  S  =  (µ + αE[Y − 1])S  dt +  σS 1 σScS 0 1 Lc c c dψ2 where L is the differential operator corresponding to the drift term in Ito’s lemma. Since the bond B is not driven by any of the risky factors. To see how this is done. ˆ Since this hedged portfolio has no factor risk.27) can be written as 1 1 1 1 Bt (T ) + aBr (T ) + 2 b2 Brr (T ) − r0 B 1 (T ) = λb 1 (T ) Br (8. But. we will have choices in terms of how we want to best try to reduce risk from the factors. and that I will hedge with the stock S.2. we may still attempt to reduce the effect of the factors on our portfolio.28) so that (8.2. So. it must earn the same return as the tradable with no factor risk. we must have that 1 1 1 Bt (T ) + aBr (T ) + 1 b2 Brr (T ) − r0 B 1 (T ) 2 = λ′ 1 Br (T ) (8. Thus.27) for some constant λ′ . I have assumed that I hold 1 unit of the derivative c. let’s consider an example.

we can select y to eliminate some of the risk over the next dt. our hedging analysis has presupposed that the derivative c follows a specified formula that we know. In that case. t) and computing cS from that? But.46) dz2 Lc c vScS bcv √ 1 with Lc = ct + µScS + acv + 2 vS 2 cSS + 1 b2 cSS + ρ vbScSv . B) + y 2 V ar(B) λ2 dt2 + [σScS − yσS] dt (8. Let’s choose y to eliminate the variance of the portfolio over the next dt.38) where A = B = Minimizing over y gives y= and sending dt → 0 leads to y= c(Y S(t− ). This can be seen by noting that y is often a function of cS for instance. what is cS ? Well.43) (8. let’s consider a hedged portfolio √ √ √ 1 1 dVh = y(µSdt + vSdz1 ) + (ct + µScS + acv + vS 2 cSS + b2 cvv + ρ vbScSv )dt + vScS dz1 + bcv dz2 (8. Thus. In our setting above. Let’s consider a stochastic volatility model: dB dS dv with the tradables table   B  S  c  √ = µSdt + vSdz1 = adt + bdz2 = r0 Bdt (8. (8. (8. this is an incomplete market. with y. .39) (8.47) 2 2 Clearly. This presupposition of knowledge can bring up a question of consistency between the hedge and the assumption of the formula for c.44) (8.82 CHAPTER 8. we choose y vS + vScS = 0 or y = −cS . B) + σ 2 S 2 cS λE[B 2 ] + λ2 dtV ar(B) + σ 2 S 2 λE[AB] + σ 2 S 2 cS . this is not consistent because to derive the Black-Scholes formula we assume that volatility is not stochastic. λE[B 2 ] + σ 2 S 2 (8. our hedge is to hold −cS shares of the stock. let’s consider a different alternative. so we cannot perfectly hedge away the risk.5 A Question of Consistency Note that the hedges we have derived above often involve knowledge of a pricing formula for the option c.45)      0 r0 B B √0 dz1 0  d  S  =  µS  dt +  √ vS .41) (8. we are assuming that volatility is stochastic and thus there is no reason to believe that c would follow the Black-Scholes equation. Consider the following example. 2 Now. how about using the Black-Scholes formula for c(S. HEDGING However. we cannot eliminate all the risk. we would choose y = −cS (8.37) where cS is the partial derivative of Merton’s pricing formula. But. That is V ar(dVh ) 2 = E[A2 ] − 2yE[AB] + y 2 E[B 2 ] λdt + V ar(A) − 2yCov(A. Let’s consider a simple hedge where we only eliminate the √ √ dz1 risk.40) λE[AB] + λ2 dtCov(A. t− ) B(Y − 1)S. Nevertheless. This is where the inconsistency in hedging often arises.2. In fact. what Merton [11] did in his pricing formula is equivalent to eliminating the Brownian risk dz. Thus.42) 8. t) − c(S(t− ). Thus. But.

the price of an option is a function of the variables S and t which we write as c(S. we consider the asset that we are trying to hedge to be a function of underlying variables. In the simplest terms. The pricing formula c that I should be using is the one that best reflects the actual movement of c in the market. Due to standard finance conventions. since all the risk comes from the ˆ stock variable. there is a simpler and faster way to derive hedges that doesn’t involve an explicit use of the factors. Now. some might argue that you should use a pricing formula that comes from the hedge that you are doing. However. we assume that an option is a function of the underlying stock S and time t. then this would be perfectly reasonable. sensitivity is measured by the derivative of the hedged portfolio with respect to the underlying variable of concern. ease of use. HEDGING FROM AN UNDERLYING VARIABLE SENSITIVITY PERSPECTIVE What formula for c? 83 So. then you should use a model that most accurately captures that stochastic volatility and how it is reflected in the movement of the derivative c. Here is the correct part. we form a hedged portfolio Ph = c(S. However. in places below we will fall into this trap as well. in this case. Sometimes. t). Not every hedging strategy should be turned into a pricing formula. in the stochastic volatility case I might just want to hedge out the stock risk S via dz1 and leave my portfolio exposed to volatility risk. including computational. in the Black-Scholes setup. For example. Thus. Thus. But it probably would not be reasonable to claim that I should be using a pricing formula related to this hedging strategy. so keep a sharp eye out for where it may be occurring. then what formula should I use for c. Any pricing formula should be related to a reasonable hedging scheme via our analysis above. As we saw above. pricing and hedging are intimately related. Furthermore. if there is stochastic volatility. we note that all the risk in the price of an option comes from its dependence on the stock variable. If there is no hedging justification for a pricing formula. 8. we will be hedged. That means that small changes in S will cause no change in the value of the hedged portfolio Ph . many times that is not done (for many reasons. then there is no good reason to expect that pricing formula to hold. Another way of saying this is that we want the derivative of Ph with respect to S to be zero. But. Hence. t) + y S ˆ (8. people like to rely on the Black-Scholes formula even when its assumptions are not valid. every pricing formula should be intimately connected to a hedging strategy. Here is the wrong part. Let’s see why. Now if we would like to hedge out the risk in our option. you ask. For example. That is. In practice. etc). . often hedging analysis is inconsistent. Thus. you want to hedge for a reason unrelated to pricing. The answer is that you should use the formula that best corresponds to the actual price and movements of c in the market. we will be hedged if our portfolio has no sensitivity to changes in the stock.3. 8. if a pricing formula is tightly related to a hedging strategy. and hedge against those variables by eliminating the sensitivity to those underlying variables. If I were interested in using some trading strategy that depended on volatility v but not the stock price S.8.3. This pricing formula should be the best pricing formula that reflects the actual pricing and movement of the derivative c in the actual market. then deviations from that pricing strategy can be exploited by turning the hedging strategy into an arbitrage (or almost arbitrage) opportunity as shown in the previous section.1 Black-Scholes Hedging For example. In this approach. To summarize.3 Hedging from an Underlying Variable Sensitivity Perspective In some cases. Why? Because hedging is the mechanism that enforces pricing. hedging strategies often rely on a pricing formula for the derivative c.48) and want to choose y so that this portfolio is hedged. This idea is both right and wrong. the reverse is not true.

In that case. and delta hedged portfolio for an option with strike K = 10 and expiration T = 0. Right .1 shows a plot of the stock. This hedge is known ˆ ˆ as a delta hedge and the quantity cS is commonly referred to as the delta of the option. call option.3 and an interest rate of r0 = 0. Recall that the derivative is the change in a function for a small change in the variable.3 on a stock with volatility σ = 0.Plot of the option. Thus. t|T0 ) that is a function of the short rate r0 (t) and time t.2 Hedging Bonds We can apply this same underlying variables approach to our hedging of bonds. a portfolio Ph = B 2 (r0 .Plot of the hedged portfolio assuming that the current price of the stock is $10. However.3.Plot of the Stock. the derivative of the portfolio value yS + c is zero (right plot).1: Delta Hedge: Left . For simplicity. In this setup. This is the case for stock price movements driven by Brownian motion since Brownian motion is continuous. t|T0 ) + y B 1 (r0 .05. Thus. and the value of the tradable as a function of the underlying factor on the y-axis. ˆ ˆ r (8. HEDGING ∂Ph = cS + y = 0 ˆ (8. There is a simple graphical interpretation of this hedge.3 Derivatives imply Small Changes Note that this underlying variable approach uses the derivative as a measure of sensitivity.1 is a portfolio of the stock (left) and call option (middle) so that at the current value of the underlying variable (S = 10). Consider a plot with the underlying variable on the x-axis. But. the underlying variable is the stock price S and the tradables are the stock itself S and the option c. Figure 8. Hence. 8. t|T ) is hedged if its derivative with respect to r0 is zero. this means that the value of the portfolio change is approximately zero for small changes in the price of the stock. we could add a position in the bond in order to make the current price of the portfolio (at S = $10) be zero. the risk in the price of a bond comes from the short rate r0 (t) which is our underlying variable.49) ∂S Solving for y yields y = −cS which is the same answer that we arrived at using factors. t|T ) that is also a function of the short rate r0 (t) and time t. this approach only works if we know that the stock price changes will be small. Stock Value 15 15 Option Value 15 Hedged Portfolio 10 10 Tradable: Hedged Portfolio 0 5 10 Underlying Variable: S 15 10 Tradable: S 0 Tradable: c 5 5 5 0 0 −5 −5 −5 −10 0 5 10 Underlying Variable: S 15 −10 −10 0 5 10 Underlying Variable: S 15 Figure 8. if the stock price is driven by a .84 This condition can be written as CHAPTER 8. we hold a bond B 2 (r0 . when we say that a portfolio is hedged against stock price movements because its derivative with respect to the stock is zero.50) B 2 (T ) 8. To make this a potential arbitrage portfolio. Thus ˆ ∂Ph 2 = Br (T0 ) + y Br (T ) = 0 ˆ 1 ∂r Solving for y yields y = − Br1 (T0) which is the same answer that we arrived at using factors. In this case. the value of the portfolio change could be quite large if the stock change is large. Middle .3. The hedged portfolio on the right in Figure 8. We wish to hedge this bond with another bond B 1 (r0 . let’s assume the option is a European call option following Black-Scholes.

1 The Greeks Now. r0 . Then we can ask how their changes might cause the price of an option to change assuming that the price follows the Black-Scholes formula. t.1. recognizing that that is only an approximation. only terms of order dt and lower matter.4. with ”delta” and ”gamma” you are on your own.. From the BlackScholes formula. In our derivation of the Black-Scholes formula. 8.51) I only included a single second order term (there are many second order terms) because is it the only named second order term.4.1: The Greeks If you have a bad memory. higher order terms will enter.2 A Delta-Gamma Hedge One can think of a delta hedge as eliminate the first order term in the Taylor expansion. However.4. To do this. we see that the various derivatives tell us the sensitivity of the price of an option to changes in those variables. in general. An easy way to do this is to use the terms of a Taylor expansion. This was the situation in the Jump-Diffusion model above. That is.4 Higher Order Approximations Using the derivative to model the change in a portfolio due to the change in a variable is a linear approximation of portfolio value as a function of the underlying variable. we use a ∆t instead of a dt and furthermore. By looking at this Taylor expansion. then we would expect it to have large jumps at times. ”rho” starts with ”r” and is with respect to r0 . t. ”theta” starts with ”t” and is the partial with respect to t. this Taylor expansion approach assumes that we are not trading continuously.. in this case using the derivative is not a good approach since the stock price change would be large and the derivative would likely not be a good approximation to the change in the portfolio value. then you can remember some of the Greeks by noting that the first letter of the Greek is the same as the partial derivative. This leads to the so-called Greeks. we can allow them to be underlying variables and change. 2 (8. we are able to trade continuously. However.8. we assumed that r0 and σ were constant (not random factors). and note that the hedging strategy that we derived was not that same one that would result from this derivative approach. Of course. Thus. we would just construct a multivariable Taylor series expansion of c(S. Thus. theta delta rho vega gamma ct cS cr cσ cSS Table 8. one can go further and ask if higher order terms can be eliminated as well. Of course. Unfortunately. Thus. 8. Similarly. like I do. HIGHER ORDER APPROXIMATIONS 85 Poisson process. σ) as 1 ∆c(S. a call option is not just a function of the price of the stock and time. σ) = ct ∆t + cS ∆S + cr ∆r0 + cσ ∆σ + cSS (∆S)2 + . presented next. and ”vega” starts with ”v” and is the partial with respect to ”v”olatility. If you elminate the first order term in . we see that it depends also on the risk free rate r0 and the volatility of the option σ. This is actually more practical than the typical continuous time trading assumptions. r0 . Each of these derivatives is given a Greek letter name as in Table 8. one can also use a higher order approximation to the portfolio value. 8. Note that in the typical dynamic hedging assumption.

86 CHAPTER 8. c satisfies the Black-Scholes equation corresponding to a volatility value of σi .3 Determining what the error looks like We can use the Taylor expansion to see what the error looks like in a Delta hedge under Black-Scholes assumptions. (8. y2 = − (8. 1 2 ct + r0 ScS + σi S 2 cSS = r0 c (8. However.63) 2 I use the subscript i on the volatility σi to denote what is known as implied volatility. Delta-Gamma hedges (and other hedges as well) are difficult because transaction costs can make it expensive to trade too many assets. we have to eliminate the coefficients of ∆S and (∆S)2 by choosing y1 and y2 .62) (8. Implied volatility is the value of volatility that when plugged into the Black-Scholes formula will make it equal the current . For such a Delta-Gamma hedge you need more than just the underlying stock. 2 1 ct ∆t + cSS σ 2 S 2 dt + . t) − cS S and let’s perform a Taylor expansion of this in S and t ∆P (S. Consider the hedged portfolio P (S. So we will use it as well. we must solve c S + y1 + y2 c S 1 (2) 1 cSS + y2 cSS 2 2 The solution is y1 = (2) c (2) S cSS (2) = = 0 0 cSS cSS (2) (8. t) = c(S. this would create a portfolio that has the first and second derivative equal to zero at the current value of the underlying variable.54) (8. Let’s show how by using another call option c(2) and the underlying stock. HEDGING ∆S and the second order term (∆S)2 than this is called a Delta-Gamma hedge.. and furthermore.62).1.. you need a tradable that depends on the second order term (∆S)2 .4.59) where I have only kept terms up to order ∆t in (8.61) and (8. 8. t) + y1 ∆S + y2 ∆c(2) 1 1 (2) (2) (2) ct ∆t + cS ∆S + cSS (∆S)2 + y1 ∆S + y2 ct ∆t + cS ∆S + cSS (∆S)2 2 2 1 (2) 1 (2) (2) ct + y2 ct ∆t + cS + y1 + y2 cS ∆S + cSS + y2 cSS (∆S)2 2 2 (8. In this case.53) (8. the higher order terms don’t matter. 2 (8. t) = = = ∆c(S.61) is also a very useful equation for intuituion.61) (8. For the analysis that we are looking at. t) = = = ∆c(S. we can Delta-Gamma hedge an option c. Now let’s assume that in the market. the hedged portfolio is P = c + y1 S + y2 c(2) (8. Thus. In practice.57) cSS − cS .56) (8.60) (8. Thus.55) To Delta-Gamma hedge..52) and let’s Taylor expand this to obtain ∆P (S. t) − cS ∆S 1 ct ∆t + cSS (∆S)2 dt + .62) is that (∆S)2 is σ 2 S 2 dt + higher order terms. Note that the only difference between (8..58) In the plots of Figure 8.

but in terms of the volatility of the stock σ rather than the stock move ∆S. and we hedge by constructing a portfolio that eliminates the sensitivity to moves in the underlying variables. In particular.1 Verify equation (8.66) shows that the gain or loss of our hedged portfolio relative to the risk free rate depends on the actual change in the stock price over the next ∆t in the term (∆S)2 relative to the implied volatility σi in Black-Scholes that is being used to price the option in the market. and risk free rate is r0 .61). Furthermore.6 Problems Problem 8.62) instead of (8. T.63) to substitute for ct in (8. 1 ∆P (S. (8. Thus. and we lose money if it moves less. this works as long as there are only small moves in the underlying variable between rehedging opportunities. for this hedge where we are long the option and short delta of the stock. K. t) = r0 P dt + cSS (∆S)2 − σi S 2 dt 2 or purely to order dt using (8. In the second point of view. To be more concrete.38). t) = r0 (c − cS S)dt + cSS (∆S)2 − σi S 2 dt 2 and finally noting that P = c − cS S gives 1 2 ∆P (S. SUMMARY 87 market price of an option. we can use (8. strike price is K. 8.67) Equation (8. .65) (8. In the first point of view. t) = r0 P dt + cSS 2 2 σ 2 − σi S 2 dt. we can set higher order derivatives of our portfolio to zero as well and create better hedges. we make money if the stock moves more than implied volatility estimate. r0 . 8. in hedging we try to eliminate the factor risk. Then the implied volatility is defined as the value of σi that solves cm = cBS (S0 .63) assumes that the market is pricing the option using the Black-Scholes formula with a volatility value of σi .67) shows the same thing.5 Summary Hedging can be approach from two different points of view. σ) denote the Black-Scholes formula. (8. if we have more tradables to place in our portfolio. Furthermore. Equation (8. if you underlying Taylor expansions.8. K. time to expiration is T . then you are on your way to understanding the majority of hedging methods. let cm be the current market price of an option where the stock price is S0 .5. and the derivative reflects a local approximation to the portfolio. Usually we do this by setting the derivative of the hedged portfolio with respect to the underlying variable to zero at the current value of the underlying variable. r0 . σi ) (8.66) (8. tradables are viewed as functions of underlying variables. what volatility value are they pluggin in the Black-Scholes formula? Thus. we recognize the fact that risk comes from the factors.6. let cBS (S. This point of view is appropriate regardless of what the risky factors are. Thus. Since we only set the derivative to zero.64) Thus. Really. T.61) which gives 1 2 ∆P (S. it answers the question: If the market is following Black-Scholes.

HEDGING .88 CHAPTER 8.

we have to start with a more basic question. the A and B representation of price changes does see the factors via Ito’s lemma.1) and the absence of arbitrage condition is A = Pλ0 + Bλ (9. Nevertheless. This introduction to risk neutral pricing does not follow the standard probability-heavy route. we have (9. To see whether something can be made of this hypothesis. A. and B.Chapter 9 The Road to Risk Neutrality 9.1 Introduction Risk neutral absence of arbitrage pricing is a widely used approach to derivative pricing. where the A and B representation of prices changes is the same. Therefore. misunderstood. you might be tempted to say that I can choose dψ to be anything I want. and not on what the exact factors dz are. 89 . in this chapter. This leads us to ponder the following. Hence. Let’s be a little more concrete about this. Hypothesis: Perhaps by changing the factors from dz to some other random factors dψ.2 Do the Factors Matter? Prices P Changes d V = Factor Model A dt + B dz In our tradables table. However. 9. when understood correctly. especially for those new to derivative pricing. Ito’s lemma puts a constraint on which factors dψ are consistent with the original factors dz. I will explain the risk neutral pricing principle. what other set of factors dψ will have the same A and B representation? At first glance. you would soon realize that this is not the case. it is an extremely powerful approach. their factor model is determined by the application of Ito’s lemma. but instead motivates risk neutral pricing in a simple manner from the factor approach.2) Thus. Thus. Thus. regardless of what the driving factors are. absence of arbitrage only depends on the values of P. Why? Because when we deal with derivative securities. and B. I can compute the absence of arbitrage prices P easier. the prices P are absence of arbitrage for any value change with A. However. Question: Given a set of factors dz. and misused pricing approaches. it tends to be one of the most confusing. It doesn’t have to relate to the original dz at all because the absence of arbitrage condition ”does not see” dz.

11) (9.12) µSdt + σS(dψ) µSdt + σS(d˜ + βdt) z (µ + σβS)dt + σSd˜ z (9.6) That is. dc = = = 1 z ct + (µ + σβ)ScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS dt + σScS d˜ 2 1 z ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS dt + σScS (d˜ + βdt) 2 1 ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS dt + σScS (dψ) 2 (9.4) (9. I will replace the original Brownian factors by Brownians with a different variance.2. and the z same absence of arbitrage prices hold! Changing the Variance Does Not Work Let’s try new factors given by the replacement dz → dψ = ηd˜ z (9.15) .14) (9. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY dS = µSdt + σSdz and let c(S.7) (9.10) (9. We would have z dS = = µSdt + σS (dψ) µdt + σS(ηd˜) z (9. the tradables table is Prices S c Changes d S c = Factor Model µS 1 ct + µScS + 2 σ 2 S 2 cSS dt + σS σScS dz.5) 9. t). 1 ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS dt + σScS dz.13) That is.1 Brownian Factors Changing the Mean Works Let’s try new factors given by the replacement dz → dψ = d˜ + βdt z (9.90 Let S(t) be a stock price with model CHAPTER 9. We can ask whether this z z factor dψ = ηd˜ is consistent with the original dz.3) (9. the new factor should be considered to be the entire term dψ = ηd˜ and not just the d˜. By Ito’s lemma we have dc = Thus. Again. 2 (9. It is important to consider the new factor to be the entire term dψ = d˜ + βdt and not just d˜! z z We can ask whether this will lead to a representation consistent with the original dz.8) (9. I will replace the original Brownian factors dz by a new factor that is a Brownian d˜ plus a drift z βdt.9) And thus we see that dz and dψ = d˜ + βdt are consistent in that they produce the same A and B z representation regardless of whether dz or dψ = d˜ + βdt is the factor! z The upshot is that we can replace any Brownian factors dz by Brownians plus a drift d˜ + βdt. We would have dS = = = and then by Ito’s lemma we have for c(S. t) be a derivative security.

Under dπ(t. in the case of multiple Brownian factors. The above results lead us to the following principle. Therefore. let’s consider changing the factor to a Poisson with an altered intensity dψ = d˜ (t. DO THE FACTORS MATTER? and then by Ito’s lemma we have for c(S. (⋆) Arbitrage Invariance Principle for Poisson: If a set of prices P is absence of arbitrage under Poisson factors dπi (αi ).24) Now. Under dπ(t. α) → dψ = d˜ (t.25) (9.9. α) (9. α). α) (9.2. α) + ηdt. In this case.2.17) (9. α) + ηdt) π (ct + (µS + (σ − 1)ηS)cS )dt + (c(σS) − c(S))d˜ (t. α) we have dS dc = = µSdt + (σ − 1)Sdπ(t.2 Poisson Factors Changing the Intensity Works Assume that the original factor is a Poisson Process dπ(t. In this case. Similarly.23) (9. α) we have dS dc = = µSdt + (σ − 1)Sdπ(t. we have dS dc = = µSdt + (σ − 1)Sd˜ (t. Now.21) (9. α).26) and we see that there is no way to recover the original A and B representations under dψ. t).16) (9. dc = = 1 z ct + µScS + σ 2 η 2 S 2 cSS dt + σScS (ηd˜) 2 1 ct + µScS + σ 2 η 2 S 2 cSS dt + σηScS (dψ) 2 91 (9. we have π dS dc = = µSdt + (σ − 1)Sdψ = µSdt + (σ − 1)S(d˜ (t. this substitution is not allowed. α + β). α + β) where π α + β > 0.19) (9. let’s consider changing the factor dπ(t. α) π (9. α) (ct + µScS )dt + (c(σS) − c(S))dπ(t.20) (ct + µScS )dt + (c(σS) − c(S))dπ(t. we see that A is changed when we change the factor to another Brownian with a different variance. 9. α + β) π and we see that the A and B representations remain the same under dψ = d˜ (t. α + β) π (9. . π Adding a Drift Doesn’t Work Again assume that the original factor is a Poisson Process dπ(t. then P is also absence of arbitrage if the factors dz are z z z z replaced by dz → dψ = d˜ + βdt with β arbitrary and where d˜ are Brownian factors with E[d˜d˜T ] = Σdt. (⋆) Arbitrage Invariance Principle for Brownian Motion: If a set of prices P is absence of arbitrage under Brownian factors dz ∈ Rn with E[dzdz T ] = Σdt.18) Thus. then P is also absence of arbitrage under a different set of factors dψ = d˜i (αi + βi ) π where αi + βi is the new intensity. changes in the correlations or the covariance structure is not allowed. α).22) (ct + µScS )dt + (c(σS) − c(S))d˜ (t.

32) is called the risk neutral representation because all tradables have a drift equal to the market price of time. z which leads to Prices Changes Factor Model (9. let’s see what the risk neutral representations are. 9. Why is this helpful? Because in some situations it is easier to price a derivative if we replace the factors by something different from the original factors. . First. we can replace the factors to create the risk neutral representation which leads to simplified pricing formulas. by the Brownian factor invariance under changes to the drift. in this section we show that we can always replace the factors and put all tradables in what we will call a risk neutral representation. and absence of arbitrage prices under this representation will be the same as under the original representation using the actual Brownian factors. (⋆) Risk Neutral Representation for Brownians: Let Prices P Changes d V = Factor Model A dt + B dz (9. we can substitute this into the tradables table to obtain Prices Changes Factor Model (9.29) Now.32) Equation (9. Now. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY 9. the z following tradable table will produce the same absence of arbitrage prices Prices P Changes d V = Factor Model Pλ0 dt + B d˜ z (9. The fact that we can do this will ultimately lead us to the risk neutral pricing principle. In fact. It states that we can find a replacement set of factors so that all tradables have a drift equal to the market price of time λ0 .92 CHAPTER 9. under arbitrage invariant substitutions of the factors dz → dψ = d˜ − λdt.30) = P Pλ0 dt + B d˜ d V z This is the risk neutral representation.28) = P Pλ0 + Bλ dt + B dz d V Finally.3.1 Brownian Factors Prices P Changes d V = Factor Model A dt + B dz Consider the tradables table with Brownian factors dz (9. Then.3 Risk Neutral Representations The Brownian and Poisson factor invariance principles tell us that it is okay to alter or replace the factors in certain ways.27) and the absence of arbitrage condition is A = Pλ0 + Bλ. But we are getting ahead of ourselves. the factors were replaced by new factors that contained the market prices of risk! Let’s formalize this notion of a risk neutral representation. we groups terms differently to obtain Prices P Changes d V = Pλ0 Factor Model dt + B (dz + λdt) (9.31) be a tradables table. Note that to obtain this risk neutral representation. The basic idea is that for any pricing problem. we can replace dz → dψ = d˜ − λdt. regardless of how risky they really are.

let’s just note that λ < 0 for a Poisson factor. then you should be rewarded for taking on that risk. we can replace the original Poisson factors by new Poisson factors with different intensities so that the drift of all tradables is the market price of time λ0 (don’t forget to subtract off the mean of the Poisson factors so that they have zero mean!). and a negative market price of risk would reflect that. .2 Poisson Factors Consider the tradables table with Poisson factors dπ(t. Thus.3. α) (9. we can see that the drift of the value changes V for all tradables is equal to the market price of time λ0 . λ′ ) π (9.36) (9. This was the same as in Brownian case. we would expect the market price of risk for a Poisson factor to be negative. let’s think about the market price of risk for a Poisson factor dπ.3. That is. so π π that it can be an intensity!). for Poisson processes. α) (9. Prices P Changes d V = Pλ0 Factor Model dt + B (dπ(t. RISK NEUTRAL REPRESENTATIONS 93 9. if you are short a Poisson factor (B is negative).33) and the absence of arbitrage condition is A = Pλ0 + Bλ (9.37) where λ′ > 0. That is. so let’s define λ′ = −λ and rewrite the absence of arbitrage condition in terms of λ′ as A = = = Pλ0 + Bλ Pλ0 + B(−λ′ ) Pλ0 − Bλ′ (9. α). Since a Poisson process either does nothing or jumps up by 1. This is the risk neutral representation under Poisson factors! Note that in this case.35) (9. being short a Poisson factor is adding real (downside) risk. but for our purposes. by the Poisson factor invariance under changes to the intensity. λ′ ) − λ′ dt) (9. Now.39) The final step is to compensate the Poisson process. α) → dψ = d˜ (t. we can replace dπ(t. Thus.9.34) Before proceeding. Prices P Changes d V = A Factor Model dt + B dπ(t. λ′ ) (here is where it is important that λ′ > 0.40) Since the random factor term now has zero mean. we subtract off the mean of the Poisson process so that the random factor has mean zero. α + β). One can show this in a much more rigorous fashion. the new intensity of the factors in the risk neutral representation is equal to (minus) the market price of risk! Let’s make this formal. we can substitute this into the tradables table to obtain Prices P Changes d V = Factor Model Pλ0 − Bλ′ dt + B dπ(t. it is always good to hold a positive amount of a Poisson factor. I don’t like dealing with a negative quantity. which leads to Prices P Changes d V = Factor Model Pλ0 − Bλ′ dt + B d˜ (t. On the other hand.38) Now. All the risk is on the upside. Let’s choose β = λ′ − α so that dψ = d˜ (t.

Thus.32) we have dV = λ0 Pdt + Bd˜. λ′ ). we can start with the risk neutral representation.44) λ0 (s)ds P = e− t 0 λ0 (s)ds Bd˜.94 CHAPTER 9. From the risk neutral representaion equation (9. we have dP = λ0 Pdt + Bd˜ z which is telling us that the drift of P is λ0 when we use the factors based on d˜.48) ˜ where the expectation E(·) is taken under the risk neutral representation and λ0 is the market price of time. λ′ ) − λ′ dt) .42) is called the risk neutral representation because all tradables have a drift equal to the market price of time. . regardless of how risky they really are. Thus.42) Equation (9. This is because instead of starting with the real tradables table.46) since z is a Brownian motion. integration of both ˜ sides says that t ˜ P(0) = E e− 0 λ0 (s)ds P(t) .41) be a tradables table. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY (⋆) Risk Neutral Representation for Poissons: Let Prices P Changes d V = A Factor Model dt + B dπ(t. under arbitrage invariant substitutions of the factors dπ(t. π (9. (We also switched the d and the expectation.) Finally. Let’s see how it works for the Brownian case. α) → dψ = d˜ (t. 9. z Now. z (9.45) λ0 (s)ds P =0 (9. α) (9. this is a new pricing point of view that follows from the factor approach! The presentation has been a little abstract to this point.43) (9. so that V = P. via Ito’s lemma one can verify that d e− Taking expectations of both sides gives ˜ d E e− t 0 t 0 (9. (9. π the following tradable table will produce the same absence of arbitrage prices Prices P Changes d V = Pλ0 Factor Model dt + B (d˜ (t. Then. so let’s see how it would work in practice. (⋆) The Risk Neutral Pricing Principle: Absence of arbitrage prices are given by the formula ˜ P(0) = E e− t 0 λ0 (s)ds P(t) (9. This risk neutral pricing principle applies in the Poisson case as well.47) We have arrived at risk neutral pricing.4 Pricing as an Expectation The risk neutral representations lead to a powerful risk neutral pricing formula. z Let’s assume that we are not dealing with a futures contract. The fact that the drift of all tradables is equal to the market price of time leads us to a convenient new pricing formula.

z (9.1 How to Apply Risk Neutral Pricing Risk neutral pricing is applied using the following steps. 2. we have dB dS dc = = = r0 Bdt r0 Sdt + σSd˜ z r0 cdt + σScS d˜. Recall that the bond and stock follow dB dS dc = = = r0 Bdt µSdt + σSdz 1 (ct + µScS + σ 2 S 2 cSS )dt + σScS dz. That is it! Let’s clarify with some examples. we were able to obtain a pricing formula without resorting to partial differential equations! . t) gives ˜ c(S(0).53). 2 (9. 0) = SN (d1 ) − Ke−r0 T N (d2 ) which is the Black-Scholes formula! Thus.58) (9. Performing this expectation leads to d1 d2 = = ln(S/K) + (r0 + 1 σ 2 )(T ) 2 √ σ T √ d1 − σ T (9. But first. if T is expiration. let’s outline how it is applied.5.e.2 Black-Scholes Let’s see how risk neutral pricing applies to the Black-Scholes setup.59) c(S.55) But.54) Now. T ) = (S(T ) − K)+ . Via an arbitrage invariant substitution of the factors.49) (9.56) where the e−r0 T was pulled out of the expectation because it is not random.51) Now. 0) = e−r0 T E (S(T ) − K)+ (9. so the risk neutral pricing formula is ˜ c(S(0).5. etc.50) (9.57) (9.5 Applications of Risk Neutral Pricing Let’s see how the risk neutral pricing principle is used in a couple of familiar situations. 0) = E e−r0 T c(S(T ). S(t) follows (9. we have the same absence of arbitrage prices if we set all the drifts to the risk free rate (market price of time). 9. APPLICATIONS OF RISK NEUTRAL PRICING 95 9.). applying the risk neutral pricing formula to the call option c(S. 1. 9.53) (9. convert the tradables table to its risk neutral representation.9. ˜ The expectation E(·) is taken under the risk neutral representation (i. Apply the Risk Neutral Pricing Formula to the derivative security that is being priced. according to the risk neutral pricing principle. (9. T ) .5. Hence. then we know that c(S(T ).52) (9.

1. The tradables table is         0 r0 B B B  dπ(ν)  dt +   S  (k − 1)S µS d S  =  c(kS − ) − c(S − ) ct + µScS c c (9. we can apply the risk neutral pricing formula and the risk neutral representation is         0 r0 B B B  (dπ(λ′ ) − λ′ dt) . T ) .65) y= (r0 − µ)kT k−1 (9. so the risk neutral pricing formula is ˜ c(S(0).64) where the e−r0 T was pulled out of the expectation because it is not random. y/k) where Ψ(α. 0) = E e−r0 T c(S(T ).  S  (k − 1)S d  S  =  r0 S  dt +  1 1 − − c(kS ) − c(S ) r0 c c c ˜ c(S(0).62) determines the expectation E(·).1.67) and the tradables are bonds that follow T dB(t|T ) = B(t|T )r(t|t) − B(t|T ) − B(t|T ) t T 1 µ(t|s)ds + B(t|T ) 2 σ(t|s)ds dz T t t T σ(t|s)σ(t|r)drds dt t . (9.3. In this model. T ) = (S(T ) − K)+ .61) Finally.63) But. if T is expiration.66) and x is the smallest non-negative integer greater than ln(K/S)−µ(T ) . In the risk neutral representation. k−1 r0 − µ k−1 Let’s try it for a Poisson model of Section 6. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY 9.3.62) (9. i! i=α ∞ (9. then we know that c(S(T ).2.3 Poisson Model and the market price of time is λ0 = r0 while the market price of risk is λ1 = µ − r0 .2.5. β) = e−β β i . I won’t compensate the original Poisson factor dπ(t. ln(k) 9.4.96 CHAPTER 9. Thus.60) For the risk neutral representation we use minus the market price of risk λ′ = 1 (9.4 HJM Recall the HJM model of Section 7. y) − Ke−r0 (T ) Ψ(x. computing the expectation in (9. (9. To be consistent with the approach above in Section 9. the underlying variables are given by the instantaneous forward rates dr(t|s) = µ(t|s)dt + σ(t|s)dz(t). ˜ (9.64) gives c(S. 0) = e−r0 T E (S(T ) − K)+ . (9. t) = SΨ(x. ν) as was done in Section 6.4.5.

we would first estimate the volatilities of the instantaneous forward rates σ(t|T ) from market data. Now.68) where d˜ is the risk neutral factor and r(t|t) = r0 (t) is the instantaneous short rate. Well. . That is.73). Thus.69) ∂ ∂T ∂ ∂T 1 2 ∂ ν (t|T ) − r(t|t) dt − ν(t|T )d˜ z 2 ∂T 1 2 ∂ ν (t|T ) dt − ν(t|T )d˜. then use (9.72) σ(t|s)ds t (9. z 2 ∂T ∂ ν(t|T ) ∂T (9.3 equation (7.5. APPLICATIONS OF RISK NEUTRAL PRICING 97 If you recall from Section 7. ∂T (9. (9. we can ask what z this implies about the instantaneous forward rates in the risk neutral world.73) to compute the risk neutral drifts.3 this was extremely messy to deal with. we have a zero market price of risk λ1 = 0 (because all tradables earn the risk free rate). In the HJM model. and compute the expectation of it. then we can compute what the drift terms must be by equation (9.22) that said: T µ(t|T ) − σ(t|T ) σ(t|s)ds = σ(t|T )λ1 t (9. This is the risk neutral priceing approach.75) and note that in the risk neutral representation.70) (9. the above equation becomes T µ(t|T ) = σ(t|T ) t σ(t|s)ds (9.74) ∂ ∂T 1 2 ν (t|T ) 2 = ν(t|T ) ∂ ν(t|T ) = σ(t|T ) ∂T T ∂ ln B(t|T ). by Ito’s lemma.73) These equations tell us that under the risk neutral representation. Another way to get to this same result is to revisit the results of Section 7.2. the risk neutral representation under Brownians tells us that we may write the tradables in the form dB(t|T ) = r(t|t)B(t|T )dt + ν(t|T )B(t|T )d˜ z (9.76) which is what we were looking for. So. if we know the volatility of the instantaneous forward rates (σ(t|T )). the expectation is often computed by Monte Carlo. if we want to use the risk neutral representation. Once we have this.2. Let’s start with the tradables that are the bonds. we have dr(t|T ) = = If one lets σ(t|T ) = − then µ(t|T ) = where dr(t|T ) = µ(t|T )dt + σ(t|T )dz(t). pricing proceeds via expectations as in the risk neutral pricing formula. Thus. Since this is a single factor model. one can compute the payoff value of a derivative.71) (9. let’s start over but with the risk neutral perspective in mind. one simulates the risk neutral representation of the instantaneous forward rates. Then. the relationship between the bonds B(t|T ) and the instantaneous forward rates is r(t|T ) = − Then.9.

2 Verify equatin (9. Ti+1 ) with dRi = ai Ri dt + bi Ri dzi .6 Summary The point of this chapter was to show that risk neutral pricing is a logical consequence of the factor approach to derivative pricing.5.7 Problems Problem 9. = −λi−1 (1 + τ Ri−1 ) 1 + τ Ri (9. That gave us the idea that perhaps we could change the factors (as long as we didn’t disturb the basic factor coefficient structure) and still arive at the same absense of arbitrage price..45). For notational simplicity. there is quite a bit more that one can do when the full power and generality of the risk neutral approach is explored. Recall that the LMM is similar to the HJM model. my friends. THE ROAD TO RISK NEUTRALITY 9.46) that the calibration relationship on the underlying Ri variables is   τ bj R i τ ai Ri − τ bi Ri j=1 (1+τ Rjj ) ρij τ bi−1 Ri−1 . Note that this is similar to what we had in the HJM risk neutral model. This is the basic notion of risk neutral pricing.80) 0= 1 + τ Ri i τ a i R i − τ bi R i or finally j=1 i τ bj R j (1 + τ Rj ) τ bj R j (1 + τ Rj ) ρij = 0 (9. 9. In fact. but deals with forward rates between times Ti and Ti+1 denoted by R(t|Ti . and then use equation (9. Pricing is then done by expectation.79) or by simplifying further Now.7.82) to obtain their drifts in the risk neutral representation. we can switch to the risk neutral representation by setting all the market prices of risk to zero λi−1 = 0. we write Ri = R(t|Ti .4 is also made quite simple by the use of risk neutrality.77) (9. Ti+1 ) and that are assumed to follow dR(t|T1 . . This reduces the above equation to   τ bj R i τ ai Ri − τ bi Ri j=1 (1+τ Rjj ) ρij  (9. T2 )dt + b1 R(t|T1 . By using a different set of factors (that still preserved the same absense of arbitrage prices) in many case we can simplify our calculations of the absense of arbitrage prices. Recall from equation (7. But that.98 CHAPTER 9.7. T2 )dz2 .5 Libor Market Model The LMM model of Section 7..70).2. T2 ) = a1 R(t|T1 .78) (9. The idea was that details of the factors do not seem to appear in the factor APT equations that we used throughout the book. 9. Problem 9.1 Verify equation (9. is the subject of another little book. We can use market data to estimate the bi terms (the volatility of the forward rates).81) a i = bi j=1 ρij (9.82) which is quite a bit simplier than what we started with.

1992. New York. 99 . Academic Press. Econometrica. Vasicek. Merton.E. Journal of Financial Economics.C. Heath and A. L. The value of an option to exchange one asset for another. [8] Daniel T. Franklin. [3] A. 1976. Jarrow D. Journal of Financial Economics. The Review of Financial Studies. Journal of Economic Theory. [15] O. [4] J.Bibliography [1] F. [13] S. 2000. Cambridge. 5:177–188. [11] Robert C. 6(2):327–343. 1985. 1980. A Closed-Form Solution for Options with Stochastic Volatility with Applications to Bond and Currency Options.A.C. 1997. The market model of interest rate dynamics. Ross. 1993. and M. 1976. [12] L. Phys. Diffusions. Brace. Black and M. Heston. 1978. 3:167–179. The valuation of options for alternative stochastic processes. Ornstein. An Equilibrium Characterization of the Term Structure. Gatarek. Ross. Morton. [5] J. 7:127–154. Cox. 36:823–841. 3:145–166. Methods of Mathematical Economics. The pricing of commodity contracts.A. The Arbitrage Theory of Capital Asset Pricing. Option Pricing when the Underlying Stock Returns are Discontinuous. [6] R. Journal of Financial Economics. Musiela.G. 81:637–659. 5:125–144. Markov Processes: an introduction for physical scientists. Scholes. 1997. 59:341–360. Uhlenbeck and L. Bond Pricing and the Term Structure of Interest Rates: A New Methodology. On the theory of brownian motion. [7] J. Rogers and D. 1977. 1976. The pricing of options and corporate liabilities. Springer-Verlag. Gillespie. A theory of the term structure of inteest rates. [10] W. Ross. Ingersoll. Rev. Mathematical Finance. Journal of Financial Economics. D. 53:385–467. [2] F.. [14] G. Econometrica. Journal of Finance. Williams. Margrabe. J. Ito Calculus. 33(1):177– 186. 60(1):77–105.C. 1973. Cox and S. A. Journal of Political Economy. [9] S. Black. and S. 1930. 1976.S. Markov Processes and Martingales: Volume 2.

32 Price Form. 44 Merton. 43 Jump Diffusion Derivative Pricing. 46 Market Price of Risk. 41 Futures Derivative Pricing. 49 Greeks. 85 delta. 7 Cox-Ingersoll-Ross. 77 Black-Scholes. 3 Compound. 54 Gaussian Random Variable. 32 Poisson Process. 1 Increment. 95 Hedging. 85 theta. 85 Taylor Expansion. 35 Return Form. 25 Perpendicular Space. 42 Definition. 46. 1. 47 Compound Poisson Process. 25 Delta. 69 Market Incomplete. 33 Market Price of Time. 84 Delta Hedge. 85 gamma. 64 Dynamics. 55 Merton. 32 Option European Call. 33 Marketed Tradables. 86 Incomplete. 7 intensity. 85 Heath-Jarrow-Morton. 80 Brownian Motion. 84 Delta-Gamma. 3 Poisson Processes Derivative Pricing. 50 Factor Models Via Ito’s Lemma. 85 Immunization. 66 Hedging. 80 Delta. 55 Money Market Account. 32 Arbitrage Price Implication. 85 Derivative. 81 Hedging.Index APT. 3 Price APT 100 . 24. 3 Calibration. 35 Return Implication. 1 Null Space. 85 rho. 42 Dividends. 43 Factors. 84 Delta-Gamma Hedge. 80 Incomplete. 31 Black-Scholes. 43 Ornstein-Uhlenbeck. 63. 53 Poisson Random Variable. 55 Libor-Market-Model. 81 intensity. 49. 80 Implied Volatility. 64 Normal Random Variable. 32 Relation to Range Space. 79. 1 geometric Brownian Motion Black-Scholes. 95 Formula. 85 vega. 79. 3 Ito’s Lemma Obtaining Factor Models. 81 Immunization.

94 Risk Neutral Pricing Risk Neutral Representation. 92. 92. 44 Risk Neutral. 41 Vasicek. 95 Principle. 44 Underlying Variables. 64 Single Factor Models. 94 Short Rate. 64 Stochastic Process Compound Poisson Process. 64 Vasicek. 44 Range Space. 32 Relative Pricing. 24. 42 Marketed. 94 Risk Neutral Representation. 89 Pricing. 86 101 . 64 Volatility Implied. 7 Tradables. 44 Tradables Table. 32 Relation to Perp of Null Space.INDEX Application to Pricing.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful